294
ACF - INTERNATIONAL NETWORK The subsistence fishfarming in Africa: Technical Manual Yves FERMON In collaboration with: A ı m ı a m r a r r

ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

This Action Against Hunger manual describes the elements necessary for the installation of fish farms, keeping in mind costs, time constraints, and resources. The handbook provides managers in the field and in headquarters with a step-by-step guide to make consumable fish available to communities in Africa.

Citation preview

Page 1: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

A C F - I N T E R N A T I O N A L N E T W O R K

The subsistence fishfarming in Africa: Technical Manual

Yves FERMON

In collaboration with:

Aımı am rarr

Page 2: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africaii

Cover photos:

Ö Top right: Tilapia zillii - © Anton Lamboj Ö Top left: Pond built by ACF in DRC, 2008 - © François Charrier Ö Bottom: Beneficiaries in front of the pond they have done, Liberia, ASUR, 2006 - © Yves Fermon

Page 3: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa I I I

In this work, it is a question of providing a guide: ¾ To program managers and their technical teams,

¾ To managers at headquarters to monitor the success of programs.

This manual covers:

Ö The various stages of setting up a «fishfarming» program,As of the arrival on the ground, it is a question of evaluating the renewable resources present, the

needs for the populations and the already existing supply in fish. Then, a whole process is connected involving the technical sides of the installation of fish ponds, follow-ups of the biological aspects of the ponds. Finally, it is a question of managing and of carrying out a follow-up of the ponds and production of fish.

Ö The constraints that must be taken into account by the field actors.Various constraints will influence the choice for the development of fish production or not and

what kind of techniques for a good fit with human needs and the environment. They are environmen-tal, in conjunction with the available resources, geomorphology, climate and hydrology of the area of intervention. But they are also a social and cultural development, with the beliefs and taboos, land issues and laws. The fact that, according the region of intervention, the ethnic and social groups and countries, modes of intervention will be different.

WHY ANOTHER HANDBOOK?Several organizations have published manuals for the establishment of fish farms in Africa.The first books calling systems in place at the time of the colonial system, but as a fish produc-

tion for food self-sufficiency. However, after many trials, the majority of them has proved unsustai-nable in the longer term, for various reasons.

The studies undertaken by different agencies of national or international research as the World-Fish Center (formerly ICLARM), CIRAD, IRD (ex ORSTOM), Universities of Louvain and Liège ... have provided evidence concerning the failures and have provided solutions and contributions to knowle-dge in both technical, social or biological species used.

However, looking at all the works, one can put forward four points: 9 Most handbooks are intended for production systems of fish for sale, involving:

¾ A temporal investment which can become important and which leads to a professio-nalisation. This requires a technology with the appropriate training of technicians on aspects of reproduction, nutrition or health of fish, either for the establishment of systems to produce food to feed all the fish... Application requires external inputs whose supply may become a barrier for small producers.

¾ Financial investment for, sometimes, land, establishment of ponds, the use of workers, qualified technicians…

ÖThe objective of the handbook is to bring to the essential elements for the installa-tion of production of animal proteins “fish” to lower costs in relation to the existing natural resources and with a minimum of external contributions. This in a context of subsistence.

Ö In this case, it is a question above all of proposing an information system strategic plan of a system making it possible to produce consumable fish in the shortest pos-sible time, and with lower costs to mitigate the lack of animal proteins. This does not prevent the installation of structures having a certain durability. The unit must be adapted to the environmental context.

OBJECTIVES OF THE MANUAL

Page 4: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africaiv Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

9 The handbooks do not take account of the local biodiversity. Indeed, many introductions and movements of species were made with the intention to set up farms and caused significant disrup-tion to the balance of ecological systems.

9 Whereas these documents present solutions which appear universal, the great variation of the geomorphology, hydrology and the climate in Africa will make that there exist conditions very different according to the zones from interventions.

9 Few works also reflect the socio-ethnological aspects. Educational levels, beliefs and cultures of different peoples and the appropriation of this type of project by the people is often put forward, despite real progress in recent years.

9 Most of these books are made for aspects related to development and therefore with a po-tentiality of longer temporal installation.

LIMITS OF THIS HANDBOOKThis handbook is primarily a guide to give to the actors the stages and procedures to be

followed. However, it will be necessary to adapt these stages and procedures according to the context in which the actions will be undertaken:

9 From a social, cultural and political point of view ¾ Culture and belief

Food taboos exist, to varying degrees in all cultures. It is obvious that food, the basic element for the subsistence of man, is a field where the distinction between allowed and forbidden, the pure and impure, is fundamental for health reasons, moral or symbolic systems.

¾ Local lawEach country is governed by laws concerning wildlife protection and movement of species from

one region to another. These laws can be enacted at the regional level and at all administrative levels, to the village itself. They may be linked to land issues.

9 From an environmental point of view: ¾ Biodiversity and available resources

The fauna of African fish includes over 3200 described species belonging to 94 families, but all are not exploitable. The distribution is not uniform across the continent and some species are known only of well delimited zones. For example, the African Great Lakes have a fauna whose majority of the species are endemic there. This means to act with a good knowledge of the fauna compared to the potentially exploitable species and the ecological risks of damages that could be related to the establishment of a fishfarming.

¾ Geomorphology, climate and hydrologyIf wildlife is so diverse across the continent, it is the result of historical and geological events

that led Africa over millions of years. This has caused major hydrological changes. On a smaller time scale, climate variations are crucial for the viability of a fish. The availability of water, with its different uses (drinking, domestic, agriculture ...) is a limiting factor and a source of conflict. The type of terrain and the nature of the soils of the region will lead to technical problems for the achievement of the pond it will be solved.

THE STEPSThe first handbook is intended for internal use to Action Against Hunger network, therefore,

with restricted diffusion. If possible and requests, a handbook with corrections and revisions will be proposed later. Then, an external diffusion to ACF could be considered.

Page 5: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa V

ACRONYMS

ACF/AAH: Action Contre la Faim / Action Against Hunger

AIMARA: Association de spécialistes oeuvrant pour le développement et l’application des connaissances sur les poissons et les rela-tions Homme-Nature

APDRA-F: Association Pisciculture et Développement Rural

ASUR: Association d’Agronomie et Sciences Utiles à la Réhabilitation des populations vulnérables

CIRAD: Centre de coopération Internationale en recherche Agrono-mique pour le Développement

CNRS: Centrenationaldelarecherchescientifique

FAO: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations

IRD: Institut de Recherche pour le Développement

MNHN: Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle

UNO: United Nation Organisation

NGO: Non Governemental Organisation

GIS: Geographic Informatic System

BDC: Biological Diversity Convention

IBI: Integrity Biological Indice

DRC: Democratic Republic of Congo (ex-Zaïre)

Page 6: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africavi Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Ö GoalsResearch

9 To acquire new ichthyologic knowledge - systematic, biology, ecology, ethology… - on the fresh water, brackish and marine species;

9 To highlight knowledge and practices relating to fishing and management of the biodi-versity and their modes of transmission.

Diffusion of knowledge 9 To disseminate the results to the local populations, the general public and the scientific

community by publications, exhibitions, contacts with the media and Internet.

Sustainable management of environment and resources 9 To sensitive by using the social, cultural, food, economic and patrimonial values of the

species with the aim of the conservation, of the management and of the preservationof the biodiversity;

9 To collaborate with the local actors in the durable management of the aquatic resources.

Ö Scope of activities• Studies of the characteristics of environments and impacts;

• Studies of the biology, biogeography, ecology and behavior of species;

• Anthropological and socio-economic relations man - Nature studies;

• Ecosystem modeling, statistical analysis:

• Development of databases;

• Expertise and faunistic inventories.

Association of specialists working for the development and the application of knowledge on fish and Man-Nature relationships

The aquatic environments and the management of water represent one of the major stakes for the decades to come.

The fish are a source of proteins of good quality for the human consumption, but also a source of income considerable for the developing as developed countries.

However, demography, the urban development, the installation of the rivers, industrialization, the climate changes, deforestation… have irreversible consequences on the water courses and the biodi-versity and thus on the men who live of these resources.

Association AÏMARA50 avenue de La Dhuys93170 Bagnolet - [email protected]

Aımı am rarr

Page 7: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa V I I

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Ö ACF

Devrig VELLY - Senior Food Security advisor, AAH

Cédric BERNARD - Food Security advisor in DRC, AAH

François CHARRIER - Food Security advisor in DRC, AAH, Rereader

Ö Aimara

François MEUNIER - Emeritas Professor at MNHN, President of AIMA-RA, Rereader

Patrice PRUVOST - Secretary of AIMARA

Hélène PAGÉZY - Researcher, CNRS

Ö Other collaborators

Roland BILLARD - Emeritas Professor at MNHN, Rereader

Didier PAUGY - Research Director at IRD

Thierry OBERDORFF - Research Director at IRD

Jérome LAZARD - Research Director at IRD

Alain BARBET - Agronomist

Anton LAMBOJ - Researcher, University of Vienna, Austria.

Mickael NEGRINI - Fishfarming technician

Kirk WINNEMILLER - Researcher, University of Texas, USA

Étienne BEZAULT - Researcher, EAWAG, Switzerland

Fabien NANEIX - Teacher

Page 8: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africaviii Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

CONTENTS

Part I - INTRODUCTION AND THEORICAL ASPECTS 1Chapter 01 - FISHFARMING: AIM AND ISSUES 3I. WHY? 3II. PRESSURE ON THE RESOURCES 6

II.1.Modificationsofthehabitat 6II.2. Water pollution 8II.3. Fisheries impact 9II.4. Introductions 9

III. INTERNATIONAL ASPECTS 12IV. OBJECTIVE OF FISHFARMING 13

Chapter 02 - TYPE OF FISHFARMING 15 I. VARIOUS TYPES OF FISHFARMING 15II. SOME HISTORY… 17III. A FISHFARMING OF SUBSISTENCE: GOAL AND PRINCIPLE 17IV. POLYCULTURE VS MONOCULTURE 18

Chapter 03 - BIOGEOGRAPHY AND FISH SPECIES 21 I. GEOGRAPHY 21II. THE SPECIES 21

II.1. The Cichlidae 22II.2.TheSiluriformesorcatfishes 23II.3. The Cyprinidae 23II.4. Other families and species 24

SUMMARY - PART 01 25

Part II - PRACTICAL ASPECTS 27Chapter 04 - THE INITIAL PRE-PROJECT ASSESSMENT 33I. THE ECOSYSTEM 33II. THE ASSESSMENT 36III. PRINCIPLE 37IV. BIOLOGICAL AND ECOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 38V. SOCIO-ETHNOLOGY 40

V.1. Socio-economic and cultural characteristics 40

Page 9: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa I x

V.2. The relations man-resources 40V.3. The relations man-man 41

Chapter 05 - VILLAGES AND SITES SELECTIONS 43I. THE VILLAGES SELECTION 43II. THE SITES SELECTION 45

II.1. The water 45II.2. The soil 50II.3. The topography 53II.4. The other parameters 56

Chapter 06 - CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PONDS 59I. DESCRIPTION 59II. TYPES OF PONDS 59

II.1. Barrage ponds 62II.2. Diversion ponds 62II.3. Comparison 62

III. CHARACTERISTICS 63III.1. General criteria 63III.2. Pond shape 66III.3. According the slope 67III.4. Layout of ponds 67III.5. Size and depth of the ponds 68III.6. Differences in levels 69

IV. SUMMARY 71

Chapter 07 - THE CONSTRUCTION OF POND 73I. THE DESIGN PLAN 73II. THE CLEANING OF THE SITE 75III. WATER SUPPLY: WATER INTAKE AND CHANNEL 77IV. DRAINAGE: CHANNEL OF DRAINING AND DRAINAGE 81V. THE PICKETING OF THE POND 82VI. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE DIKES 83VII. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PLATE (BOTTOM) 89VIII. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE POND INLET AND OUTLET 90

VIII.1. Pond inlet structures 90VIII.2. Pond outlet structures 94VIII.3. Sedimentation tank 105

Ix. ADDITIONAL INSTALLATIONS 106Ix.1. The anti-erosive protection 106Ix.2. Theanti-erosivefight 107Ix.3. Biological plastic 108

Page 10: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africax Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Ix.4. The fence 108Ix.5. Thefillingofthepondandtests 109

x. NECESSARY RESOURCES 109x.1. Materials 109x.2. Human Resources and necessary time 110

xI. SUMMARY 112

Chapter 08 - BIOLOGICAL APPROACH 113I. THE LIFE IN A POND 113

I.1. Primary producers 115I.2. The invertebrates 116I.3. The vertebrates 118

II. THE FERTILIZATION 118II.1. The fertilizers or manure 118II.2. The compost 121

III. SUMMARY 126

Chapter 09 - THE HANDLING OF THE FISH 127I. CATCH METHODS 127

I.1. Seine nets 129I.2. Gill nets 132I.3. Cast nets 133I.4. Dip or hand nets 134I.5. Traps 135I.6. Handline and hooks 136

II. THE TRANSPORT OF LIVE FISH 136III. THE PRODUCTION OF FINGERLINGS OF TILAPIA 139

III.1. The recognition of the sex 139III.2. The nursery ponds 139III.3. Hapas and cages 142III.4. The other structures 145

IV. THE STOCKING OF THE PONDS 146V. THE FOLLOW-UP OF FISH 149VI. DRAINING AND HARVEST 150

VI.1. Intermediatefishings 150VI.2. Complete draining 151

VII. SUMMARY 152

Chapter 10 - MAINTENANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PONDS 153I. THE MAINTENANCE OF THE PONDS 153

I.1. Thediseasesoffish 153I.2. Thefeedingofthefish 158I.3. Daily activities of follow-up 162I.4. Maintenance work after draining 163

Page 11: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa x I

I.5. Fight against predators 164I.6. Summary 164

II. THE TECHNIQUES OF CONSERVATION AND OF TRANSFORMATION 165III. THE MANAGEMENT OF PONDS 167

III.1. Fish Stocks and useful indices for monitoring 167III.2. The expected yields 168III.3. The management of harvests 168III.4. Several kinds of production costs 170III.5. Record keeping and accounting 170III.6. The formation 171

IV. PONDS AND HEALTH 171

GENERAL SUMMARY 173REFERENCES 177GLOSSARY 179APPENDIx 187Appendix 01 - ExAMPLES OF FILES 189I. FILES FOR MONITORING THE PONDS 189II. FILES FOR THE FOLLOW-UP OF THE FISH 191

Appendix 02 - TABLE OF DATA 193Appendix 03 - SOME ELEMENTS OF THE BIOLOGY OF THE SPECIES 207I. THE MORPHOLOGY AND THE SYSTEMATIC 207II. THE BIOLOGY OF CICHLIDAE 216

II.1. The taxonomy 216II.2. The feeding habits 217II.3. The reproduction and parental care 218

III. THE BIOLOGY OF SILURIFORMES OR CATFISH 226III.1. The Clariidae 226III.2. The Claroteidae and Auchenoglanididae 231III.3. The Schilbeidae 233III.4. The Mochokidae 233

IV. THE OTHER FAMILIES 234IV.1. The Cyprinidae 234IV.2. The Citharinidae 234IV.3. The Distichodontidae 236IV.4. The Channidae 236IV.5. The Latidae 237IV.6. The Arapaimidae 237

Appendix 04 - BIOGEOGRAPHIC DATA 239Appendix 05 - FILE OF SPECIES 255

Page 12: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africaxii Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

LIST OF FIGURESPart I - INTRODUCTION AND THEORICAL ASPECTS 1Figure 1. World capture and aquaculture production (FAO, 2007). 3Figure 2. Inland capture fisheries by continent in 2004 (FAO, 2007). 5Figure 3. Aquaculture production by regional grouping in 2004 (FAO, 2007). 5Figure 4. Relative contribution of aquaculture and capture fisheries to food fish consumption (FAO, 2007). 6Figure 5. GIS assessment of potential areas for production fish farms in Africa. 14Figure 6. Continuum Aquaculture - Fishery en relation with the investment intensification. 19Figure 7. The ichthyoregions and the countries. 22

Part II - PRACTICAL ASPECTS 27Figure 8. General implementation plan. 32Figure 9. Setting of fish ponds: 1. Assessment. 34Figure 10. Water cycle. 35Figure 11. Contextual components of the assessment. 36Figure 12. Setting of fish pond: 2. Selections. 44Figure 13. Volume of a pond. 46Figure 14. Water loss through evaporation by weather. 46Figure 15. Water loss by ground. 46Figure 16. Flow measurement for small rivers. 47Figure 17. Measurement of section of the river. 47Figure 18. Measurement of speed V of the river. 47Figure 19. Examples of factors that may affect water quality. 48Figure 20. Secchi disk. 49Figure 21. Impermeability of clay and sandy soils. 50Figure 22. Test of the ball (1). 51Figure 23. Test of the ball (2). 51Figure 24. Test of soil permeability. 52Figure 25. Identification of potential water supplies, drainage options, individual valleys, comparison of the

various good sites for the installation of ponds, vision of the bottoms (CIRAD). 53Figure 26. Water supply by gravity. 54Figure 27. Type of slopes and constraints. 55Figure 28. Hill slope. 55Figure 29. Measurement of a slope: Device. 57Figure 30. Measurement of a slope: Calculation. 57Figure 31. Example of location of a pond in relation of the house. 58Figure 32. Setting of fish pond: 3. Ponds. 60Figure 33. Main components of a pond. 61Figure 34. Cross section of a ponds. 61Figure 35. Examples of barrage ponds. 64Figure 36. Examples of diversion ponds. 65Figure 37. Disposition of ponds in relation to the topography (CIRAD). 66Figure 38. Optimization of the surface / work (CIRAD). 66Figure 39. Example of pond whose shape is adapted to the topography. 67Figure 40. Disposition and shape of ponds according the slope. 67Figure 41. Layout of ponds. In series; In parallel. 67Figure 42. Maximal and minimal depth of a pond. 69Figure 43. The different points for the management of water by gravity. 70Figure 44. Level differences. 70Figure 45. Classical plan a diversion ponds. 71Figure 46. Examples of diversion fishfarm. 72

Page 13: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa x I I I

Figure 47. Setting of fish pond: 3. Ponds. 74Figure 48. Visualization by picketing of the first plan of possible water supply, possible drainage, of diffe-

rents valley (CIRAD). 75Figure 49. Preparation of the site of the pond. 76Figure 50. Cleaning of the site. 76Figure 51. Water levels differences. 78Figure 52. Setting of the water supply channel. 79Figure 53. Transverse profile of the channel. Measure and slope of sides. 79Figure 54. Channel digging. 80Figure 55. Setting of draining channel. 81Figure 56. Level of draining channel. 81Figure 57. Picketing of the pond and the dikes. 82Figure 58. Cleaning of the zones where the dikes will be build. 83Figure 59. Definition of the different types of dikes. 83Figure 60. Description and proportion of a dike (of 1 m high). 83Figure 61. Pressure difference on a dike. 84Figure 62. Dikes. Good high; Dikes too small. 84Figure 63. Digging of the cut-off trench for clay core. 85Figure 64. Clay core and saturation of the dikes. 85Figure 65. High of a dike. Depth; Freeboard; Settlement. 85Figure 66. High of the structure. 85Figure 67. Dimension of a dike. 86Figure 68. Calculation of the slope of the dikes. 87Figure 69. Construction of the dikes (I). Traditionnal - By blocks. 88Figure 70. Construction the dikes (II). 88Figure 71. Preparation of the bottom. 88Figure 72. The bottom or plate. Direction of the slope and drain setting: In ray; As «fish bones». 89Figure 73. Bottom drain. 90Figure 74. Cross cut of a pond at the bottom drain. 90Figure 75. Cross cut of the inlet of a pond. 91Figure 76. Pipe inlet. 91Figure 77. End of bamboo pipe. 91Figure 78. Gutter inlet. 92Figure 79. Different types of gutter. 92Figure 80. Canal inlet. 92Figure 81. Diagram of an example of sand filter. 93Figure 82. Turn-down pipe inside pond outlet. 95Figure 83. Composition of a monk. 96Figure 84. Position of the monk in the pond. 97Figure 85. Position of the monk according the downstream dike. 97Figure 86. Wooden monk. Small and medium size. 98Figure 87. Wooden pipe. 99Figure 88. Mould of a monk. Front view; Upper view. 100Figure 89. Monk. Upper view and example of size. 101Figure 90. Functioning of a monk. 102Figure 91. Concrete pipe. Croos cut; Mould; Final pipe. 103Figure 92. Setting of a pipe overflow. 104Figure 93. Type of setting basin. Natural; In concrete. 105Figure 94. Setting basin. Normal; Improved. 106Figure 95. Setting of a vegetable cover on the dikes. 106Figure 96. Dikes with plants. Vegetable garden; Small animals; Trees. 107Figure 97. Type of erosion and soil conservation. Streaming; Infiltration; Protection channel. 107Figure 98. Fences. In scrubs; In wood or bamboo. 108Figure 99. Schematic life cycle of a pond. 113

Page 14: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africaxiv Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Figure 100. Setting of fish pond: 4. Fishfarming. 114Figure 101. Trophic pyramids. 115Figure 102. Differents algae. 115Figure 103. Aquatic plants. 116Figure 104. Rotifers. 116Figure 105. Crustaceans. 116Figure 106. Insects. 117Figure 107. Molluscs. 117Figure 108. Vertebrates other than fish. 118Figure 109. Beneficial effects of organic fertilizers. 119Figure 110. Preparation of dry compost. 123Figure 111. Applying animal manures to a drained pond bottom. 125Figure 112. Applying animal manures to water-filled ponds that have been stocked (I). 125Figure 113. Applying animal manures to water-filled ponds that have been stocked (II). 125Figure 114. Preparation of an anaerobic compost. 125Figure 115. Compost heap in crib in a pond. 126Figure 116. Setting of fish pond: 4. Fishfarming and 5. End of cycle. 128Figure 117. Diagram of a seine. 129Figure 118. The differents steps to construct a simple seine. 130Figure 119. Setting of the pole to hold the seine. 130Figure 120. Construction of a central-bag seine. 131Figure 121. Manipulation of a seine. 131Figure 122. Gill nets. 133Figure 123. Use of a cast net. 134Figure 124. Different types of dip nets. 135Figure 125. Differents types of local traps. 135Figure 126. Fish packing in plastic bags. 138Figure 127. Sexual differentiation of differents species. 140Figure 128. Fingerlings produced per fish density in Oreochromis niloticus. 141Figure 129. Fingerlings produced per females body weight in Oreochromis niloticus. 141Figure 130. Hapas and cages. 142Figure 131. Differents systems of reproduction of tilapia in hapas and cages. 143Figure 132. Live fish storage in hapas or nets. 144Figure 133. Diagram on the relationships between the stocking density, the instant growth rate (G) and the

instant yield per surface unit (Y) with and without complementary feeding. 146Figure 134. Yield and average weight of Oreochromis niloticus at the harvest in function of initial density. 147Figure 135. Impact of the presence of a predator (here, Hemichromis fasciatus) in fishponds. 148Figure 136. Measurement gears. 149Figure 137. Length - Weight relationships. 150Figure 138. Harvest of the fish. 151Figure 139. Examples of way to collect the fish outside of the pond. 152Figure 140. Setting of fish pond: 5. End of cycle and start again… 154Figure 141. Fish piping on surface; Dead fish floating on surface. 156Figure 142. Diseases of fish. Bacterial diseases; External parasites. 156Figure 143. Example of life cycles of fish disease factors. 157Figure 144. Structures to facilitate the feeding. 161Figure 145. Some predators of fish. 164Figure 146. Differents methods of natural drying of fish. 166Figure 147. Example of smoking method of fish. 166Figure 148. Example of salting system. 166Figure 149. Mosquito and snail. 172Figure 150. Several human behavior to avoid nearby the ponds. 172Figure 151. Cleaning of the dikes. 172

Page 15: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa x V

APPENDIx 187Figure 152. Principal terms pertinent to the external morphology of a fish. 207Figure 153. Different body shapes. 207Figure 154. Cross-section of body. 208Figure 155. Jaws. 208Figure 156. Tooth shapes. 209Figure 157. Fontanellae. 209Figure 158. Barbels. 210Figure 159. Gill slits without opercule; gill arch formed by ceratobranchial, gill rakers, hypobranchial and

epibranchial, gill filaments; external gill. 210Figure 160. Accessory aerial breathing organs. 211Figure 161. Pair fins. 211Figure 162. Dorsal fin. 212Figure 163. Caudal fin. 212Figure 164. Different types of scales. 213Figure 165. Lateral line. 213Figure 166. Location of electric organs. 213Figure 167. Principal measurements that may be taken on a fish. 215Figure 168. External features of the Cichlidae. 216Figure 169. Courtship and spawning in a substrate spawner Cichlidae, Tilapia zillii. 218Figure 170. Nest of Oreochromis niloticus; Oreochromis macrochir. 219Figure 171. Courtship and spawning in a mouthbrooder Cichlidae, Haplochromis burtoni from Lake Tanga-

nyika. 220Figure 172. Mouthbrooding. 220Figure 173. Example of the life cycle of a maternal mouthbrooding tilapia. 221Figure 174. Different stages in mouthbrooders. 222Figure 175. Comparison between fry of substrate spawners and mouthbrooders. 222Figure 176. Relationship the weight of fish of 20 cm and the size of maturation for Oreochromis niloticus for

several geographic location. 224Figure 177. Size class of Oreochromis niloticus according several geographic location. 224Figure 178. Comparison of growth rate for different species in natural field by locality. 225Figure 179. Comparison of growth rate for different species in natural field by species. 225Figure 180. Relative Fecundity (% of total weight), % of hatching (% total eggs) of Clarias gariepinus,

monthly average rainfall and average temperature. Brazzaville. 227Figure 181. Courtship in Clarias gariepinus. 228Figure 182. First stages of development for Clarias gariepinus. 229Figure 183. Several stages of larval development until 17 days. Clarias gariepinus; Heterobranchus longifi-

lis. 229Figure 184. Compared growth of several African fish species. 230Figure 185. Growth of Heterotis niloticus and of Lates niloticus. 238Figure 186. The ichthyoregions and the countries. 245

Page 16: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africaxvi Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

LIST OF TABLESPart I - INTRODUCTION AND THEORICAL ASPECTS 1Table I. World fisheries and aquaculture production and utilization, excluding China (FAO, 2007). 4Table II. Origin and number of fish species introductions in Africa. 10Table III. Introduced species with a negative ecological effect recorded. 11Table IV. Different levels of intensification of fishfarming systems 16Table V. Characteristics of the two main models of farming towards the various factors of production. 17

Part II - PRACTICAL ASPECTS 27Table VI. Color of the soil and drainage conditions of the soil. 50Table VII. Topographical features for ponds. 54Table VIII. Advantages and disadvantages of the barrage and diversion ponds. 63Table IX. Differents shape of a pond of 100 m2. 66Table X. Size of fattening ponds. 68Table XI. Resource availability and pond size. 68Table XII. Characteristics of shallow and deep ponds. 69Table XIII. Diversion structures to control stream water levels. 78Table XIV. Channel dimensions. 80Table XV. Examples fo dimension of dikes. 86Table XVI. Expression of values of slope according the chosen unit. 87Table XVII. Informations on the dimensions of the monk according the size of the pond. 100Table XVIII. Estimation of the discharge and draining duration of the pond according the diameter of the

outlet. 101Table XIX. Inside dimensions of the monk according the diameter of the pipe. 101Table XX. Examples of necessary time for building of ponds (man/day). 110Table XXI. Approximate output on the works of excavation made by hand. 110Table XXII. Example of calendar of works to do for the construction of a pond (workers of 400 men per

day). 111Table XXIII. Example of calendar according the seasons (15 ponds) in Cameroon. 111Table XXIV. Maximum amount of fresh solid manure per day in 100 m2 pond. 120Table XXV. Quantity to spread per type of manure. 120Table XXVI. Organic fertilizers commonly used in small-scale fish farming. 121Table XXVII. Particular characteristics of composting methods. 122Table XXVIII. Production of Oreochromis niloticus in function of the number of breeders in a pond of 4 ares

– 122 farming days. 141Table XXIX. Levels of various nutrients in different species of fish. 158Table XXX. Relative value of major feedstuffs as supplementary feed for fish. 159Table XXXI. Example of formula for tilapia and catfish farming. 160Table XXXII. Example of quantity of food to give according time per m2 of pond. 160Table XXXIII. Feeding rate for tilapia in pond related to the size (table of Marek). 160Table XXXIV. Examples of stop feeding per species in function of the temperature 161Table XXXV. Monitoring. x: following; xx: fuller check or major repair; V: In drained pond only. 162Table XXXVI. Examples of management for 4 ponds. Harvest after 3 months; After 4 months. 169Table XXXVII. Useful life of fish farm structures and equipment (in years, assuming correct utilization) 170

Page 17: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa x V I I

APPENDIx 187Table XXXVIII. The tonnage of halieutic products in 2005 per African countries (FAO, 2006). 194Table XXXIX. The checklist of freshwater species which have been the subject of an introduction in Africa

(FAO, 2006; Fishbase, 2006). 195Table XL. List of species introduced by African countries. 197Table XLI. List of freshwater fish used in aquaculture by country (FAO, 2006; Fishbase, 2008). 203Table XLII. Diet of several species of tilapia in natural waters. 217Table XLIII. Size at sexual maturation, maximale size and longevity of different species of tilapia. 223Table XLIV. Some characteristics of African countries. 240Table XLV. Characteristics of ichthyoregions and lakes in Africa. 244Table XLVI. The ichthyoregions and their repartition by country in Africa. 246Table XLVII. The genera and species of tilapias recorded by countries. 248

LIST OF SPECIES FILEFile I. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis andersoni 256File II. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis aureus 257File III. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis esculentus 258File IV. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis macrochir 259File V. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis mossambicus 260File VI. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis niloticus 261File VII. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis shiranus 262File VIII. Cichlidae. - Sarotherodon galileus 263File IX. Cichlidae. - Sarotherodon melanotheron 264File X. Cichlidae. - Tilapia guineensis 265File XI. Cichlidae. - Tilapia mariae 266File XII. Cichlidae. - Tilapia rendalli 267File XIII. Cichlidae. - Tilapia zillii 268File XIV. Cichlidae. - Hemichromis elongatus and Hemichromis fasciatus 269File XV. Cichlidae. - Serranochromis angusticeps 270File XVI. Cichlidae. - Serranochromis robustus 271File XVII. Clariidae. - Clarias gariepinus 272File XVIII. Clariidae. - Heterobranchus longifilis 273File XIX. Arapaimidae. - Heterotis niloticus 274

Page 18: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africaxviii

LIST OF PHOTOSPart I - INTRODUCTION AND THEORICAL ASPECTS 1

Part II - PRACTICAL ASPECTS 27Photo A. Measurement of a slope (DRC) [© Y. Fermon]. 56Photo B. Example of rectangular ponds in construction laying in parallel (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon]. 68Photo C. Cleaning of the site. Tree remaining nearby a pond {To avoid}(DRC); Sites before cleaning (Liberia)

[© Y. Fermon]. 77Photo D. Channel during the digging (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon]. 80Photo E. Stakes during the building of the dikes (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon]. 82Photo F. Dikes. Slope badly made, destroed by erosion (DRC)[© Y. Fermon]; Construction (Ivory Coast)

[© APDRA-F](CIRAD). 89Photo G. Example of non efficient screen at the inlet of a pond (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon]. 93Photo H. Example of filters set at the inlet of a pond in Liberia [© Y. Fermon]. 93Photo I. Mould and monks (Guinea). The first floor and the mould; Setting of the secund floor [© APDRA-F]

(CIRAD). 100Photo J. First floor of the monk associated with the pipe (Guinea) [© APDRA-F](CIRAD). 102Photo K. Top of a monk (DRC)[© Y. Fermon]. 102Photo L. Building of a pipe(Guinea) [© APDRA-F](CIRAD). 103Photo M. Setting of a fences with branches (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon]. 108Photo N. Compost heap. [Liberia © Y. Fermon], [© APDRA-F](CIRAD). 126Photo O. Use of small beach seine (Liberia, Guinea, DRC) [© Y. Fermon]. 132Photo P. Mounting, repair and use of gill nets (Kenya, Tanzania) [© Y. Fermon]. 132Photo Q. Cast net throwing (Kenya, Ghana) [© F. Naneix, © Y. Fermon]. 134Photo R. Dip net (Guinea) [© Y. Fermon]. 135Photo S. Traps. Traditionnal trap (Liberia); Grid trap full of tilapia (Ehiopia) [© Y. Fermon]. 136Photo T. Fish packing in plastic bags (Guinea, (Ehiopia) [© Y. Fermon, © É. Bezault]. 138Photo U. Hapas in ponds (Ghana) [© É. Bezault]. 143Photo V. Concrete basins and aquariums (Ghana) [© Y. Fermon]. 145

APPENDIx 187Photo W. Nests of Tilapia zillii (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon]. 219Photo X. Claroteidae. Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus [© Planet Catfish]; C. maurus [© Teigler - Fishbase];

Auchenoglanididae. Auchenoglanis occidentalis [© Planet Catfish]. 232Photo Y. Schilbeidae. Schilbe intermedius [© Luc De Vos]. 233Photo Z. Mochokidae. Synodontis batensoda [© Mody - Fishbase]; Synodontis schall [© Payne - Fishbase]. 234Photo AA. Cyprinidae. Barbus altianalis; Labeo victorianus [© Luc De Vos, © FAO (drawings)]. 235Photo AB. Citharinidae. Citharinus gibbosus; C. citharus [© Luc De Vos]. 235Photo AC. Distichodontidae. Distichodus rostratus; D. sexfasciatus [© Fishbase]. 236Photo AD. Channidae. Parachanna obscura (DRC) [© Y. Fermon]. 236Photo AE. Latidae. Lates niloticus [© Luc De Vos]. 237

Page 19: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1

Part IINTRODUCTION AND THEORICAL ASPECTS

Contents

• Fishfarming: Aim and issues

• Type of fishfarming

• Biogeography and fish species

• Summary

Page 20: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa2

CONTENTS - PART I

Chapter 01 - FISHFARMING: AIM AND ISSUES 3I. WHY? 3II. PRESSURE ON THE RESOURCES 6 II.1. Modificationsofthehabitat 6 II.2. Water pollution 8 II.3. Fisheries impact 9 II.4. Introductions 9III. INTERNATIONAL ASPECTS 12

IV. OBJECTIVE OF FISHFARMING 13

Chapter 02 - TYPE OF FISHFARMING 15 I. VARIOUS TYPES OF FISHFARMING 15II. SOME HISTORY… 17III. A FISHFARMING OF SUBSISTENCE: GOAL AND PRINCIPLE 17IV. POLYCULTURE VS MONOCULTURE 18

Chapter 03 - BIOGEOGRAPHY AND FISH SPECIES 21 I. GEOGRAPHY 21II. THE SPECIES 21

I.1. The Cichlidae 22II.2.TheSiluriformesorcatfishes 23II.3. The Cyprinidae 23II.4. Other families and species 24

SUMMARY 25

Cover photo: Ö Children fishing fingerlings in river for the ponds, Liberia, ASUR, 2006 - © Yves Fermon

Page 21: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 3

I. WHY?Fisheries and aquaculture contribute to the food security primarily in three ways:

Ö To increase the food availabilities, Ö To provide highly nutritive animal proteins and important trace elements, Ö To offer employment and incomes which people use to buy of other food products.

A little more than 100 million tons of fish are consumed worldwide each year, and ensure to 2.5 billion of human at least 20% their average needs per capita of animal proteins (Figure 1 below). This can range to over 50% in the developing countries. In some of the zones most affected by food insecurity - in Asia and Africa, for example - the fish proteins are essential because, they guarantee a good part of the already low level of needs of animal proteins. Approximately 97% of the fishermen live in the developing countries, where fishing is extremely important.

Fish production in Africa has stagnated over the past decade, and availability of fish per capita decrease (8.8 kg in the 90s, about 7.8 kg in 2001) (Table I, p. 4). Africa is the only continent where this tendency is observed, and the problem is that there do not exist other sources of proteins accessible to all. For a continent where food security is so precarious, the situation is alarming.

Even if Africa has the lowest consumption of fish per capita in the world, the marine and inland water ecosystems are very productive and sustain important fisheries which recorded a rise in some countries. With a production of 7.5 million tons in 2003 and similar levels in previous years, the fish ensures 50% or more of the animal protein contributions of many Africans - i.e. the second rank after Asia. Even in sub-Saharan Africa, the fish ensures nearly 19% of the animal protein contribu-tions of the population. This constitutes an important contribution in an area afflicted by hunger and malnutrition.

But whereas the levels of production of fishings are stabilized, the population continues to grow. With the sight of the forecasts of UN on the population trends and the evaluations available on the

Chapter 01FISHFARMING: AIM AND ISSUES

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 00 04

Millions tonnes

Years

ChinaWorld excluding China

Figure 1. World capture and aquaculture production (FAO, 2007).

Page 22: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa4 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

future tendencies of halieutic production, only to maintain the fish consumption per capita of Africa on his current levels, the production should increase of more than one third during the 15 next years, which is a challenge. The situation was partly aggravated by the significant increase in exports, and harvests of non-African fleets operating in the area under the fisheries agreements.

Fish coastal resources are already heavily exploited and marine capture fisheries would be diffi-cult to produce more, even through massive investments. Difficult to reduce exports, considering the need for foreign currencies in the countries concerned.

After a slight downturn in 2002, the total world catch in inland waters is again increase in 2003 and 2004 to reach 9.2 million tonnes during the past year. As previously, Africa and Asia represent approximately 90 percent of the world total and their respective shares are relatively stable (Figure 2, p. 5). The fisheries, however, seem in crisis in Europe where the total catch has dropped by 30% since 1999. Game fishing represents a substantial part of the catch. The statistics of developed countries on catches in inland waters, published by FAO, are generally based on information provi-ded by national correspondents, and the total catch may vary significantly depending on whether they take into account or not catch of game fisheries.

In Africa - as in the world in general - aquaculture will play an important role. Globally, aqua-culture accounts for about 30% of world supplies of fish. The aquacultural production in Africa ac-counts for only 1.2% of the world total (Figure 3, p. 5). The aquaculture in Africa today is primarily an activity of subsistence, secondary and part-time, taking place in small-scale farmings.

This African production primarily consists of tilapia (15 000 T), of catfishes (Clarias) (10 000 T) and of common carps (5 000 T). It is thus about a still embryonic activity and which looks for its way from the point of view of the development for approximately half a century. The aquaculture yet only contributes most marginally to the proteins supply of water origin of the African continent where the total halieutic production (maritime and inland) was evaluated in 1989 to 5.000.000 T. The part of fish in the proteins supply is there nevertheless very high (23.1%), slightly less than in Asia (between 25.2 and 29.3%), but far ahead of North America (6.5%) or Western Europe (9.4%), world mean of

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005

Production (million tonnes)

Inland Capture 6.6 6.7 6.5 6.6 6.8 7.0

Aquaculture 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.6 8.3 8.8

Total 12.6 13.3 13.5 14.2 15.1 15.8

Marine Capture 72.0 69.8 70.2 67.2 71.3 69.7

Aquaculture 4.9 5.3 5.6 6.1 6.6 6.6

Total 76.9 75.2 75.8 73.3 77.9 76.3

Total Capture 78.6 76.6 76.7 73.8 78.1 76.7

Aquaculture 10.9 11.9 12.6 13.8 14.9 15.4

Total 89.5 88.4 89.3 87.5 93.0 92.1

Utilization

Human consumption 63.9 65.7 65.7 67.5 68.9 69.0

Non-food uses 25.7 22.7 23.7 20.1 24.0 23.1

Population (billions) 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.1

Per capita food fish supply (kg) 13.3 13.4 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.4

Table I. Worldfisheriesandaquacultureproductionandutilization,excludingChina (FAO, 2007).

Page 23: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 5

16.5% (Figure 4, p. 6).Aquaculture in Africa thus remains limited. There are several reasons for this, but the most impor-

tant is that the sector is not treated as a business enterprise, in a viable and profitable point of view.

0.2%

2.0%

3.5%

4.9%

24.7%

64.8%

Oceania

North and Central America

Europe

South America

Africa

Asia

Figure 2. Inlandcapturefisheriesbycontinentin2004(FAO,2007).

3.54%

2.26%

1.27%

0.86%

0.42%

0.16%

Western Europe

Latin America and the Caribbean

North America

Near East and North Africa

Central and Eastern Europe

Sub-Saharan Africa

7.72%

7.47%

1.86%

1.19%

0.91%

0.36%

Western Europe

Latin America and the Caribbean

North America

Near East and North Africa

Central and Eastern Europe

Sub-Saharan Africa

China 69.57%

8.51%

Asia (excluding China) and the Pacific  21.92%

Quantity

Value

China 51.20%

19.50%

Asia (excluding China) and the Pacific  29.30%

Figure 3. Aquaculture production by regional grouping in 2004 (FAO, 2007).

Page 24: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa6 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

But this does not mean ignoring the need for fisheries management. Better management of ma-rine and inland fisheries in Africa contribute to the safeguarding of these important sectors of food production. Aquaculture is not intended to replace fishery but to supplement the intake of animal protein.

II. PRESSURE ON THE RESOURCESThe continental aquatic environments are particularly affected by the human activities: modifica-

tion or disappearance of the habitats generally resulting from water development (dams), pollution of various origins, overexploitation due to fishing as well as the voluntary or not introductions of non-native species. The consequences, amplified at the present time by the increase in population and an increasingly strong pressure on the natural resources, endanger fish fauna quite everywhere in the world. Long enough saved, Africa suffers in its turn these impacts, even if pollution for example, remains still relatively limited in space.

II.1. MODIFICATIONS OF THE HABITATThe alteration of habitat is one of the most important threats to aquatic life. The changes that

may have two distinct origins which generally interfere nevertheless: 9 Climate change with its impact on water balance and hydrological functioning of hydrosys-

tems; 9 The changes due to man both in the aquatic environment and its catchment area.

II.1.1. CLIMATE CHANGESThe existence of the surface aquatic environments depends closely on the contributions due

to the rains, and thus on the climate. Any change in climate will have major consequences in terms of water balance that will lead by example by extending or reducing aquatic habitat. A spectacular event is the Lake Chad area of which strongly decreased during the 1970s due to a period of dryness in the Sahel.

We know that the climate has never been stable on a geological and aquatic environments have always fluctuated without that man can be held responsible (the phenomenon «El Niño» for example). But we also know that man can act indirectly on the climate, either locally by deforestation, or at global level by the emission of certain gases in the «greenhouse effect». These last years, world opinion has been alerted to a possible warming of the planet which would be due to the increase in air content of carbon dioxide, methane and chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), whose emission mass is

Fishery food supply (kg/capita)

AquacultureCapture

World China

Years

World excluding China70 79 88 97 04 70 79 88 97 04 70 79 88 97 04

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Figure 4. Relativecontributionofaquacultureandcapturefisheriestofoodfishconsumption(FAO, 2007).

Page 25: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 7

linked to industrial activities. If it is not clear to what extent and how fast will this warming, it may be feared that these climate changes occur in the coming decades, resulting in a change in rainfall in some regions of the world. Besides small predictable consequences on the water (increase or de-crease in local rainfall), we can also expect an increase in sunshine and temperature, changes in the distribution of vegetation, at an elevation sea levels. Although it is still impossible at the local level to assess the consequences of the changes announced, it seems clear, whatever the magnitude of the phenomenon that aquatic fauna as a whole will be the first affected..

II.1.2. DEVELOPMENTSThe various uses of water for agriculture, energy production, transport, domestic needs, are at

the base of many hydrological building facilities. These constraints affect the water balance but also, directly or indirectly, the aquatic habitats.

■ DamsLarge hydroelectric dams are expensive constructions, whose economic interest is often contro-

versial and whose environmental impact is important.When we block a stream to create a dam, we provoke numerous modifications of the environ-

mental habitat and the fish community and we disrupt the movements of migratory fishes.

■ Development of riversThe development facilities with the construction of dykes, the rectification of water course, the

construction of locks for navigation ... are still limited in Africa, but we can nevertheless give some examples of projects that have changed quite considerably natural systems.

In the valley of Senegal, for example, many work was completed for better managing the water resources of the river and to use them at agricultural ends. The purpose of the construction of a dam downstream nearby the estuary (dam Diama) is to prevent the coming back of marine water in the lower course of the river during the dry season, whereas the dam Manantali located upstream makes it possible to store great quantities of water at the time of the overflood and to restore them according to the request to irrigate vast perimeters. All the water resources of the valley of Senegal is now partially under control, but the water management becomes complex to deal with sometimes conflict demands in term of uses.

■ ReductionoffloodsplainsandwetlandsThe wetlands are often considered as fertile areas favourable for agriculture. Everywhere in the

world the development projects and in particular the construction of dams had an significant impact on the hydrosystems by reducing sometimes considerably the surface of the floodplains which are places favourable for the development of juveniles of many fish species..

■ Changes in land use of the catchment areaThe quantity and the quality of the contributions out of surface water to aquatic ecosystems

depend on the nature of the catchment area and its vegetation. However the disappearance of the forests, for example, whether to make of them arable lands or for the exploitation of wood for do-mestic or commercial uses, has, as an immediate consequence, an increase of the soil erosion and water turbidity, as well as a modification of the hydrological mode with shorter but more brutal runoff resulting from a more important streaming.

The problem of the deforestation concerns Africa in general and the available information shows that the phenomenon is worrying by its scale. Thus, it was discovered in Madagascar that the defo-restation rate was 110 000 ha per year for 35 years, and erosion rate of 250 tonnes of soil per hectare have been reported. In the Lake Tanganyika drainage, deforestation is massive too. The erosion on the slopes has resulted in significant contributions to the lake sediment and changes in wildlife in some coastal areas particularly vulnerable. If current trends continue, the figures are coming with an estimated worrying that at this rate, 70% of forests in West Africa, 95% of those from East Africa and 30% of the congolese coverage would have to disappear by the year 2040.

The increase in the suspended solid in water, and silt deposits in lakes and rivers, has many ef-fects on aquatic life. There are, of course, reduce the transparency of its waters with implications for the planktonic and benthic photosynthesis. The suspension elements may seal the branchial system of fish or cause irritation and muddy deposits deteriorate the quality of substrates in breeding areas.

Page 26: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa8 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

II.2. WATER POLLUTIONIf water pollution has long appeared as a somewhat secondary phenomenon in Africa, it is clear

that it is increasingly apparent in recent years. In general, however, lack of data and more detailed information on the extent of water pollution in Africa.

II.2.1. EUTROPHICATION OF WATERThe nutritive elements (phosphates, nitrates) are in general present in limited quantities in the

aquatic environments, and constitute what one calls limiting factors. Any additional contribution of these elements is quickly assimilated and stimulates the primary production. When the natural cycle is disturbed by the human activities, in particular by the contributions in manure, detergents, waste water in general, excesses of phosphates (and to a lesser extent of nitrates) is responsible for the phenomenon of eutrophication. This phenomenon results in an excessive proliferation of algae and/or macrophytes, and a reduction in the water transparency. The decomposition of this abundant organic matter consumes much oxygen and generally leads to massive mortalities of animal species per asphyxiation. Eutrophication also has as a result to involve strong variations of the dissolved oxygen concentration and pH during the day. In the lakes, the phenomenon of “bloom” (the “fleur d’eau” of the French speaking) is one of the manifestations of eutrophication.

Eutrophication of Lake Victoria during the last 25 years is fairly well documented. Increased intakes of nutrients to the lake is the result of increasing human activities in the catchment area of the lake: increased urbanization, use of fertilizers and pesticides for the crops, use of pesticides for control of tsetse flies ...

II.2.2. PESTICIDESIn the second half of the twentieth century the use of chemical pesticides has become wides-

pread in Africa, as elsewhere in the world to fight against both the vectors of major diseases and pests of crops. The range of products used is very large and, if some have a low toxicity towards aquatic organisms, many are xenobiotics, ie substances that have toxic properties, even if they are present in the environment at very low concentrations. This is particularly true for pyrethroids (permethrin, deltamethrin) but especially for organochlorines (DDT, dieldrin, endrin, endosulfan, ma-lathion, lindane), which, in addition to their toxicities have important time remanence, this which accentuates their accumulation and thus their concentration in food webs.

II.2.3. HEAVY METALSUnder the term of “heavy metals”, one generally includes several families of substances:

9 Heavy metals in the strict sense, with high atomic mass and high toxicity, whose presence in small amounts is not necessary to life: cadmium, mercury, lead…

9 Metals lower atomic mass, essential for life (trace elements), but quickly become toxic when their concentration increases: copper, zinc, molybdenum, manganese, cobalt…

Heavy metals usually occur at very low concentrations in natural ecosystems but human activi-ties are a major source of pollution. Heavy metals come from the agricultural land and water systems by intentional inputs of trace elements and pesticides, discharge from refineries or factories treating non-ferrous metals (nickel, copper, zinc, lead, chromium, cadmium ...), discharges from tanneries (cadmium, chromium) or paper pulp (mercury). It must be added the impact of atmospheric pollution related to human activities (including industrial), and domestic and urban effluents (zinc, copper, lead). Mercury pollution may have originated in industrial uses (paper industry), the exploitation of gold deposits, the use of organomercury fungicides. The problems associated with heavy metal contamination resulting from the fact that they accumulate in the organisms where they may reach toxic levels.

II.2.4. BIO-ACCUMULATIONAn alarming phenomenon with certain contaminants, including heavy metals or pesticides, is the

problem of bioaccumulation which leads to the accumulation of a toxic substance in an organism, sometimes in concentrations much higher than those observed in the natural environment. This concerns various contaminants.

Page 27: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 9

Organisms with concentrated pollutants can enter to turn the trophic chain, and if the product is not degraded or removed, it will concentrate more and more with each trophic chain link, eg from algae to ichthyophagous birds. This phenomenon which is called biomagnification, shows that the pollution of environment by substances that are measured in very small quantities in water, can have unexpected consequences on higher consumer.

II.3. FISHERIES IMPACTThe impact of fishing on fish populations appears primarily, according to the fishing gears used,

by a selective pressure on certain species, either on adults, or on juveniles. It is frequently thought that fishing alone, when used with traditional gear, can not be held responsible for the disappearance of fish species. Indeed, it is not easily conceivable that one can completely eliminate a population by captures made as a blind man contrary with what can occur for hunting. However, a pressure associated with changes in habitat can lead fairly rapidly declining species.

The effects of fishing are particularly sensitive to large species with low reproductive capacity. One quotes for example the quasi-disappearance of the catfish Arius gigas in the basin of Niger. In this species, the male is buccal incubator of a few large eggs. In the early 20th century, it referred to the capture of specimens of 2 meters long, while since 1950 the species seemed to become very rare.

One of the clearest fishing effect is showned in the population demography, with the reduction in the mean size of species and the disappearance of large individuals. Indeed, if the fishery usually starts with large gear mesh, the size of these decreases as catches of large individuals are rare. In some cases, the mesh size is so small that gear catch immature individuals and populations of species that can not reproduce collapsing dramatically. In the lake Malombe for example, the fishing of Oreochromis (O. karongae, O. squamipinnis) was done with gillnets. It has been observed in the 1980s increased fishing with small mesh seines, and a parallel collapse of the Oreochromis fishery. This mode of exploitation would be responsible also for the disappearance of nine endemic species of large size of Cichlidae.

II.4. INTRODUCTIONSWhile for centuries introductions of fish species have been promoted across the world to improve

fish production, they have become in recent decades the subject of controversy among scientists and managers of aquatic environments. Indeed, the introduction of new species can have significant effects on indigenous fish populations.

The introduction of new species in an ecosystem is sometimes the cause of the phenomena of competition that may lead to the elimination of native species or introduced species. But there may also have indirect changes, which are generally less easy to observe, through the trophic chains. To correctly interpret the impacts of introductions, it is necessary to distinguish several levels from intervention:

9 That of the transplantation of species of a point to another of the same catchment area;

9 That of the introduction of alien species to the basin but coming from the same biogeogra-phic zone;

9 That of the introduction of species coming from different biogeographic zones, even from different continents.

II.4.1. COMPETITION WITH THE INDIGENOUS SPECIESIntroduced species may compete with native species, and possibly eliminate them. This is es-

pecially true when introducing predator species. One of the most spectacular cases is that of the introduction into Lake Victoria of the Nile Perch, Lates niloticus, a piscivorous fish being able to reach more than 100 kg. To some scientists, this predator is the cause of the decline and likely extinction of several species belonging to a rich endemic fauna of small Cichlidae which he fed on.

`

Page 28: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa10 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

II.4.2. EFFECT ON AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMThe introduction of a predator in an aquatic ecosystem can affect the biological functioning of

the system through the trophic chains. Using the example of Lake Victoria, the Nile perch would be responsible for the virtual disappearance in the 80s of the group of detritivores / phytoplanctivore of haplochromine (Cichlidae endemic), and the group zooplanctivores which were respectively 40 and 16% of the biomass of demersal fish. Detritivorous have been replaced by indigenous shrimp Cari-dina nilotica, and by the zooplanctivores Cyprinidae pelagic Rastrineobola argentea, these latter two species have become the mean food of the Nile perch after the disappearance of the haplochromine.

II.4.3. HYBRIDIZATIONSThe introduction into the same water body of related species that do not normally live together

may result in hybridization. Species of tilapia, in particular, are known to hybridize, which can cause genetic changes for the species surviving. For example, in Lake Naivasha, Oreochromis spilurus in-troduced in 1925 was abundant in the years 1950 and 1960, and then hybridize with O. leucostictus introduced in 1956. This resulted in the disappearance of O. spilurus and hybrids. The disappea-rance of the species O. esculentus and O. variabilis, endemic to Lakes Victoria and Kyoga, could be due to hybridization and/or competition with introduced species (O. niloticus, T. zillii). Hybrids O. niloticus x O. variabilis were found in Lake Victoria.

If we consider the introductions and movements of fish in Africa, everything and anything has been done (Annexe 02, p. 197, Table II, p. 10 and Table III, p. 11). First by the colonialists who introduced the species they used as trout or carp. Then many species have been transplanted from country to country in Africa to test for fishfarming, as many tilapia. This up to nonsense as to bring strains of Nile Tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus niloticus) or Mossambic Tilapia (O. mossambicus) in areas where there were native strains. For example, the famous strain of “Bouaké” in Ivory Coast which would be, in fact, a mixt of several broodstocks, was introduced into several countries in which the species O. niloticus is native. Same thing on the strain of Butaré, in Rwanda, where it would seem that it is a stock brought back the first time to the United States by a research institute and brought back afterwards to Rwanda!! (Lazard, pers. com.).

Elements are given on the distribution of the species in Appendix 05, p. 255.

Coming from Number

Africa 206

North America 41

South America 3

Asia 58

Europe 92

Unknown 128

Total 528

Table II. OriginandnumberoffishspeciesintroductionsinAfrica.

Ö Inthiscase,itistopayattentiontotheprovenanceofthefishtouseandwatershedwhereactionistaken,moreso,becauseoftherisksincurredbytheintroductionoffishandnational and international legislative aspects concerning biodiversity..

Ö This is not because a species has already been introduced in the intervention area, that it is necessary to use it.

Page 29: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 1

Table III. Introduced species with a negative ecological effect recorded. ENE= Number of country which have recorded an Ecological Negative Effect.

Order Family Species (n = 39) French common name

English common name ENE

Clupeiformes Clupeidae Limnothrissa miodon Sardine du Tanga-nyika

Lake Tanganyika sardine 3

Cypriniformes Cyrpinidae Aristichthys nobilis Amour marbré, à grosse tête Bighead carp 3

Carassius auratus auratus Poisson rouge Goldfish 9

Carassius gibelio Carpe de Prusse Prussian carp 4

Ctenopharyngodon idella Carpe herbivore Grass carp 5

Cyprinus carpio carpio Carpe commune Common carp 22

Hemiculter leucisculus Vairon Sharpbelly 3

Hypophthalmichthys molitrix Carpe argentée Silver carp 9

Pimephales promelas Tête de boule Fathead minnow 3

Pseudorasbora parva Pseudorasbora Stone moroko 12

Siluriformes Ictaluridae Ameiurus melas Poisson chat Black bullhead 8

Ameiurus nebulosus Poisson chat Brown bullhead 3

Clariidae Clarias batrachus Poisson chat mar-cheur Walking catfish 5

Clarias gariepinus Poisson chat nord africain

North African catfish 6

Loricariidae Pterygoplichthys disjunctivus Pléco Vermiculated sailfin catfish 3

Esociformes Esocidae Esox lucius Brochet Northern pike 5

Salmoniformes Salmonidae Oncorhynchus mykiss Truite arc-en-ciel Rainbow trout 21

Salmo trutta trutta Truite de mer Sea trout 12

Salvelinus fontinalis Saumon de fontaine Brook trout 5

Atheriniformes Atherinopsidae Odontesthes bonariensis Athérine d’Argentine Pejerrey 4

Cyprinodontiformes Poeciliidae Gambusia affinis Gambusie Mosquitofish 9

Poecilia latipinna Molly Sailfin molly 3

Poecilia reticulata Guppy Guppy 8

Xiphophorus hellerii Porte-épée vert Green swordtail 4

Perciformes Percidae Gymnocephalus cernuus Grémille, Goujon-perche Ruffe 3

Perca fluviatilis Perche commune European perch 3

Centrarchidae Lepomis gibbosus Perche soleil Pumpkinseed 9

Lepomis macrochirus Crapet arlequin Bluegill 6

Micropterus dolomieu Black-bass à petite bouche Smallmouth bass 3

Micropterus salmoides Black-bass à grande bouche Largemouth bass 13

Gobiidae Neogobius melanostomus Gobie à taches noires Round goby 6

Odontobutidae Perccottus glenii Dromeur chinois Chinese sleeper 4

Latidae Lates niloticus Perche du Nil Nile perch 4

Cichlidae Oreochromis mossambicus Tilapia du Mozam-bique

Mozambique tilapia 21

Oreochromis niloticus niloticus Tilapia du Nil Nile tilapia 16

Parachromis managuensis Cichlidé de Managua Guapote tigre 3

Sarotherodon melanotheron melanotheron Tilapia à gorge noire Blackchin tilapia 3

Tilapia rendalli Tilapia à ventre rouge Redbreast tilapia 3

Tilapia zillii Tilapia à ventre rouge Redbelly tilapia 3

Page 30: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa12 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

III. INTERNATIONAL ASPECTSThe Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), known informally as the Biodiversity Convention,

is an international treaty that was adopted at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in June 1992. The Convention has three main goals:

1. Conservation of biological diversity (or biodiversity);2. Sustainable use of its components; 3.Fairandequitablesharingofbenefitsarisingfromgeneticresources.

In other words, its objective is to develop national strategies for the conservation and sustai-nable use of biological diversity. It is often seen as the key document regarding sustainable deve-lopment.The Convention was opened for signature on 5 June 1992 and entered into force on 29 December 1993. It has been signed in December 1993 by 168 countries. Somalia is the only of the 53 African countries which have not signed.

The convention recognized for the first time in international law that the conservation of bio-logical diversity is «a common concern of humankind» and is an integral part of the development process. The agreement covers all ecosystems, species, and genetic resources. It links traditional conservation efforts to the economic goal of using biological resources sustainably.

At the meeting in Buenos Aires in 1996, the focus was on the local knowledge. Key actors, such as local communities and indigenous peoples, must be taken into account by the States, which retain their sovereignty over the biodiversity of their territories they must protect. It establishes the principles for the fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from the use of genetic resources, including those intended for commercial use. It also covers the area of biotechnology through its Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety in 2001, addressing issues of technological development, benefit-sharing and biosafety.

The convention reminds decision-makers that natural resources are not infinite and sets out a philosophy of sustainable use. While past conservation efforts were aimed at protecting particular species and habitats, the Convention recognizes that ecosystems, species and genes must be used for the benefit of humans. However, this should be done in a way and at a rate that does not lead to the long-term decline of biological diversity.

Ö Above all, the Convention is legally compulsory, the member states are forced to im-plement its mesures.

Ö Thismeanstorespectthesemesuresintheprojectsonthefieldwhileavoidinguptohave an effect on the environment that may affect biodiversity. If so, this could turn against the organism responsible for the project despite the intentions and the tacit agreement of local and regional authorities.

Page 31: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 3

IV. OBJECTIVE OF FISHFARMINGIt is not necessary that pisciculture is made at the expense of the natural environments. A fishfar-

ming causing of the organic matter rejections or being implied in the introduction of an alien species, can involve an important ecological change and, therefore, to have serious effects on the animal protein contribution. Indeed, there exists a big risk of reduction of the captures of fishings whereas fishfarmingismadeforanadditionalcontribution,notforareplacementoftheavailablere-source, in the case, of course, where this one is present.

As shown in the Figure 5, p. 14, in addition to the strictly desert zones, where, for lack of water, fishfarming can be difficult, it is possible to produce fish almost everywhere in Africa.

Ö Theobjectiveofthefishfarmingisnottoreplacefisheriesbuttosupplementitscontri-butions inmaintaining thecurrent leveloffishconsumption, regarding the increaseofworld population. However, this goal must be pursued in respect of environmental, consu-mer health and bioethics.

Page 32: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa14

ConstraintUnsuitableModeratly suitableSuitableVery suitableNo data

Figure 5. GISassessmentofpotentialareasforproductionfishfarmsinAfrica.

Page 33: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 5

According to FAO (1997), aquaculture is defined as:« The culture of aquatic organisms including fish, molluscs, crustaceans and aquatic plants. The

term culture implies some form of intervention in the rearing process to enhance production, such as restocking at regular intervals, food, protection against predators ... This culture also implies indi-vidual or legal ownership of the breeding stock. From the viewpoint of statistics, aquatic organisms harvested by an individual or legal person who had owned throughout their breeding period are products of aquaculture. On the other hand, publicly aquatic organisms used as a common property resource, with or without appropriate licenses are to be considered as fishery products »

In this case, we are interested in the culture of fishes or fishfarming.

I. VARIOUS TYPES OF FISHFARMINGThe types of fishfarming depend mainly on the investment, the quantity of fish produced per unit

of area and on the destination of the products. They are generally characterized by their degree of intensification, itself definite according to the feeding practices; the external food supply represents indeed in general more than 50% of the total costs of production in the intensive systems. However the intensification involves many other factors of production, like water, land, capital and labor.

The various types of systems of fish production are presented in Table IV, p. 16 according to their degree of intensification. A first classification can be established in the following way:

9 Extensive fishfarming systems, based on the natural productivity of the pond or on the structure of farming, without or with very few inputs. Generally, there are farming installed in basins or medium or large ponds. Food is quite simply provided by the natural productivity of the water, which is very little or slightly favourably increase. The external contributions are limited, the costs remain weak, the funded capital is reduced, the quantities of fish produced per unit of area are low. In short, the control of the factors of production remains on a low level. The systems of integration of rice and fishfarming belong to this extensive category, since the fish profits from the inputs brought for the culture of rice.

9 Semi-intensive fishfarming systems are based on the use of a fertilization or the use of a complementary food, knowing that a large part of the food of fish is provided in situ by natural food. The farming associated with poultry-fish or pig-fish belong typically to this type of fishfarming.

9 Superintensive and intensive systems and, in which all the nutritional needs for fish are satisfied by the inputs, with small or very few nutritional contributions resulting from the natural productivity from the basin or the water in which the fish is produce (lake, river). The food used in these systems of farming is generally rich in proteins (25 to 40 %); it is consequently expensive. The intensive fishfarming means that the quantities of fish produced per unit of area are high. To intensify the farming and to improve the conditions, the factors of production (food, water quality, quality of fingerlings) must be controlled. The cycle of production requires a permanent follow-up. The principal infrastructures of this type of fishfarming the enclosures or the cages, with very high renewal rates of water.

The evolution of an extensive system to an intensive system which are the two extremes, is lin-ked to the evolving global investment from low to important.

Another typology of fish production systems can be proposed, based on a differentiation between:

9 The models where the food is coming essentially (or only) from the ecosystem (case of the ecosystem pond), systems called production fishfarming. The management of this type involves the fertilization or the complementary food, with the implementation of the polyculture. There is a strong interaction between the density of fish, the final individual weight of fish (growth rate) and the perfor-mance which must be managed carefully. It is thus a question of recreating an ecosystem where the

Chapter 02TYPE OF FISHFARMING

Page 34: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa16 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

fish are at the end of the trophic chain. 9 The models where the food is entirely exogenous and that the fish feeds entirely with artificial

food, usually in the form of granules and having a very high proportion of fishmeal, systems called transformation fishfarming. The management of this second type is primarily based on monocul-ture, of the high densities of fish and an artificial food rich in proteins.

The decision to implement one of these types of fishfarming depends on many factors which are presented in Table V, p. 17.

Another typology of African piscicultures resulted in classifying them in four categories, on the basis of socio-economic criterion and not of the level of intensification of the production:

9 The subsistence or self-consumption farming (of which the product is for the provisioning of the fishfarmer and his family), where the techniques implemented, qualified as extensive ones, correspond to a low level of technicality.

9 The artisanal or small scale fishfarming, which develops primarily in suburban zone and which offers the best environment for the supply of inputs and the marketing of fish.

9 The fishfarming of the type “channel” characterized by the segmentation of the various phases of farming, mainly in cages and enclosure.

9 The industrial fishfarming, characterized by production units of great dimension whose ob-jective is strictly economic, even financial, in opposition to the three preceding forms where fishfar-ming constitutes not only production tools, but also development tools.

For a long time it was allowed that the practice of production fisfharming required only one low level of technicality on behalf of the fishfarmers compared to system baseds on an exogenic food. Reality is not that simple.

The intensive fishfarming models, based on advanced technologies, are ultimately perhaps ea-sier to transfer as their main components are well defined and that the farmer is led in an environment where the not controlled natural components interfere little (farmer in cages in lakes and rivers) or at all (raceways, vats). The production costs and the outputs are higher in the intensive systems. But there exist important obstacles, in any case initially:

¾ The level of risk, in terms of diseases of fish, is important in the intensive systems compared to the extensive systems,

¾ The starting investment is very high and is productive only after several years, which implies,

¾ Training of technicians and that takes time with the professionalism,

Densityoffishatstocking

< 0.1 m-2 0.1 to 1 m-2 1 to 5 m-2 5 to 10 m-2 10 to 100 m-2

Farming structurePond, small dam,

poolPond Pond, cage

Ponds, pools, raceways, cages

Yield (t/ha/year)

0 - 0.3 0.3 - 1 1 to 5 5 to 15 15 to 5050 and more to

200 kg.m-3

Fish intitial stock Mainly polyculture PolycultureGenerally,

monocultureMonoculture

Inputs Low or no inputsFertilizers, macrophytes,

simple food (bran, oilcake)

Composed foodEquilibrate food with fish meal, extruded,

antibiotic

Dayly rate of water renewal (%)

Naturel contributionCompensation for

lossesVentilation,

water circulationVentilation/oxygenation

None Sometimes < 5 < 5 5 to 30 > 30

Intensificationlevel Extensive Semi-intensive Intensive Super intensive

Models Semi-fishfarm Production fishfarm Transformation fishfarm

Table IV. Differentlevelsofintensificationoffishfarmingsystems.

Page 35: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 7

¾ The establishment of a chain of sale must be accompanied by a fish processing and other ways of preservation and transport.

In this context, the concepts of intensive and extensive take a particular significance. Thus, the fish industry, a long time regarded as a way of geographically concentrated production factors and to achieve economies of scale is generally comparable with the intensive concept and privatization seems that he could not pass through it. It now appears that all such projects implemented so far on the African continent, have failed from their original purpose, ie to produce a fish at a lower cost price sale.

It will thus be a question of establishing a system of production and of marketing of the produc-tion, which requires as first, a good feasibility study. This is excluded in zones where the demand for animal proteins must be rather fast because of a lack for the populations. On the other hand, this type of system can be developed after a first intervention of the production type.

II. SOME HISTORY…Although it was shown that the tilapia Oreochromis niloticus was rise in ponds by the Egyptians,

there are nearly 4 000 years, the fact remains that the African continent, unlike Asia, has no tradition in fishfarming. At the beginning of the century, aquaculture was still totally unknown on the conti-nent. The initial studies on tilapia date from the nineteenth century and the first attempts to develop aquaculture dates back to the 1940s.

The attempts to introduce aquaculture in Africa around 1950, were for diversification of sources of animal protein to promote food self-sufficiency of rural populations. The first tests performed with tilapia in the station Kipopo established in 1949 (former Belgian Congo) have yielded promising results, the colonial government began outreach. In 1957 the station of Kokondekro near Bouaké in Côte d’Ivoire was created for the purpose of research and training. The first tests were carried on species now abandoned because of poor performance in intensive: Tilapia zillii, Tilapia rendalli and Oreochromis macrochir. It was not until the 1970s that it was found that the zootechnical perfor-mance of Oreochromis niloticus (formerly Tilapia nilotica) significantly exceeded those of most other tilapia. It is also from this period that one began to focus on the identification of other species of fish in Africa with high potential for aquaculture. But despite a massive help to promote family farming, like Asia, the results were disappointing.

III. A FISHFARMING OF SUBSISTENCE: GOAL AND PRINCIPLEIn the framework of humanitarian NGOs, it is above all to enable people to have animal protein

at a lower cost and within a short time.So a fishfarm in extensive to semi-intensive, of production, requiring minimal technical to be

Table V. Characteristics of the two main models of farming towards the various factors of production. The symbol – means that the production factor is a constraint for the establishment of the

fishfarminginvolved;thesymbol+anasset.

Production factor Transformationfishfarming Productionfishfarming

Land + –Water discharge surface

Environnemental impact – +Working capital – +

Labor force (perkgofproducedfish)

+ +

«Food» – +Technicity – –

Risk – +Production costs – +

Yield + –Plasticity

(ex: Juveniles production) – +

Page 36: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa18 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

easily reproducible will be preferable. This, while producing in a rather short time a quantity of fish of consumable size. In many countries, fish from 80 to 100 g are consumed. It will thus not be a question of producing fish of 300 g or more, which takes a more important time. It is a fishfarming of self-consumption but artisanal.

Important points: 9 Minimum of technique for a good appropriation by the beneficiaries, 9 Reduced impact on the environmental context: local species, 9 Fast production with lower costs, 9 Minimum of intervention on the ponds by the beneficiaries who have other major activities, 9 Minimum of inputs: alive or material. 9 Potentialities of Incomes Generating Activities (IGA): according to the size of the fishfarming

and the number of ponds, one can arrive at a system allowing a IGA with use of people for the current maintenance and care on the ponds, while keeping an extensive system of production, because of technicality requested.

The extensive fishfarming suggests a minimal action of man, with a prevalent contribution of the natural environment which one will seek to develop as well as possible. This practice is common in rural areas of the poor countries, where the level of average richness of the small producers does not allow them to acquire external inputs to the system.

The meaning of the “extensive” character of the aquiculture is perceived paradoxically only com-pared to its degree of intensification, i.e. on the level growing of the intervention of the producer in the life cycle of the water orgaisms (Table IV, p. 16). It results from this an increase in investments and production costs while evolving of extensive to the intensive (Figure 6, p. 19). Collection of animal material (larvae, juveniles or subadults) into the wild, and its farming in captivity until a marketable size by using the techniques of farming constitutes the fishfarming based on fishery. These kinds of semi-fishfarm practices include the fishfarming on low level of inputs, practiced by the majority of the small fishfarmers of sub-Saharan Africa. It is based on the valorization of space by the fishfarm installation of the shallows in forest zone. The social aspects take more importance here, especially in the community management of the amplified fisheries. The fishfarming, in this case, makes it pos-sible to bring a protein complement “fish”, that cannot only be provide by fishery. The association of the two systems, when they are present, also reduced pressure on the fishing resources.

In terms of land needs, for a level of given production, the ponds require more land surface (or surfaces of water) that more intensive systems which, them, require high renewal rates of water. The fish ponds in general have a weak negative impact on the environment, except in the case of use of exotic species whose escape in natural environment can appear catastrophic. The ponds can be used to recycle various types of waste like the effluents (domestic or of livestocks), in environments directly or indirectly via stocked watershed stabilization and maturation (pond) where fish is the ultimate link.

It is thus this approach which will be privileged within the framework of this handbook.

IV. POLYCULTURE VS MONOCULTUREMonoculture is the principle of using only one species in production in the fishfarm structures.The logic of polyculture is similar to the logic of crops. The association of fish with different diets

increase the net yield and value of production. Polyculture allow an intensification of production per unit area, for against, it often leads to a decrease in the value of work. The principle used in a subsis-tence pond is to recreate a semi-natural ecosystem turning on itself. This is an intermediate situation between monoculture, where the flow of energy is concentrated on one species and a natural ba-lance in which the beneficiaries of the flow are very diverse in terms of species. The target species are generally species at the bottom of the trophic chain, with a tendency to reproduce at small sizes. It is therefore to put other species, as predators, to control the population and ensure that fish are investing more in growth than in reproduction.

In Africa, fish farms combine tilapia (often of the Nile, Oreochromis niloticus) as a main species with a Siluriformes (Heterobranchus isopterus, Clarias spp.), a Arapaimidae (Heterotis niloticus) and the predator Hemichromis fasciatus (to remove the unwanted fry) . In these conditions the secondary

Page 37: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 9

species may increase the total fish yield of over 40%. Whatever the species of tilapia used, with the increase in the number of age classes in an farm enclosure, competition leads rapidly to prevent a good growth of first stocked fish.

The association of a predator to the farming of tilapia to control the undesirable reproduction of it is carried out today by a growing number of African fishfarmers. Within this framework, Siluriformes (Clarias or Heterobranchus sp.) are often regarded as having a double function: predation and poly-culture. Associated results of farming Clarias - Tilapia show that a big number of individuals of Clarias is necessary to the total control of the reproduction of O. niloticus and that they exert a competition with respect to the food resources available in the pond. To control a population of 1200 tilapia in pond of 10 ares, a population of 260 Clarias of initial mean weight higher than 150 g is necessary and the growth of the tilapia is lower than that of an identical farming in which Clarias is replaced by a strict predator (Hemichromis fasciatus). It was also noted that, in the presence of a predator, the tilapia tend to invest in the growth before reproducing, which could be related to the fact that they can then better ensure the defense of their youngs.

There exist various advantages to polyculture: 9 The natural foods are used better, in a more complete way, since only one species, even

with a broad food spectrum, never uses all the food resources of a pond. 9 Certain trophic dead ends are avoided. The fish do not consume all the organisms as cer-

tain small crustaceans which can develop in the ponds. It is a question of controlling the populations of this invader by introducing a species which either will reduce the food of the intruder, or to feed itself directly on the intruder.

9 The production of natural foods is stimulated. The fish with digger behavior when they are in the search of food can suspend particles and, thus, aerate the sediment, to oxidize the organic

Aquaculture Fishery

Deep-sea fishery

Coastal fishery

Artisanal fishery

Pond, wetlandExtensive

Semi-intensive

Intensive

Super-intensive

Investment

Figure 6. ContinuumAquaculture-Fisheryenrelationwiththeinvestmentintensification.(Mikolasec, 2008, under press)

Page 38: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa20

Ö We therefore choose a fishfarming system of production, semi-intensive, of self-consumption to artisanal, using polyculture rather than monoculture that request external food input and a more important follow-up if we want an interesting production.

matter and to improve recycling of the nutritive elements which stimulate the production of natural foods.

9 There can be a double fertilization. The dejections of herbivorous fish are so much “rich” that they have a fertilizing impact which can be compared with that of an associated terrestrial farming. This effect is sometimes named “double fertilization” because a chemical fertilization is much more effective when these fish are present in the mixed-farming. For example, this double fertilization can increase the carp yield from 14 to 35% compared to a normal fertilization obtained in pond of monoculture.

9 Water quality is improved. In pond, the presence of tilapia makes it possible to improve oxygenation of water. The tilapia improve also oxygenation by consuming the organic matter of the bottom which, if not, would have been mineralized by the bacteria consuming oxygen.

9 The organisms are better controlled. . The control of molluscs is possible in ponds while using Heterotis niloticus, whereas the proliferations of small wild fish or shrimps can beings control-led by using carnivorous fish.

There exist also disadvantages with the polyculture which occur especially when an imbalance appears following a competition between the species. Moreover, when the fish density is very high, the role of the natural productivity of the pond in the diet of fish decreases, since the natural trophic resources must be allocated among all the individuals. The profit obtained by the practice of the polyculture is relatively limited, whereas the work caused by the sorting of the various species at the time of harvest becomes a real constraint.

Monoculture is thus the only method of farming used in the intensive systems where the contri-bution of natural foods is very limited. In pond, high densities of fish are not current, because the oxygenation and the accumulation of toxic substances (ammonium, nitrites…) quickly become a limiting factor.

Page 39: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 1

I. GEOGRAPHYThe fish faunas were established and have evolved according to the history of aquatic systems

they occupy. They are far from being homogeneous for the whole of Africa.The existence and survival of aquatic habitats depend on two main factors: their morphology,

which can be modified on the long term by erosion or tectonic; hydrological balance which depends on precipitation, evaporation, and infiltration, and for which small changes can lead to short or me-dium term to the drying or to the expansion of the aquatic environment considered, according to the shape of the basin. Communications can then be created between different basins. At various time scales, some basins have been colonized from other basins, and those colonizations have some-times been followed by selective extinctions resulting from climatic and / or geological events. Si-multaneously, some species were able to evolve to other species, and these speciation phenomena explain often the presence of areas of endemism.

The African continent can be separate in several great ichthyologic regions or ichthyoregions (Figure 7, p. 22). They were defined according to affinities between fish faunas. Each region includes several catchment areas of different size. For example, the soudano-nilotic region includes several large basins like the Nile, Niger, Senegal.

The political divison of the countries does not correspond little or not to the ichthyoregions. A country either is included completely in only one ichtyoregion, or with overlap on several. One will find in Annex 04, the Table XLVI, p. 246 which indicates for each African country the ichthyoregions of which its area forms part and in the Table XLIV, p. 240 of geographical information for each African country.

II. THE SPECIESAmong the 292 farmed species listed by the statistics of FAO (1995) and for which data are

available, the first 22 species represent 80 % of the total production. Among these 22 species, prac-tically all the species are filterers, herbivorous, or omnivorous. Only one species, the Atlantic salmon, is carnivorous and it is clearly about a minor species in terms of volume of production. The most important group is that of fresh water fish: 12,7 million tons, in comparison with 1,4 million tons for amphihalins fish and 0,6 million tons for marine fish.

The fresh water fish are dominated by Cyprinidae (carps) and Cichlidae (tilapia). Cyprinidae pre-sent a certain number of comparative advantages: they can use food with proteins and fish meal contents limited; they can beings raised in polyculture, allowing an optimal valorization of the natural productivity of the ponds and water pools in which they are stored; they also correspond to growth markets in the Asian countries, because of the traditions and the relatively low prices.

For Africa, the aquacultural production remains mainly on two groups of indigenous species: the tilapia (12 000 tons annual) and the catfishes (7 000 tons), and of the introduced species of which the carps (2 000 tons). Historically in fact the tilapia were the subject of the first work of aquacultural experimentation in Africa, mainly in DRC (ex-Zaire) and in Congo, in particular because of their easy reproduction in captivity. Thereafter, various species were tested in order to determine their fishfar-ming potentialities. Thus, at the beginning of the year 1970, in Central African Republic, the high potential of the catfish Clarias gariepinus on which important research tasks were undertaken, have been put forward. Then in the years 1980, other species of fishfarming interest were identified, in

Chapter 03BIOGEOGRAPHY AND FISH SPECIES

Ö It will be necessary to check in which country the intervention must take place and see the corresponding ichthyoregion. Then one can refer in the Annex, on the various tables for the species which may probably be used in aquaculture, particularly tilapia.

Page 40: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa22 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

particular in Ivory Coast, on the basis of their appreciation by the zootechnical consumers and their performances. The biological cycle of some of them is now completely controlled, which allowed the starter of their fishfarming production.

II.1. THE CICHLIDAEIn Africa, the species mainly used in fishfarming are fish of the family of Cichlidae, group of Tila-

piines. They are commonly called tilapia and are mainly herbivorous / microphagous. They practice parental care. Called “water chickens”, tilapia have biological characteristics particularly interesting for fishfarming:

9 They have a good growth rate even with a food containing few proteins;I 9 They tolerate a broad range of environmental conditions (oxygenation, salinity of water…); 9 They reproduce easily in captivity and are not very sensitive to handling; 9 They are very resistant to the parasitic diseases and infections;

Atlantic Ocean

IndianOcean

Mediterranean Sea

Red Sea

Figure 7. The ichthyoregions (limits in yellow-green) and the countries (limits in red) (Faunafri).

Page 41: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 3

9 They are appreciated by consumers.

We know more than a hundred species of «tilapia» described. More than 20 species have been recorded in some countries (Annexe 04 p. 239). Some are endemic of lakes or very circumscribed zones. The maximum size observed is very variable and does not reach more than 5 cm until more than 60 cm Total Length (TL). The species of Tilapiines are separate in various genera whose the 3 principal ones are Oreochromis, Sarotherodon and Tilapia. This separation in genera is mainly related to the mode of reproduction of these species. Oreochromis are maternal mouthbreeders, i.e. the fe-males keep the eggs and juveniles in their mouth to protect them. The fish of the genus Sarotherodon are also mouthbreeders, but biparental, the two parents can incubate. The fish of the genus Tilapia are substrate spawners. The maximum growth obtained is of 3 grams per day.

Oreochromis niloticus was one of the first to being cultivated, and remains the most common species. But many other species were also used: O. aureus, O. macrochir, O. mossambicus, Tilapia rendalli, T. guineensis, Sarotherodon melanotheron. This last, frequent in the estuariens and lagu-naires western African ecosystems, appears more particularly adapted to a brackish water farming. Many of these species are now widespread in the whole world, either that they were introduced into natural environments to improve fishing, or which they are used as a basis for the fishfarming production.

Between 1984 and 1995, the contribution of the tilapia of fishfarming to the total production of tilapia passed from 38 % (198 000 t) to 57 % (659 000 t). Four species or groups of species domina-ted the production between 1984 and 1995, where they contributed for 99.5 % to the production of all Cichlidae. The Nile tilapia represented 72 % of the total production of tilapia; the annual growth rate of its production between 1984 and 1995 was of 19 %. In 1995, the principal producers of tilapia were China (315 000 t), Philippines (81 000 t), Indonesia (78 000 t) and Thailand (76 000 t)!

Other Cichlidae were used in order to control the populations of tilapia in the ponds. They are predatory species of the kinds Serranochromis and Hemichromis.

II.2. THE SILURIFORMES OR CATFISHESSiluriformes are, in fact, the catfishes. They are separate in several families.The interest in fishfarming of African species is recent. Some species of Siluriformes are very

interesting for fishfarming because of their robustness and their rapid growth. Three species are currently well studied for domestication: Clarias gariepinus, Heterobranchus longifilis and Chrysich-thys nigrodigitatus. For example, Heterobranchus longifilis is present in most of the river basins of intertropical Africa, and has biological characteristics which are particularly favorable to fishfarming: capacity to support hypoxic conditions because of air breathing apparatus, omnivorous diet, high fecundity and quasi-continuous reproduction, remarkable growth potential (10 g per day). The repro-duction of these species in captivity is controlled, but the larval growing remains the most constrai-ning phase of the farming. The fishfarming potential of other catfishes, such as Clarias isheriensis, Bathyclarias loweae, Heterobranchus isopterus or H. bidorsalis, also was the subject of an evalua-tion. Tests on Auchenoglanis occidentalis were carried out in Ivory Coast.

Some species of Siluriformes are strictly piscivorous and were tested for the control of the po-pulations of tilapia in the case of polyculture. In addition to Heterobranchus longifilis, Schilbeidae, like Schilbe mandibularis, S. mystus and S. intermedius and Bagridae, Bagrus docmak, B. bajad… can be used.

II.3. THE CYPRINIDAEDespite the abundance and diversity of Cyprinidae in African inland waters, with more than 500

described species, no species has actually been domesticated so far. Yet some species exceed 50 cm TL like Labeobarbus capensis (99 cm TL), and Barbus altianalis (90 cm TL). There was some attempts to introduce Asian Cyprinidae as common carp (Cyprinus carpio), silver carp (Hypophthal-michthys molitrix), mottled carp (Hypophthalmichthys nobilis) and grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella). The common carp was first introduced to Madagascar and then scattered in a dozen other countries including Kenya, Cameroon, Malawi, Ivory Coast and Nigeria. Tests were made with Labeo victorianus (41 cm TL) and Labeo coubie (42 cm TL). However, these are often species of running water and this can be a problem on their farm in pond where water is almost stagnant.

Page 42: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa24

II.4. OTHER FAMILIES AND SPECIESIn Annexe a list of species produced commercially in fishfarming in Africa, by country listed by

FAO is presented (Annexe 02 p. 193).Other species, produced or not, but used also, in tests, like Nile Perch (Lates niloticus, Latidae,

167 cm SL), the predator introduced into Lake Victoria, for production and the control of the popu-lations of tilapia in pond.

Other species were tested, but the results are old and not easily findable in the bibliography. The domestication of new African species is considered. It is for example Gymnarchus niloticus (in Nigeria, Gymnarchidae; 167 cm SL for 18.5 kg), Parachanna obscura (Channidae, 50 cm SL for a maximum weight of 1 kg), Distichodus niloticus (Citharinidae, 83 cm TL, for a weight of 6.2 kg),

In polyculture, a species used regularly is the Arapaimidae, Heterotis niloticus (100 cm SL, for a weight of 10.2 kg), in Ghana, in Nigeria, in Gambia, in Guinea and in Congo.

It is clear, however, that the people quickly focused on less than 10 species. However, the po-tentials of many others were not tested and, within sight of the damage caused by the introductions of species, it would be advisable to develop the farming of indigenous species.

One of the interests of the step of identification of indigenous species aiming at determining those having a potential interesting for the fishfarming, is to highlight neglected and badly known species revealing a potential higher than that of a species sister or a very nearby genus previously used; the other is that to avoid the introduction of allochtones species. Such is the case for example of Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus compared to C. maurus or that of Heterobranchus longifilis compared to Clarias gariepinus. This is also for the aim of diversification

Ö Weshouldthinkthat«whatisfoundelsewhereisnotbetterthanwhatwefindathome.»

Page 43: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 5

FISHFARMING: AIM AND ISSUESWHY?Fisheries and aquaculture contribute to the food security primarily in three ways:

Ö To increase the food availabilities, Ö To provide highly nutritive animal proteins and important trace elements, Ö To offer employment and incomes which people use to buy of other food products.

PRESSURE ON THE RESOURCESThe continental aquatic ecosystems are particularly affected by the human activities by:

9 Modifications of the habitat, 9 Water pollution, 9 Fsheries impact, 9 Introductions.

INTERNATIONAL ASPECTSThe Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), known informally as the Biodiversity Convention,

is an international treaty that was adopted at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in June 1992. The Convention has three main goals:

1. Conservation of biological diversity (or biodiversity);2. Sustainable use of its components; 3. Fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from genetic resources.

OBJECTIVE OF FISHFARMING

TYPE OF FISHFARMINGVARIOUS TYPES OF FISHFARMINGThe types of fishfarming depend mainly on the investment, the quantity of fish produced per unit

of area and on the destination of the products. They are generally characterized by their degree of intensification.

Summary

Ö Above all, the Convention is legally compulsory, the member states are forced to im-plement its mesures.

Ö Thismeanstorespectthesemesuresintheprojectsonthefieldwhileavoidinguptohave an effect on the environment that may affect biodiversity. If so, this could turn against the organism responsible for the project despite the intentions and the tacit agreement of local and regional authorities.

Ö Theobjectiveofthefishfarmingisnottoreplacefisheriesbuttosupplementitscontri-butions inmaintaining thecurrent leveloffishconsumption, regarding the increaseofworld population. However, this goal must be pursued in respect of environmental, consu-mer health and bioethics.

Page 44: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa26

A FISHFARMING OF SUBSISTENCE: GOAL AND PRINCIPLESo a fishfarm in extensive to semi-intensive, of production, requiring minimal technical to be

easily reproducible will be preferable. This, while producing in a rather short time a quantity of fish of consumable size. It is a fishfarming of self-consumption but artisanal.

Important points: 9 Minimum of technique for a good appropriation by the beneficiaries, 9 Reduced impact on the environmental context: local species, 9 Fast production with lower costs, 9 Minimum of intervention on the ponds by the beneficiaries who have other major activities, 9 Minimum of inputs: alive or material. 9 Potentialities of Incomes Generating Activities (IGA): according to the size of the fishfarming

and the number of ponds, one can arrive at a system allowing a IGA with use of people for the current maintenance and care on the ponds, while keeping an extensive system of production, because of technicality requested.

POLYCULTURE VS MONOCULTUREMonoculture is the principle of using only one species in production in the fishfarm structures.

Polyculture is the association of fish with different diets which increase the net yield and value of production.

BIOGEOGRAPHY AND FISH SPECIESGEOGRAPHYThe fish faunas were established and have evolved according to the history of aquatic systems

they occupy. They are far from being homogeneous for the whole of Africa.The African continent can be separate in several great ichthyologic regions or ichthyoregions.

They were defined according to affinities between fish faunas.

THE SPECIESAquaculture production is based primarily on two groups of species: the Cichlidae with tilapia

and Siluriformes or catfish.Individually, the species of tilapia and catfish are not necessarily distributed over the whole of

Africa. But both groups are everywhere.

Ö It will be necessary to check in which country the intervention must take place and see the corresponding ichthyoregion.

Ö One therefore choose a fishfarming system of production, semi-intensive, of self-consumption to artisanal, using polyculture rather than monoculture that request external food input and a more important follow-up if one want an interesting production.

Ö Itwillthusbeaquestionofpayingattentiontothesourceoffishtobeusedandthedrainage basin where the action is undertaken, this, because of the risks incurred by the introductionoffishandthenationalandinternationallegislativeaspectsconcerningthebiodiversity

Ö It is not either because a species was already introduced into the zone of intervention, that it should necessarily be used.

Ö Weshouldthinkthat«whatisfoundelsewhereisnotbetterthanwhatwefindathome.»

Page 45: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 7

Part IIPRACTICAL ASPECTS

• The initial pre-project assessment

• Villages selection

• Sites selection

• Characteristics of ponds

• The construction of ponds

• Biological approach

• The handling of the fish

• Maintenance and management of the ponds

Implementation plan

Contents

Page 46: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa28 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

CONTENTS - PART II

Chapter 04 - THE INITIAL PRE-PROJECT ASSESSMENT 33I. THE ECOSYSTEM 33II. THE ASSESSMENT 36III. PRINCIPLE 37IV. BIOLOGICAL AND ECOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 38V. SOCIO-ETHNOLOGY 40

V.1. Socio-economic and cultural characteristics 40V.2. The relations man-resources 40V.3. The relations man-man 41

Chapter 05 - VILLAGES AND SITES SELECTIONS 43I. THE VILLAGES SELECTION 43II. THE SITES SELECTION 45

II.1. The water 45II.2. The soil 50II.3. The topography 53II.4. The other parameters 56

Chapter 06 - CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PONDS 59I. DESCRIPTION 59II. TYPES OF PONDS 59

II.1. Barrage ponds 62II.2. Diversion ponds 62II.3. Comparison 62

III. CHARACTERISTICS 63III.1. General criteria 63III.2. Pond shape 66III.3. According the slope 67

Cover photo: Ö Villagers working on the pond, Liberia, ASUR, 2006 - © Yves Fermon

Page 47: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 9

III.4. Layout of ponds 67III.5. Size and depth of the ponds 68III.6. Differences in levels 69

IV. SUMMARY 71

Chapter 07 - THE CONSTRUCTION OF POND 73I. THE DESIGN PLAN 73II. THE CLEANING OF THE SITE 75III. WATER SUPPLY: WATER INTAKE AND CHANNEL 77IV. DRAINAGE: CHANNEL OF DRAINING AND DRAINAGE 81V. THE PICKETING OF THE POND 82VI. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE DIKES 83VII. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PLATE (BOTTOM) 89VIII. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE POND INLET AND OUTLET 90

VIII.1. Pond inlet structures 90VIII.2. Pond outlet structures 94VIII.3. Sedimentation tank 105

Ix. ADDITIONAL INSTALLATIONS 106Ix.1. The anti-erosive protection 106Ix.2. Theanti-erosivefight 107Ix.3. Biological plastic 108Ix.4. The fence 108Ix.5. Thefillingofthepondandtests 109

x. NECESSARY RESOURCES 109x.1. Materials 109x.2. Human Resources and necessary time 110

xI. SUMMARY 112

Chapter 08 - BIOLOGICAL APPROACH 113I. THE LIFE IN A POND 113

I.1. Primary producers 115I.2. The invertebrates 116I.3. The vertebrates 118

Page 48: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa30 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

II. THE FERTILIZATION 118II.1. The fertilizers or manure 118II.2. The compost 121

III. SUMMARY 126

Chapter 09 - THE HANDLING OF THE FISH 127I. CATCH METHODS 127

I.1. Seine nets 129I.2. Gill nets 132I.3. Cast nets 133I.4. Dip or hand nets 134I.5. Traps 135I.6. Handline and hooks 136

II. THE TRANSPORT OF LIVE FISH 136III. THE PRODUCTION OF FINGERLINGS OF TILAPIA 139

III.1. The recognition of the sex 139III.2. The nursery ponds 139III.3. Hapas and cages 142III.4. The other structures 145

IV. THE STOCKING OF THE PONDS 146V. THE FOLLOW-UP OF FISH 149VI. DRAINING AND HARVEST 150

VI.1. Intermediatefishings 150VI.2. Complete draining 151

VII. SUMMARY 152

Chapter 10 - MAINTENANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PONDS 153I. THE MAINTENANCE OF THE PONDS 153

I.1. Thediseasesoffish 153I.2. Thefeedingofthefish 158I.3. Daily activities of follow-up 162I.4. Maintenance work after draining 163I.5. Fight against predators 164

Page 49: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 3 1

I.6. Summary 164II. THE TECHNIQUES OF CONSERVATION AND OF TRANSFORMATION 165III. THE MANAGEMENT OF PONDS 167

III.1. Fish Stocks and useful indices for monitoring 167III.2. The expected yields 168III.3. The management of harvests 168III.4. Several kinds of production costs 170III.5. Record keeping and accounting 170III.6. The formation 171

IV. PONDS AND HEALTH 171

Onthenextpage,thereadermayfindtheoverallimplementationplanfor the establishment of ponds.

The chapters follow the plan. As the progress of the manual, it will be mentioned at the beginning of each chapter showing step processed.

Page 50: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa32

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Draining channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

AssessmentTime

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

7 - 10 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

Figure 8. General implementation plan.

Page 51: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 3 3

Initially, the phases of evaluation intervene o determine the utility and the relevance for the popu-lations of the implementation of any project. This would take into account:

9 Requests of populations, 9 Available resources and environment.

As a first step, we will describe the environment and ecosystems. Then we discuss the various aspects of evaluation. This step has a duration of at least 3 months, which may increase depending on the importance of the program and the geographical area to assess (Figure 9, p. 34).

I. THE ECOSYSTEMAn ecosystem is a dynamic complex composed of plants, animals and micro-organisms and

inert nature, which is subject to complex interactions as a functional entity. Ecosystems vary greatly in size, lifetime and operating. A temporary pond in a hole of a tree and an ocean basin are both examples of ecosystems.

The communities of plants, animals and micro-organisms form a biocoenosis. This one is cha-racterized by a food chain (or trophic), from the primary producer (the plant build the organic matter starting from light energy, CO2 of the air and the mineral ions of the ground), to the various consumers (from the herbivorous to the super predator), while passing through the various decom-posers in charge of ensuring the return of organic matter in mineral form in the soil. Inert nature is also known as the biotope. It includes all geographical and physicochemical ecosystem charac-ters (climate, soil, topography, water…) To analyze and describe a given ecosystem, one uses the concept of factor ecological. Is known as ecological factor, any element of the external environment which may affect the development of the living beings. For this reason, one distinguishes several types of ecological factors:

9 Biotic factors, related to the biological components (biocénose), interactions of alive on alive, intraspecific (within the same species) and interspecific one (between two different species or more);

9 Abiotic factors, related to the physicochemical conditions of the environment (biotope).

An ecological factor acts as a limiting factor when it determines the potential success of an or-ganism in its attempts to colonize an environment. This factor can be limiting as well by its absence as by its excess. With respect to the ecological factors, each living being thus presents tolerances limits between which is located the zone of tolerance and the ecological optimum. Thus the ecolo-gical valence of a species represents its capacity to support the more or less large variations of an ecological factor.

The ecological factors can thus act in various ways on the biocénose. They in particular will intervene on:

9 The biogeographic distribution area of the species; 9 The density of the populations;; 9 The occurrence of adaptive modifications (behavior, metabolism).

Thus when the presence of such or such species informs us about the characteristics of its en-vironment, this one is called biological indicator. The particular characteristics (a biotope implying such type of biocoenosis and conversely) of each ecosystem allow a zoning. Consequently for each type of ecosystem, it is possible to associate with this zoning: an operating process, goods and services produced, known risks and threats…

The human beings, as an integral part of the ecosystems, draw benefit from the “goods and services” produces by the functioning of the ecosystems. The services provided by the ecosystems include the services of deduction such as food and water; services of regulation like the regulation

Chapter 04THE INITIAL PRE-PROJECT ASSESSMENT

Page 52: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa34 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Drainig channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

Assessment

Time

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

7 - 10 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

Figure 9. Settingoffishponds:1.Assessment.

Page 53: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 3 5

1. ASSESSMENTof the floods, the dryness, the disease and impoverishment of the soil; services of self-maintenance like the formation of the grounds, the development of the nutritional cycle; finally culture sections like the benefit of approval, the esthetic benefit and the other nonmaterial advantages. These various “services” result from the functioning of the ecosystems, i.e. of the whole of the biogeochemical reactions affecting the biosphere and being characterized by permanent exchanges of matter and energy along the various cycles (water, carbon, nitrogenize…) and food chains.

Because of the various cycles (like that of water, Figure 10 below), all the ecosystems are strongly open the ones to the others. There exist however more or less porous borders called ecotones. The edge of a wood separating it from an agricultural field, a hedge cuts wind are good examples. Like any border, these zones are important places of transit and exchange. One of the most known eco-tones is the wetland, zone of transition between the terrestrial and water environments. The wetlands constitute a vast inter-connected network of exchange including the lakes, rivers, swamps and the coastal regions.

The living conditions and production of a human community depend always directly or indirectly on the abundant services by the local ecosystems (water, food, wood, fiber, genetic material…). As example, the exploratory studies undertaken within the framework of “Millenium Ecosystem Assess-ment” teach us that the demand for food (thus in service of deduction, of self-maintenance…) could grow from 70 to 80 % over the 50 next years. With which ecosystems? This increasing demand will generate necessarily larger difficulties for the communities on the level of the access to the resources and will increase for all, the cost of the security of the provisioning, from where the concept of terri-torial vulnerability.

Because of interconnection of all the ecosystems, heterogeneous scales of time cross on the same territory: global environment (climate, biogeochemical major cycle) which evolves over a long period, local environment (production of biomass) over the medium period, human communities over the short period. What to say on climate change, true producing of uncertainties affecting the global environment. These moving temporalities and borders within the territories reinforce the prospective need for the analyzes.

PrecipitationEvapotranspiration

Evaporation

Infiltration

Source

Sea

Surface runoff

Stream flow

Ground water flow

Figure 10. Water cycle.

Page 54: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa36 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

To take account of these dependences and inter-connected multiple, of variable contamination temporalities and distances, the ecosystemic approach of the territories appears most relevant.

Thus let us retain that there exist direct and indirect relationships between vulnerability of the environment, within the meaning of the whole of the ecosystems present on a territory, and vulnera-bility of the human communities which there are included and fully live, in a territory, on goods and services gotten by its ecosystems.

II. THE ASSESSMENTIt will thus be a question of evaluating:

The ideal would be to be able to carry out these two topics of evaluation jointly.In the case of the interventions in post-urgency, one of the factors limiting is time. It will thus

be necessary to center mainly the intervention in the shortest possible time and to carry out a “fast evaluation”.

The 3 points according the Figure 11 below:1. The men.2. The ressources.3. The human actions on the ressources.

According the 2 major issues:

(i) Biology and ecology: points 2 and 3.

(ii) Socio-ethnology: points 1 and 3

Ö It will thus be a question of carrying out the evaluation of the ecosystem in all its com-ponents, human beings included, in order to see which are the actions to propose to en-sure a better “wellbeing”, mainly of food safety but also of health and water and sanitation.

2

13

RESOURCES VILLAGE

FIELD - ECOSYSTEM

Figure 11. Contextual components of the assessment. 1: The men; 2: The ressources; 3: The human actions on the ressources.

Page 55: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 3 7

1. ASSESSMENTIII. PRINCIPLE

The fast evaluation can be defined like:

“A synoptic evaluation often undertaken in urgency, within the shortest possible time possible, in order to produce results reliable and applicable to the definite goal”.

Whatever the fast evaluation that one prepares, it is necessary to take into account of the nine following points:

1. The fast type of evaluation. The fast evaluation can go from a theoretical study to a field study, through meetings of groups of expert and workshops. It can include/understand compilation of existing knowledge and specialized data, including traditional knowledge and data, and methods of study in the field.

2. The evaluations can be done in three stages: design/preparation, application and esta-blishment of the reports. The fast evaluations provide the necessary results within the practical shortest times, even if the preparatory period and the work of planning which precede the study are consumers of time. In some circumstances (when one takes account of seasonal factors, for example) it can run out of time between the decision to undertake the evaluation and its realization. In other cases (in the event of disturbance and of catastrophe, for example), the evaluation will be undertaken in urgency and the preparation time must remain minimal.

3. Inventory, evaluation and follow-up. When one conceives exercises of data acquisition the type of necessary information is different in each case and it is important to distinguish the inventory, the evaluation and the follow-up. The inventory of reference of the wetlands is used as a basis for the development of a suitable evaluation and a follow-up. The inventories of the wetlands, repeated with certain intervals, do not constitute necessarily a “follow-up”.

4. The cost increases, in particular, during the evaluation of isolated zones, in the case of vast space scales, of a topographic high-resolution and/or a great number of the types of characteristics. The cost of an evaluation undertaken quickly will be higher, for example, because it is necessary to have large teams in the field simultaneously and to support them.

5. Space scale. The fast evaluations can be undertaken on various space scales. In general, a fast evaluation with large scales consists in applying a standardized method to a great number of localities or stations of sampling. It is clear that the more the zone is extended, the more time reques-ted can be long, depend on the number of implied people, and thus the higher cost.

6. Compilation of the existing data/access to the data. Before deciding to carry out a new evaluation on the field, the first big step consists to compile and evaluate the highest possible num-ber of data and information existing and available. This part of the evaluation should determine the data and the information which exist like their accessibility. The data sources can include the geo-graphical information systems (GIS) and the teledetection, the data published and not published and traditional knowledge and data obtained by the contribution of local populations and indige-nous. This compilation must be used as lack analysis making it possible to determine if the goal of the evaluation can be reached with existing information or if it is necessary to lead a new study in th field. A good cartography is essential to the good way of the evaluation and the future decisions concerning the projects to be proposed.

7. For all new data and information collected during a later fast evaluation in the field, it is essen-tial to create a traceability of the data.

8. Reliability of the data of fast evaluation. In all the cases of fast evaluation, it is particularly important that all the results and products contain information on the confidence limits of the conclu-sions. If possible, it is advisable to evaluate the propagation of error by the data and information analysis to provide a comprehensive assessment of the confidence limits of the final results of the evaluation.

9. Diffusion of the results. An important element of any fast evaluation is the fast, clear and open diffusion of the results near a range of actors, decision makers and local communities. It is essential to present this information to each group in the form and with the level of precision which is the best appropriate.

Page 56: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa38 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

In this case, two aspects are to be treated and, preferably, jointly, in relation to the wetlands and its resources:

Ö The biological aspect and resources;

Ö The socio-ethnological aspect and the man.

IV. BIOLOGICAL AND ECOLOGICAL ASSESSMENTThe methods available for a fast evaluation of the biodiversity of the wetlands are dependant on

the goal and the results of specific projects. The factor of the available resources and the limitations is quite as important, in particular because it influences the range of the evaluation. Time, the money and the expertise are limitations of resources which determine the methods available for a particular project of evaluation. Moreover, they define the project from the point of view of its range in the fol-lowing fields: systematics, geography, choice of the site, analyzes, data and sampling procedures. They are important components of an evaluation of the biodiversity of a wetland and the range or the capacity of each one varies according to the needs for the project and its limits in resources.

One of the points important is to establish the statement of the area.

One of the best indicators to evaluate water quality is its biological components e.g invertebrate (crustaceans, molluscs, insects…), vertebrate (fish). An evaluation of the indicators supposes that biological diversity, from the point of view of the diversity of the species and the communities, can give informations on water quality, the hydrology and the health in general of particular ecosystems. The “biomonitoring” is a monitoring often associated with this type of evaluation. Traditionally, that relates to the use of biological indicators to follow-up of the levels of toxicity and the chemical contents, but recently, this type of approach was more largely applied to the follow-up of the total health of a system rather than of its physical and chemical parameters only. The presence or the ab-sence of some chemical or biological indicators can reflect the environmental conditions. The taxo-nomic groups, the individual species, the groups of species or the whole communities can be used as indicators. Usually, the benthic macro-invertebrates, the fish and the algae are used as organic indicators. It is thus possible to use the presence or the absence of species, and in certain cases the abundance and the characteristics of the habitat, to evaluate the state of ecosystems of wetlands. The use of biological criteria to follow the quality of the courses of the rivers in temperate countries is common. It is less the case for the tropical countries. The biological index of integrity (IBI) has been used for more than 10 years in Europe and North America. It allows an estimate of the health of a river by the analysis of its fish settlement. The maintenance of water quality is a major concern for human society which must provide for increasingly important requirements of water, and this, as well from the quantitative point of view as qualitative.

The evaluation of the resources has the aim of determining the durable potential of use of the living resources in a given zone or a given aquaic system. The data deal with the presence, the state

Ö Preferably, two specialists will be necessary with priority for the biological aspects.

Ö The hydrographic network of a country is its “blood system”. Any damage in a point will be found downstream from this point, wether it is chemical, urban, related to erosion… Water, it is the life. Current and well-known sentence but in the health, water and sanitary andfoodsecurity(agriculture,fish),itisthemaincommonfactor.Asforthehumanbodywhere one looks at the blood system to establish a diagnosis, one can study the rivers to evaluate the health of an area and to thus know the points where it is necessary to intervene.

Page 57: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 3 9

1. ASSESSMENTand the conditions of economic species, of species on which depend the means of existence and of species which have a potential commercial value. In good logic, it would be good that an eva-luation of the resources facilitates the ecologically durable development rather than or not durable destroying activities. The importance of the choice of fish as indicator is its importance also as an animal protein contribution. It is a question of surveying which are the resources available in the rivers close to the targeted villages.

It is supposed that any fast evaluation must be done with the end objectives of conservation and rational use. The methods used are supposed to increase knowledge and understanding for the purpose of establishing a reference, the evaluation of the changes in the ecosystems or their state and the support to the durable use of the resource. In this context, there are five precise reasons to undertake a fast evaluation of the wetlands which cover the extent of the possible reasons:

1. To collect general data on the biodiversity in order to inventory and to treat on a hierarchical basis the species, the communities and the ecosystems of the wetlands. To obtain reference infor-mation on the biodiversity for a given zone.

2. To gather information on the status of a target species (such as a threatened species). To gather relative data with the conservation of particular species.

3. To obtain information on the effects of the natural or induced disturbances (changes) by the man on a zone or a particular species.

4. To obtain indicating information of the general health of an ecosystem or of the statement of a particular ecosystem of wetland.

5. To determine the possibility of using in a durable way the living resources in an ecosystem of a particular wetland.

Many fast evaluations do not allow to entirely evaluate the threats or the pressures on biological diversity. Nevertheless, it can be useful, in order to determine it on what should carry a future evalua-tion, to make a provisional evaluation of the categories of threats.

It is important to note that the methods of fast evaluation of the wetlands are generally not made to take into account the variations in time, like the seasonal character, in the ecosystems. However, some methods of fast evaluation can be (and are) used in iterative studies as elements of a program of integrated follow-up, in order to take account of this variation in time. The techniques of fast eva-luation are appropriate particularly at the specific level of biological diversity and the present orienta-tions are interested in the evaluations on this level. The evaluations on the genetic level of biological diversity generally are not related to “fast” approaches.

Nature complexes and the variability of the ecosystems of the wetlands make that there does not exist universal evaluation fast method, applicable to all the range of the types of wetlands and to the diversity of the goals for which the evaluations are undertaken. Moreover, which it is possible to make, in a particular case, depends on the resources and the capacities available.

In a general way, the goal is to gather as much information than possible on an ecosystem of wetland by sampling wide and as complete as possible of the biological elements and associated characteristics. The lists of species and habitats will be probably the most important form of data, but of other relevant data could include: species richness, abundance, relative size of the populations, distribution and the surface of distribution, cultural importance in addition to the importance for the biodiversity and other relevant biological information which is due to water quality, the hydrology and the health of the ecosystem. The data on the geography, geology, the climate and the habitat are also important. For the majority of the studies, it would be good to measure a diversity of variables of water quality. Those can include the temperature, electric conductivity (EC, a measurement of dissolved total salts), the pH (measurement of the acidity or alkalinity of water), chlorophyl A, total phosphorus, total nitrogen, oxygen dissolves and the transparency of water (with the disc of Secchi). These variables can be measured with individual instruments or a combination of instruments inclu-ding several types of probes. One can seek the macrophytes visually. The fish can be sampled with a great diversity of methods, while taking into account the applicable legislation. To work with the local fishermen and to examine their catches can be also an invaluable source of information.

In order to ensure this part properly it is essential that a specialist can intervene. A generalist will be limited by his knowledge concerning the aquatic organisms and the functioning of the eco-systems.

Page 58: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa40 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

The data essential and minimal to collect are:

Ö The number of species,

Ö Quantity of individuals by species for a given time of sampling,

Ö The presence/absence of pilot species,

Ö The physicochemical quality of water (rate of nitrates/phosphates, pH, Oxygen, conductivity, turbidity).

In the collected species, one will be able to thus see which are available for fishfarming.The local communities can be an important source of information on the richness of the species

in a given habitat. One can, for example, by studies of the communities and consumption, to gather information in very short time. From where, the importance of a joint analysis with an socio-ethno-logical approach.

V. SOCIO-ETHNOLOGYV.1. SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL CHARACTERISTICS

It is also important to gather information on the socio-economic and cultural characteristics of biological diversity although a complete economic evaluation is, generally, out of reach in fast evaluation. Nevertheless, within the framework of a fast evaluation of inventory or an evaluation of the risks, it can be useful to obtain a first indication of the socio-economic and cultural characteris-tics which have an importance for the study of the site. That provides an indication of the probable changes in the base of natural resources and can be used to determine the characteristics which should be the subject of a more detailed evaluation of follow-up.

It is advisable to take into account in particular:

1. Paleontological and archaeological registers;

2. Historical buildings and artefacts;

3. Cultural landscapes;

4. Traditional systems of production and agro-ecosystems, for example exploited rice planta-tions, saltworks, estuaries;

5. Practices of collective management of water and lands;

6. Practices of self-management, including the usual property rights;

7. Traditional techniques of exploitation of the resources of the wetlands;

8. Oral tradition;

9. Traditional knowledge;

10. Religious aspects, beliefs and mythology;

11. “Arts” - music, song, dance, painting, literature and cinema.

In addition to the traditional evaluation of the nutritional and medical state of the local population, It is advisable to raise several questions when one arrives in an inhabited area.

V.2. THE RELATIONS MAN-RESOURCES ¾ Do there exist taboos? beliefs? It will be a question of evaluating the relations man/fish/river

(belief).Food taboos exist, to differing degree, in all the cultures. It is obvious that food, basic element

with the subsistence of the man (like other living beings), is a field where distinction between allowed and forbidden, the pure one and the impure one, is fundamental, for medical reasons, morals or symbolic systems. The taboos can have several justifications: nuns, medical, morals, psychological and emotional. These various justifications may be mixed. There other habits relate to fish and assign still the women and the children. It may be that it is about a true taboo, although often people who are not accustomed to eat fish do not like it for the simple reason that “smell bad” or “resembles a snake”. In some communities, the range of the taboos for the pregnant mothers was formerly so

Page 59: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 4 1

1. ASSESSMENTwide that it was almost impossible for them to have a balance diet. For example, part of the Bahaya people which live close to Lake Victoria was accustomed to prohibiting the egg and milk, fish, meat consumption to the pregnant women. Do there exist fish known as “patrimonial” i.e. having an im-portance to the level of the symbolic system?

In other cases, there is the prohibited fishing in some areas throughout a village. Some of these prohibitions were put in place just to avoid an excessive level of predation in an area rich in fish and thus the management of fish resources.

¾ How is fishing perceived?In a certain number of ethnos groups, the practice of fishing is regarded as an activity for the

lower castes. To be fishing and live fishing then are very discredited.

¾ Which are the resources used?By looking at the women preparing the meals and what they prepare, while carrying out of the

visits at the market, one will be able to realize on behalf of fish in the food day laborer. In Ethiopia, for example, the fish is consumed mainly at the time of the Lent. If the fish is present in the food, it will then be a question of making sure of its source and its availability. For example, in Liberia, the villages near the rivers did not have any problem of supply fish in spite of an interest for fishfarm, whereas 10 km further, another village had supply problems.

¾ Which are the produced resources?A visit of the fields and a census of the cattle and animals present make it possible to realize of

the diversity of the food products available. It will be necessary, however, to separate well the cattle which would be of “prestige” with the animals used for the human consumption.

¾ What are the water supplies?An important aspect is the supply of water for people. It will therefore seek the water points

where people will be provided (well, pump, river…) and assess their condition.

V.3. THE RELATIONS MAN-MAN ¾ Who does what? Which is the role of the women and of the men? Uses and tasks.

There is a division of labor between the men and the women. Among fishing people, most of the time, they are the men who go to fishing but the women deal with collecting fish, to transform it and sell it. At others, fishing is practiced by the women and becomes a corporate measure. In Liberia, the women with the children go away the afternoon to the river to capture with large scoops nets. They take the opportunity to exchange the latest news from the village.

¾ Which is the social structure?The way in which the village is structured is particularly important to know on which scale and

which are the key and notable people. The groupings, their operation…, are a key of the success of programs in the field.

¾ Which is the system of division of the lands?The type of division of the lands, their membership, the land rights are as many variables which

are important to know insofar as fishfarms will be established on some privileged zones. Water and its management are also an important parameter.

Most of the time, this information can be collected in the form of investigations for which huma-nitarian NGOs like ACF have good experience in the past. It is, however, important not to be satisfied to discuss with the villagers, as that is sometimes the case.

In some cases, one will have to deal with communities which have already experience of fish-farming, often with failures. The system especially developed in countries having an old fishfarming tradition and where ancestral know-how, although empirical, plays a crucial role. The many attempts at transfer of these fishfarming models towards countries where there was no fishfarming tradition failed.

Page 60: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa42

Many explanations were put forward to analyze the difficulties encountered in the development of fishfarming in Africa:

Ö Ofsocialorder,ruralpopulationsnothavingtraditionsandthusknowledgeinthisfield;

Ö Oftechnicalorder,onrecenttime,thetechniquesoffishfarmingwerenotcontrolledyetperfectly, which had as a consequence a poor production in quality and quantity;

Ö Ofeconomicorder,thefishfarmingdevelopedinthecontextofanactivityofsubsistenceinfamilymatter,generallywithoutprofitability.

We must therefore ascertain the presence of former ponds for fish production. If so, the chal-lenge will be to unlearn first to allow relearning.

Ö The whole of collected information will allow:

Ö To know the statement of the zone where the intervention must take place;

Ö To know the available resources usable and their current use;

Ö To know the communities and social structures.

Ö The goal being to have the elements to propose a solution allowing a good appropria-tionoftheprojectbythepopulations,ifthevariouscomponentsmakeitpossibletoaffirmthatfishfarmingisasolutionforthezoneconsidered.

Page 61: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 4 3

If the initial assessmenst justify an intervention, the first stage will be thus to choose villages of establishment, by making sure that those have adequate sites in the vicinity (Figure 12, p. 44). This choice can be already more or less defined according to the preliminary assessment and of the visits of field which took place during this evaluation.

I. THE VILLAGES SELECTIONAs in all the actions undertaken under development and post-urgency, the choice of the villages

and communities, then that of the beneficiaries is particularly delicate. In the majority of the cases, the target goes on the populations considered as most vulnerable.

Various points will decide the approach of villages:

9 The first aspect inherent in the way of operating of ONG will be the presence of populations said vulnerable.

9 Proposed projects are usually fairly short. The number of villages targeted should therefore be chosen depending on the duration and logistics that will be available. However, it is unrealistic to propose a fishfarming project for less than 12 months. Indeed, the establishment of a pond of 200 m2 overall request 20 days to 20 people. If it is the beneficiaries who lead the workforce, it must take into account the fact that for most, their main activity is agriculture and they thus will devote only a time restricted to the construction of the pond.

9 One will not be able to also choose villages too distant because of times from transport and inherent logistics. Often, the technicians are used as catalysts for the beneficiaries and their presence is essential for the motivation and the follow-up. In the same way, the roads are often da-maged and not very practicable. For that, a good cartography is essential and can be implemented during the evaluation.

9 No sources of fish in quantity near. Indeed, the presence of close sources of fish in conside-rable quantity will be a brake for the development of fish ponds. Unfortunately, many times, there will be the certainty which the villagers are motivated whereas in fact, their interest is located especially to obtain something on behalf of international NGOs operating in the zone. It will often be a total fiasco as the village investment in building ponds. It will thus be a question of seeing well whether the proteins fish are essential and missing in the zone. This means to see if the fish proteins are essential and missing in the area. This will be particularly important if the request comes from the villagers, this will bring more weight to their request.

9 Presence of sources or rivers near the villageIt is one of the crucial points of the choice of the villages and which will be taken again more

in detail in the following paragraph (paragraphe II, p. 45). It is essential that the village has enough running water nearby.

9 The motivation of the villagers.It is one of the delicate aspects. It is very difficult to judge at first the general motivation. Gene-

rally, this vision of the motivation will come with the beginning of the work. However, the ethnogra-phic preliminary study will provide information on the first aspects of this motivation but also of the elements allowing a good appropriation of the project by the beneficiaries. It is necessary that the beneficiariesunderstandthatconstructionscarriedoutwillbelongtothemandthatthisworkwill not belong at all to the NGO which supports the project, as it will not be used to establish this type of project if the villagers don’t want it. It is not, certainly, question of imposing any-thing… If possible, he is advisable to choose family groups people, which will avoids interfamilies problems for the management and distribution of harvests. If perennial associations would exist, it

Chapter 05VILLAGES AND SITES SELECTIONS

Page 62: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa44 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Drainig channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

Assessment

Time

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

7 - 10 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

Figure 12. Settingoffishpond:2.Selections.

Page 63: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 4 5

2. SELECTIONSwill be also possible to work with them according to their motivation and of their social cohesion.

Once this choice will be carried out, it will be a question of passing to the second phase, i.e. the presence of favorable sites in the selected village.

II. THE SITES SELECTION

The design and the realization of the ponds must allow the most perfect possible control of wa-ter. Moreover, the quality of the fishfarming works determines also the facility with which the follow-up, harvest and the sorting can be done. In other words, they determine the feasibility of a fishfarm. It is advisable to evaluate each potential site by a series of fast feasibility studies to check that the principal requirements are respected.

In this chapter and the following, the major part of the drawings and texts are classic and often comes from various booklets, mainly those of FAO.

II.1. THE WATERII.1.1. AVAILABILITY OF WATERIt will be necessary to take into account of the temporal variations of the inland waters, in par-

ticular the variations in the modes of flow of various types of inland water ecosystems which can include:

9 Perennial systems which know flows of surface all the year and are not drained during the drynesses.

9 Seasonal systems which know expected flows during the annual rainy season, but which can be dry during several months of the year.

9 Episodical systems (periodic or intermittent) which knows flows during one prolonged pe-riod, but which are neither predictable, nor seasonal. These systems are generally supply as well by rainwater as by subterranean water. Sometimes, flows of surface can only occur in some parts and become underground in the others.

9 Transitory systems (with short life) which know briefly and seldom flows and which, between two, return under dry conditions. Their flow generally comes from precipitations.

A running water present continuously throughout the year (dry and rainy season) facilitates the management of ponds. One thus will seek the perennial systems.

This allows for a possible renewal of the water of the pond, however slight, and thus have a good oxygenation and mitigating water loss.

The amount of water needed will depend on the size of ponds, soil and climate prevailing in the locality.

■ WATER FOR THE BASINSIt is easy to calculate the quantity of water of a basin. It is a simple calculation of volume:

as shown in the Figure 13, p. 46.

Ö The choice of the village must take into account:

Ö Vulnerability of the population,

Ö Logistics,

Ö Water resources,

Ö Motivation of the villagers.

Ö Thisisthemostimportantstepforafishpond.

volume = lenght x width x depth

Page 64: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa46 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

■ WATER LOSSESIn addition to a leak in the drain, water losses can occur through infiltration into the substrate

and evaporation.

¾ EvaporationThis component depends on the wind, the humidity of the air and the sunning, i.e. the climate

of the area. Evaporation will be less strong under a cloudy sky than sunny (Figure 14 below). In equatorial zone, the water loss due to evaporation per day is about 2 to 5 mm height, which can be compensated by an addition from 15 to 35 liters of water per minute and ha of pond. In intertropical zone (25°N - 25°S), evaporation almost always exceeds 100 cm per year.

¾ InfiltrationThe water losses occur through infiltration from the bottom of the pond and the dikes. If the dikes

are well built, the principal loss will be done by the bottom. It will be also limited by the soil type. In general, the losses are more important during the first filling of a pond (Figure 15 below).

■ FLOW OF THE STREAMTo have the maximum of profit from a pônd, it is necessary that the pond can be in production

during all the year. There is a need for water throughout the year. It takes water to fill ponds and to maintain the water level. Water lost through evaporation and infiltration have to be compensated. It

Depth measurement

Width

Lenght

Figure 13. Volume of a pond.

High temperature

Lowtemperature

Wind

Clouds SunHigh

evaporation

Lowevaporation

Figure 14. Water loss through evaporation by weather.

Figure 15. Water loss by ground.

Page 65: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 4 7

2. SELECTIONS

is during the dry season when there is little water, that the losses are large. To maintain water in a fishfarm of one hectare, it takes 2 to 5 liters water per second. This water flow is thus to control during the dry season.

On the other hand, we must also check if there is no risk of flooding. People living locally are better informed. They know if there are significant flooding and water flows all year. You can also check the marks of water levels on the banks and bridges. A pond should not be built where there are risks of flood, for example too low to the bottom of the slope. Not only you can lose all the fish, but the dikes can be destroyed. We also look at whether the banks are planted, so with a water flow lower than if everything has been cleared along the riverbanks.

The flow of a watercourse is measured in several ways. For low flows, one will just need a stop watch and a bucket (Figure 16 above). One channels

all the water of the course to fill a bucket with known capacity and one measures the rate of filling.For more important flows, in the case of absence of adequate measuring devices, one will pro-

ceed as follows:

(i) Determine the wet cross section S in m2 (Figure 17 below) with:

Where l is the width and p the depth.

(ii) Use a stop watch and a half floating object to estimate the speed V in m.s-1 of the flood in regular zone AB of the stream (Figure 18 below):

Where t is the time taken for the floating object to travel AB.

(iii) Le flow D in m3.s-1 of the stream is defined by:

1 2

Figure 16. Flow measurement for small rivers.

Sl

p

Figure 17. Measurement of section of the river.

A B

Figure 18. Measurement of speed V of the river.

S = l x p

V = AB / t

D = V x S

Page 66: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa48 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

II.1.2. WATER QUALITYOne can have more water in quantity than necessary, but if its physico- chemical characteristics

are not suitable with the fishfarming, fishfarm could not be established. An analysis of water is thus a prerequisite condition of the choice of the site. More simply, the observation of fish in a river in a natural state, during a rather long time, can constitute an indicator of good quality of water for fish-farming (Figure 19 below).

Water is characterized both by the physical parameters (temperature, density, viscosity, co-lor, turbidity, transparency), and by chemical parameters (pH, conductivity, alkalinity, hardness, dis-solved oxygen, phosphorus, nitrogen ammonia, nitrites, nitrates, carbon dioxide…).

In a general, the chemical analysis of water must be done preferably in dry season. The strong evaporation of water in this season allows the concentration of the various components present, which makes it possible to detect certain extremes.

Quickly, some observations can be made without instruments. Water should not have a bad smell, neither bad taste, nor an unpleasant color; it should not be too muddy. Avoid the use of very turbid waters or heavily loaded with suspended particles (muddy water). Often, the water turbidity is caused by a too fast speed watercourse on a highly erodible land. However, one will be able to use water charged by implementing a settling tank upstream of the pond.

It will be necessary moreover to take into account of the proximity of factories, because some industrial wastes can contaminate a water beforehand good quality and make it unusable for fish-farming. It is thus effluents:

9 Metallurgy factories, which reject lead, 9 Factories of electrolysis (manufacture of batteries for example) which rejects mercury, 9 Refineries which contain phénolés compounds, 9 Agro-alimentary factories as the breweries which can reject fertilizing substances, and

which, to the extreme, can make water eutrophic and not very favourable with fishfarming.These effluents can kill fish or accumulate in their flesh, which presents a possible hazard for

the consumers.

Avoid wind drift of spayed pesticides

A curtain of trees can prevent these pesticides from reaching ponds

Exhaust gases may affect local rainwater

Discharged waste materials may contaminate water supplies

Ploughing can increase erosion and cause silt to enter stream

New crops or new methods of planting or harvesting may affect the quality of runoff water from these field

Roads or bridges may increase the amount of silt or gravel in the stream

Curting concrete near a stream may affect water quality

Gravel from quarry work may block or alter the course of the stream

Use interception ditches to avoid pesticide runoff

Pesticides

Factories

Crops

Construction

Quarrying

Figure 19. Examples of factors that may affect water quality.

Page 67: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 4 9

2. SELECTIONS

The usually measured parameters are the following: Ö For the physical characteristics: color, transparency and temperature;

Ö For the chemical characteristics: pH, rate of dissolved oxygen, total and carbonated hardness, and very often, total phosphorus, nitrates and nitrites.

Several types of devices are used for the measurement of these parameters.The transparency reflects the richness of water in natural foods or suspended particles. It is mea-

sured using the Secchi disc (Figure 20 above). If one does not have this material, it can be arranged by using a pole, a piece of paper of white polyethylene and a meter. The piece of white paper is fixed at the lower end of the pole that is vertically immersed in water. One measures the depth where the white paper disappears from the sight. One continues to immerse it. Then, one goes up and one again notes the depth to which one sees reappearing paper. The depth is evaluated by the average of the two readings.

Total hardness translates the quantity of water soluble salts, particularly the ions calcium (Ca2+) and magnesium (Mg2+) important for the growth of the phytoplankton. A water is hard if its salt concentration is high, or soft. A water is regarded as good for fishfarming if it has a hardness ran-ging between 100 and 300 of calcium carbonate Mg (CaCO3). The water hardness translates in fact its capacity to be able to make precipitate some ions of alkaline salts, of which the ion sodium (Na+) of the soda (NaOH), used in the manufacture of the soap. Thus, if one does not have materials of performing the test, one washes the hands with soap by using a sample of water to be tested. It will be described as soft if it foams immediately and abundantly; it is hard if foam is difficult to come, possible foam disappearing little time after its appearance. Moreover, the dissolved salt traces re-main visible on the edges of a stream of hard waters at the low water level when the usual level of water dropped much.

The pH represents the concentration of water into hydrogen ions (H+), or more simply gives a measurement of acidity or alkalinity of water. Thus, water is neutral with pH = 7, acid if the pH is

Weight

Strong string

Knot

Disc

WeightKnot

Finished disc and line

A

10 cm

10 cm

10 cm

10 cm

B

A

C

Z

Disc 25 cm in diameter

Figure 20. Secchi disk. On left: Composition. On right: Transparency measurement: A = point at which the disk disappears at the decent; B = point at which the disk disappears at the lift;

C = mid-point between A and B, and Z = distance.

Page 68: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa50 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

lower than 7 and basic if it is higher than 7. The majority of fish grow rather well in the range of pH from 6.5 to 9.0.

All these parameters affect directly the development of natural foods. A water is for fish what the soil is for the plant. If it is of good quality or improvable, it is favourable for fihforming.

II.2. THE SOILThe soil is a composition of living organisms, organic matters and minerals, water and air. Accor-

ding to their texture, structure and consistency, there exist various types of soils with more or less air and water.

The physics soil characteristics determine its impermeability just as its capacity to ensure the stability of the dikes of the ponds, and its chemical characteristics influence the richness of wa-ter. They include texture (grain-size distribution), the structure (arrangement of the particles of the nondisturbed soil), the specific weight (concentration of the particles), porosity (proportion of the vacuums or interparticle spaces of the soil), the permeability (relative resistance of the soil to the passage of a water flow), compressibility (capacity to become deformed while decreasing by volume under the effect of the pressure), the shear strength (relative opposition of the soil to the shift), the color… The clay soils are often the best, taking into account their capacity to retain water and their high shear strength. A good soil for the construction of brick is in theory good for the construction of the ponds. The zone of the soil argilo-sandy, limono-silto-argillaceous, limono-argillaceous, limono-sablo-argillaceous and argilo-silty is most desirable. The very sandy soils do not retain water, while the purely argillaceous soils are difficult to embank, and especially form not very stable dikes. A soil which contains too much sand or gravel will not retain water (Figure 21 below).

The color of the soil gives an indication on the drainage of the soil and its composition. However, the marblings can appear for other reasons (Table VI below). If the marblings are brilliant colors, it is not a problem of drainage. If the marblings are mattes, usually gray, it is a sign of problem of drainage for a good part of the year. An abundant yellow clearly characterizes a sulphatic soil with an acid pH.

Texture indicates the relative contents of different particles of size as sand, mud or clay. It allows to estimate the facility of work to be carried out, the permeability…

For the construction of the ponds, the interesting soils are the argilo-sandy soils because they retain water easily. Pure clay, the laterite, the black humus and the peat are not good soils for the construction of the dikes. The black humus, the sandy peat and grounds are too porous except if one places a clay core to avoid the escapes. Pure clay, once dries, can be cracked. The laterite iosls are too hard.

There exist simple tests to know quickly the soil texture.

Soil colour/mottling Drainage conditions

Warm colours, browns, reds and oranges Good drainage

Pale yellowish, pale and dark greys with rusty orange and/or grey mottling

Drainage seasonally poor. Water-table at 25- to 120-cm depth

Pale, dark and bluish greys, or pale brownish yellows with rusty orange, brown or grey mottling within the

topsoil

Seasonally swampy soil. Water-table at less than 25-cm depth

Table VI. Color of the soil and drainage conditions of the soil.

Clay soil Sandy soil

Figure 21. Impermeability of clay and sandy soils.

Page 69: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 5 1

2. SELECTIONS

A - Make a ball

C

B - Throw the ball and catch up with

If the ball is falling apart, the soil contains too much 

sand

If the ball remains com-pact, the soil contains 

enough clay

Figure 22. Test of the ball (I).

Coarse texture

Moderately coarse texture

Medium texture

Moderately fine texture

Fine texture

3 m

Figure 23. Test of the ball (II).

Page 70: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa52 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

A first test consists in taking a handful of soil on the surface and to compress it in the hand into a ball (Figure 22, p. 51). (A). Throw the ball in the air and catch it (B). The ball will disintegrate if the soil contains too much sand or gravel (C). If, on the contrary, it remains compact (D), the soil can be good for a pond, but, to be sure about it, one will have to carry out another test.

Another test, close to the first, can be carried out (Figure 23, p. 51). Take a quantity of the soil in the hand, knead it, make mortar and produce a ball of it. Throw the ball on a vertical wall located at approximately 3 m of the operator. If the ball adheres to the wall, the soil is regarded as good for the dikes of ponds. It is even more appropriate that the degree of flattening of the adhered ball is low. If the ball does not adhere, but dislocates itself and fall, the soil will be judged of bad quality and thus non advisable for the construction of ponds.

A more conclusive test can be carried out. One morning, it is a question of digging a rather deep hole where one will be able to hold until the waist (A). Then, one fills it of water to the top (B). The evening, a certain quantity of water will be infiltrated in the ground (C). One again fills the hole to the top (D). One recovers the hole with boards or branches (E). Lastly, the next morning, if most of water is still in the hole, it is that the soil retains sufficiently water to dig a pond (F) there (Figure 24 above).

Whatever the other conditions, it is essential that the nature of the soil makes it possible to have a permanent water reserve. It must thus be sufficiently charged out of clays to obtain all the more large impermeability as the contributions of water will be irregular or weak. The objective is to have to compensate for only evaporation. The fact of having at its disposal a favourable topography and a sandy surface soil is however not harmful as long as a source of clay is available in the vicinity or in the basement close to surface. Indeed, even of very big hydroelectric dam see their dams built on the principle of the “clay Mask” recovering of the ground “All coming”. A sandy or humus-bearing soil is

A - Dig a hole B - Fill it with water to the top in the morning

C - Later, some of the water will have sunk into the soil

D - Then fill the hole with water again to the top

E - Cover the hole F - Result of the test the next morning

Figure 24. Test of soil permeability.

Page 71: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 5 3

2. SELECTIONSthus returned seals by contribution of a surface layer of 30 cm thickness clay. A rock ground is often difficult to work without mechanics, and is sometimes traversed by cracks which it is necessary to seal by clay.

The chemical characteristics of the soil depends on the colloid concentration, the degree of saturation in exchangeable bases, the capacity of exchange cation or anion, the capacity to make available various biogenic salts… The soil must thus contain an amount of exchangeable minerals salts. This is possible if the soil contains a certain proportion of organic matters. The natural wealth of water is generally related to the richness of the soil which carries it. The acid soil are to be avoided, because this acidity can be transmitted to water and harm the growth of fish. It will be necessary in this last case to invest very heavily in quicklime in order to raise the pH of the water for its fishfarm use.

The chemical composition of the water of the ponds depends primarily on the chemical cha-racters of the soil which it crosses and of the vegetation which recovers them. In general water of savanna is richer and less acids than water emerging from the forest, but the risks of pollution by the sediments are greater (gullying, erosion). The richer the crossed grounds are in rock salt and the more water have then a strong natural productivity, because the proliferation of the phytoplankton and some higher plants.

Figure 25. Identificationofpotentialwatersupplies(A,K),drainageoptions(C,D,L,M,E,F), individual valleys (M level compare to D), comparison of the various good sites for the

installation of ponds (IG, GH, ON), vision of the bottoms (CIRAD).

source

swamps

land limit

land limit

Page 72: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa54 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

II.3. THE TOPOGRAPHYA viable construction of pond is possible only if the topography allows it. One of the general

principles is to minimize the costs. For that, it is good that the water supply of the ponds is done by gravity, just as draining. Moreover, the dikes must be able to be built without much displacement of soil. Topography related, as we said it, to the forms and élévation of the considered land. One will speak thus about a flat ground or a rough ground, from a narrow and boxed or broad valley… Topo-graphy will determine the possibility to build ponds, their surface and their number (Table VII above).

Once a zone is chosen, according to water and of the soil, it will be necessary to check various topographic parameters to confirm the potentiality of installation. It will be necessary to measure the zone, the slope, the elevation and the distance according to the source from water, the best way to supply the basins, the simplest way for the drainage. One will be able also better to thus apprehend the places to install the pond(s) (Figure 25, p. 53). The choice of the site for the construction of ponds in rough grounds will have to be done by having in mind the fact that future excavation will be able to balance approximately with the embankments.

Moreover, the difference of height should be able to be developed in the supply and water gra-vitating draining of the ponds. The supply of water by gravity largely simplifies the installation of the ponds according to topography. The source of water must be located higher than the pond so that water can run out of itself in the pond (Figure 26 below).

A soft slope will allow a good water run-off. This slope must have between 1 and 3 % (i.e. a dif-ference with horizontal of 3 cm for a length of 100 cm). If the slope is too strong, one will have a too important runoff of water. If it is too weak, a dam will be necessary to store water, which will involve sometimes heavy additional work. Without slope, there is no flow of water, which will not allow drai-

Figure 26. Water supply by gravity.

Slope in lenght Slope transverse Pond Cost

High High None Too high

High Weak Diversion Reasonable

Weak High Dam Reasonable

Weak Weak Sunken High

Table VII. Topographical features for ponds.

Page 73: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 5 5

2. SELECTIONSning of the pond (Figure 27 and Figure 28, p. 55).

To calculate a slope is rather simple and requires few materials (Photo A, p. 56, Figure 29 and Figure 30, p. 57). It is expressed as a percentage. A stake in top and a stake in bottom of the slope are placed. One horizontally tightens a rope between the two stakes using a plumb level. In absence of level, a bottle filled with water can make the level. This device is particularly practical, since it makes it possible to proceed quickly, even on an unequal grassy ground, and with a sufficient precision

Suitable

Unsuitable

UnsuitableHow to empty the pond ?B. No slope

A. Low slope (1 to 3%)

C. Strong slope

High pressure

Break of the dike

Figure 27. Type of slopes and constraints.

A B C

Figure 28. Hill slope. A: Too high; B: Too high on one side, the second side if favourable; C: The two sides are favourables.

Page 74: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa56 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

(the maximum error is lower than 6 cm by 20 m of distance). It requires a team of three people. An observer installs a stake with the starting point A whose site is marked and maintains the rope on the graduation corresponding to h. The observer in B also maintains the rope against the same graduation, then upwards moves the cord on the second stake or to the bottom of the slope, until the person placed at the center indicates that the plumb level is with horizontal with the well tended rope. If one does not have a mason level, a water bottle can be enough. There H is known. It is then possible to measure the H-h difference. The slope P in % will be then:

With D = distance between has and B.

II.4. THE OTHER PARAMETERSII.4.1. THE ACCESSIBILITY OF THE SITEA good fishfarmer will daily control the pond. At least, he comes each day to survey the pond,

he gives to eat per day to his fish if necessary. Each week, he reloads the composts, he cuts grasses on the dikes… It is necessary thus that the pond is not too far from the house of the fishfarmer and that there are no barriers between the pond and the house (river in rainy season, for example). It is advised to live more close as possible to its pond to supervise it against the thieves (Figure 31, p. 58).

II.4.2. THE POSSIBILITY OF BUILDING WITH LOWER COSTSIt was already seen that one will not build a pond where the slope is very strong because the

downstream dike should be very large and thus expensive for a pond of reduced surface. For each work, one compares the required effort with the benefit which one can draw.

If there are the choice, one thus will prefer an open site at a site full with tree trunks which are ne-cessary to be remove with all the roots. One also will choose a ground without rocks or large stones.

II.4.3. THE PROPERTY LANDIt is a question of knowing the owner of the site on which will be established the future series of

ponds. One will have to make prospection. One of the solutions is to require to the villagers to see by themselves which are the sites of proximity. Then, to evaluate the various sites according to the criteria above.

In margin of the ponds, the maintenance or the plantation of the trees and other plant spe-cies will make it possible in very broken ground not only to protect the grounds against ero-sion, but also to consider the exploitation of the

P = (H-h) x 100 / D

Photo A. Measurement of a slope (DRC) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 75: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 5 7

2. SELECTIONSground on profitable way by considering by anticipation the various components of an integrated fishfarming with the other production of the rural world (grass for bovines, fruits as food or fertilizers in the ponds, zones really water full for cultures like rice,). The cleansing and the drainage of water in the majority of the swamp zones being difficult, these last will have to be selected for the construc-tion of fish ponds by having in mind this constraint likely to encumber the costs with exploitation in the future.

Observer at the back

Observer at the front

Keep both ends of the rope at the same height

Observer at the center

Figure 29. Measurement of a slope: Device.

A

D

h

H

B

H-h

level

stake

stake rope

Figure 30. Measurement of a slope: Calculation.

Page 76: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa58

Figure 31. Example of location of a pond in relation of the house.

Ö The site selection have to take into account:

Ö The water: quantity and quality;

Ö The soil: impermeable;

Ö The topography: Weak slope and zone of emergence of sources.

Page 77: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 5 9

Once the choice of the villages then sites of installation of the ponds made, it now acts to set up the ponds (Figure 32, p. 60).

The fish production is based on the use of earth ponds which contain freshwater, renews it, and allows the storage, the farming and the harvest of fish. The construction of the ponds and associa-ted structures include adapted preparations and work, essential for the success of the exploitation. Moreover, the ponds must be inexpensive to build, easy to maintain and specific to ensure a good management of water and fish.

I. DESCRIPTIONA fish pond is not very deep a water place, used for the controlled farming of fish. IIt is adapted

to be easily and completely drained.It consists of (Figure 33 and Figure 34, p. 61):

9 The plate which is the bottom of the pond. 9 The dikes which surround the pond and are the walls making it possible to contain water. So

they must be solid to resist to the pressure and impermeable. 9 The intake which is the structure to collect a quantity of water to feed the pond. 9 The emissary who is a river or a channel which allows the drainage of the pond. 9 The channels, which bring or evacuate the water of the pond:

• The water arrival or supply channel which makes it possible to bring collecting water to the pond.

• The draining channel or evacuation which is the work allowing the drainage towards the emissary.

9 The devices of regulation, which control the level of water or its flow through the pond, or both:

• The water inlet which is the device designed to regulate the water flow towards the pond and which protects water from the floods.

• The water outlet preferably a monk which allows the control of the level of the water and evacuation of the pond.

9 The outfall or overflow which allows the evacuation of the water excess of the pond and ensures the safety thus of it.

9 The filters, if necessary, which prevent animals and particles to come in and leave the pond 9 The fence which surrounds the pond and avoids the undesirable visitors. 9 Other structures of protection against ichtyophagous birds, if necessary. 9 The access ways and roads, which skirt the pond and make to reach it.

II. TYPES OF PONDSThe piscicultural fresh water ponds differ according to the origin of water supply, the way of

draining them, materials and processes of construction and, finally, the methods of fishfarm. The characteristics of the site in which they are built determine usually their characteristics.

One can classify the ponds according to: Ö The water supply. Ö The drainage systems. Ö The building materials. Ö The type of use of the pond.

Chapter 06CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PONDS

Page 78: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa60 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Drainig channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

Assessment

Time

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

7 - 10 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

Figure 32. Settingoffishpond:3.Ponds.

Page 79: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 6 1

3. PONDSRegarding the use of the pond, it is certain that the same pond can be used for various uses

according to the moments and the evolution of the structure installation.One will find:

9 Spawning ponds for the production of eggs and small fry;

9 Nursery ponds for the production of larger juveniles;

9 Brood ponds for broodstock rearing;

9 Storage ponds for holding fish temporarily, often prior to marketing;

9 Fattening ponds, for the production of food fish;

9 Integrated ponds which have crops, animals or other fish ponds around them to supply waste materials to the pond as feed or fertilizer;

In this case, only the ponds usable for the subsistence fishfarming and which are the most viable ponds, will be considered. The principal characteristic will be that they are entirely drainable with running water available all the year. We will not take into account, ponds collinaires supplied with streaming or rainwater and the ponds of resurgence supplied with water of the ground water.

We will focus the work on two types of ponds fed by a river:

9 Barrages ponds.

9 Diversion ponds.

Figure 34. Cross section of a ponds.

Pond

Outlet

Outside slope of dike

Inside slope of dike

Monk

Crest

Dike

Water supply

InletWater level

Figure 33. Main components of a pond.

Pond

Pond

Outlet

Outside slope of dike

Inside slope of dike

Monk

Crest

Diker

Water supply

Inlet

Page 80: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa62 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

II.1. BARRAGE PONDSThe barrage ponds are ponds through which pass all the water coming from the source (Figure

35, p. 64).On a small river, one can block itt so that the water mass retained by the dam made a pond. In

front of the dam, one installs a monk to drain the pond. One or more outfalls are expected to drain the excess of water in case of raw or strong rains. The outfalls must be able to evacuate even the strongest flooding, if not all the dam may be carrried. The most important point before beginning the construction of a barage pond is to know the maximum level and the maximum discharge of the river during the rainy season after a strong rain. On the great rivers which grow extremely in rainy season, it is preferable to make diversion ponds rather than barrage ponds. In addition to this lack of control on the water flow which enters the pond, one cannot either prevent the fish which live upstream of the river to enter in the pond. One cannot either put nets on the outfalls to prevent fish escape when the outfall work. Net may be blocked with sheets, branches and mud in suspension in water. Water will go up and can break the dike.

One cannot correctly control the amount of water which crosses the pond: there are thus many risks of flood (food and fertilizer, fish loss when the flow of the river is important).

II.2. DIVERSION PONDSContrary to the barrage ponds, which retain all the water of the stream, the diversion pond use

only part of water (Figure 36, p. 65). These are ponds through which passes a portion of water from the source and not all. The entry and exit of water in the pond are controlled.

One thus will deviate part of the stream in a supply channel which will bring water to the ponds. The intake on the stream is usually built in front of a small dam of deviation. This dam ensures a constant water level in the supply channel. All the surplus of water which is not need passes by the outfall of the dam. The ponds supplied with a diversion channel can be built in parallel or series.

The diversion ponds in derivation of the bypass type are built on the slopes of a valley and are primarily made up by three dams. These ponds are in general inexpensive, without risk of flood and well drainable.

II.3. COMPARISONIt is important to remember the following points:

Ö Better control of the water supply means easier management of the pond, e.g. when fertilizing the water and feeding the fish.

Ö Better drainage also means easier management of the pond, e.g. when completely harvesting the farmed fish and when preparing and drying the pond bottom.

Ö A regular shape and the correct size makes a pond easier to manage and more adaptable for particular purposes.

Ö The choice of a particular type of pond will largely depend on the kind of water supply available and on the existing topography of the site selected.

Practically, in spite of a higher cost, the increasingly intensive integrated management of the production of fish, will be better with diversion ponds (Table VIII, p. 63). Moreover, it will not be possible to extend the number of ponds with a barrage pond. This is important because that avoids blocking water of rivers which is also used by the villages located downstream. That can make it possible to avoid conflicts sometimes violent one.

Ö Diversion ponds supplied with water by gravity are the most adequate approach proposed here.

Page 81: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 6 3

3. PONDS

III. CHARACTERISTICSIII.1. GENERAL CRITERIA

According to the needs, it will be possible to build a series of ponds with a management in shifted with shifted sowing, which allows monthly harvests, that is regular harvests during the year.

Always with an aim of limiting the amount of work and the costs on the one hand, and of optimi-zing the availability out of water on the other hand, it will be necessary to lay out the basins according to topography. The development of a suitable site is consequently a complex exercise.

A positioning in terraces makes it possible to arrange a surface much more important of ponds and to better keep water (Figure 37, p. 66). While seeking to position the downstream-dikes across the flow of water in the basement, it increases the availability of storage water of the site.

A overall design of a site is essential to use surface as well as possible, the drop between the intake and draining and the availabilities of water. A provision of the ponds to the current does not maximize suitable surface (B): Surface in green is not used. This flow is carried out parallel to the water course. On the other hand, in the diagram (C), water is blocked in its flow perpendicular to the water course since all the ponds are on the same level. More water will then be stored in the basement above the plans of ponds. It will be available to fill the ponds again or to limit the losses during the dry season.

Table VIII. Advantages and disadvantages of the barrage and diversion ponds.

Type Advantages Disadvantages

Barrage pond*

• Simple to design for small stream.• Construction costs relatively low unless there are flood defence problems.• Natural productivity can be high, according to quality of water supply.

• Dikes need to be carefully anchored be-cause the risk of break down in case of floo-ding.• Need for a spillway and its drainage which be costly.• No control of incoming water supply (quan-tity, quality, wild fish).• Cannot be completely drained except when incoming water supply dries out.• Pond management difficult (fertilization, fee-ding) as water supply is variable.• Irregular shape and size.• Sociological problems due to possible water retention towards the people living downstream.

Diversion pond**

• Easy control of water supply.•Good pond management possible.• Construction costs higher on flat ground.• Can be completely drained.• Regular pond shape and size possible.

• Construction costs higher than barrage ponds.• Natural productivity lower, especially if built in infertile soil.• Construction requires good topographical surveys and detailed staking out.

* If the barrage pond is built with a diversion channel, some of the disadvantages may be eliminated (controlled water supply, no spillway, complete drainage, easier pond management), but construction costs can greatly increase if the diversion of a large water flow has to be planned.** Relative advantages will vary according to the arrangement of the ponds, either in series (pond management is more difficult) or in parallel (both water supply and drainage are independent, which simplifies management).

Page 82: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa64 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Figure 35. Examples of barrage ponds.

Inlet to pond

Outlet

Dam

Stream

Spillway and overflow

Water intake

Diversion channel

Outlet

Dam

Larger stream

Page 83: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 6 5

3. PONDS

Figure 36. Examples of diversion ponds.

Outlet

Diversion channel

Inlet

Pond

Pond

Pond

Pond

Pond

Pond

Larger stream

Outlet

Diversion channel

Inlet

Pond

Pond

Pond

Pond

Larger stream

Page 84: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa66 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

III.2. POND SHAPEFor an equivalent water surface, one will seek the shape of pond which minimizes the overall

length of dam (Figure 38 and Table IX below). For a pond of the same dimension, the overall length of the dike increases regularly when the shape of the pond deviates gradually from the square to become more elongated. Meanwhile, the costs of construction increase. The dikes which separate the ponds (intermediate dikes) are narrower than the downstream-dike. The square form extend the downstream-dike (A). A too elongated rectangular form reduces it, but elongate in an important way the intermediate dikes (C). Moreover, if one wants to keep the same slope to guarantee a good drai-ning, it will be necessary to dig more deeply. These two forms are not optimal (A and C). On a regular ground, the shape of pond which will require less work is rectangular but is not too much elongated (B). It is the form which will be used preferentially. In general, the rectangular ponds have a length approximately twice higher than their width. It is, also, better to use a standard width for the ponds planned for the same use.

In several cases, it can be easier and more economic to adapt the shape of the pond to existing topography (Figure 39, p. 67).

Figure 37. Disposition of ponds in relation to the topography (CIRAD).

Stream Stream Stream

Drain channel

Water supply channel

Equidistant curve level

Water supply channel

B CA

Figure 38. Optimization of the surface / work (CIRAD).

B CA

Water supply channel

Downstream dikeIntermediate dike

Pond shape Width (m) Length (m) Dikes length (m)

square 10 10 20 + 20 = 40

rectangular

7 14.3 14 + 28.6 = 42.6

5 20 10 + 40 = 50

2 50 4 + 100 = 104

Table IX. Differents shape of a pond of 100 m2.

Page 85: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 6 7

3. PONDSIII.3. ACCORDING THE SLOPE

The orientation of the ponds will vary de-pending on the angle of the slope to minimize earthworks (Figure 40 below).

9 Slopes of 0.5 to 1.5%: The length of the rectangular ponds must be perpendicular to the level lines. This means that ponds must be oriented in the direction of the slope to the bottom follow the natural slope and is not ne-cessary to dig the deepest part.

9 Slope greater than 1.5%: The length of the rectangular ponds should be parallel to the level lines. This means that ponds must be perpendicular to the slope. More the slope in-creases, more ponds must be reduced.

III.4. LAYOUT OF PONDSWhen one wants to install several ponds, there are two possibilities for positioning relative to

each other (Figure 41 below):

9 In series: ponds depend on each other for their water supply, the water running from the up-per ponds to the lower ponds. This system has the advantage of limiting the number of draining and

Figure 39. Example of pond whose shape is adapted to the topography. Here, only two

dikes are needed.

Dike

I = Inlet - O = Outlet

Slope of 1 % Slope of 3 % Slope of 5 %

101.6

101.2

100.8

100.4

100.0

99.6

99.2

101.6

101.2

100.8

100.4

100.0

99.6

99.2

101.2

101.0

100.8

100.6

20 m

20 m

20 m

IO

IO

I

O

IO

IO

Figure 40. Disposition and shape of ponds according the slope.

Figure 41. Layout of ponds. A: In series; B: In parallel.

I = InletO = Outlet

I I I I

O O O O

Water supply

Drain

A B

I

O

O

I

I OO

I

Page 86: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa68 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

supply channels of the ponds. However, the fact that it is the same water which passes in all the ponds can bring problems as for the propagation of diseases. Indeed, if a pond is contaminated, the risk of contamination of the others and to lose all its production is important. There will be also problems during drainings of the ponds. The re-quired slope is also more important in total.

9 In parallèle (Photo B, p. 68): The ponds are independent from each other, each one being supply directly from the supply channel. Wa-ter is not re-used after having crossed a pond. At contrario of ponds in series, it is possible to isolate without problems each ponds, and thus to limit the risks of contamination. Drainings are done independently and the slope is the same for all the ponds.

III.5. SIZE AND DEPTH OF THE PONDSThe ponds are characterized by their size, their form and their depth. We saw in au paragraphe

II.1, p. 45 the calculation of the surface and the volume of a pond.

III.5.1. THE SIZEThe individual size of sunken ponds and diversion ponds can be decided upon by the farmer,

considering the following factors (Table X and Table XI below): 9 Use: A spawning pond is smaller than a nursery pond, which is in turn smaller than a fatte-

ning pond. 9 Quantityoffishtobeproduced:A subsistence pond is smaller than a small-scale commer-

cial pond, which is in turn smaller than a large-scale commercial pond. 9 Level of management: An intensive pond is smaller than a semi-intensive pond, which is in

turn smaller than an extensive pond. 9 Availability of resources: There is no point in making large ponds if there are not enough

resources such as water, seed fish, fertilizers and/or feed to supply them. 9 Size of the harvests and local market demand: Large ponds, even if only partially harves-

ted, may supply too much fish for local market demands.

Typeoffishfarming Area (m2)

Subsistence 100 - 400

Small-scale commercial 400 - 1000

Large-scale commercial 1000 - 5000

Table X. Size of fattening ponds.

Small pond Large pond

Water Small quantity Large quantity

Rapid filling/draining Slow filling/draining

Fish seed Small number Large number

Fertilizer / feed Small amount Large amount

Fish marketing Small harvest Large harvest

Local markets Town markets

Table XI. Resource availability and pond size.

Photo B. Example of rectangular ponds in construction laying in parallel (Liberia)

[© Y. Fermon].

Page 87: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 6 9

3. PONDS

Inthesituationofproductionfishfarming,onewillchoosepondshavingamaximumofsurface of 400 m2.

III.5.2. DEPTHThe fish ponds are generally not very deep. Their maximum depth does not exceed 1.50 m

(Table XII and Figure 42, p. 69). The lower part should have at least 0.50 m in order to limit the growth of the watery plants. Deeper ponds are of a construction much more expensive because the volume of the dams increases quickly with the depth of the pond.

However, it is sometimes necessary to use deeper ponds. In the dry areas, to store enough water to have in dry season for fish is essential.

III.6. DIFFERENCES IN LEVELSIn all the cases, there are some rules which it should not be neglected if one wants to have ponds

easily manageable and completely drainable, supplied with gravity (Figure 43, p. 70).

¾ Water flows down from the highest to the lowest point (A).

¾ The water surface in a pond is always horizontal (B).

¾ The pond bottom should be above the water table at harvest (C).

¾ The bottom of the main water intake should be below the minimum level of the water source (D).

¾ The bottom of the feeder canal should be at or above the maximum pond water level (E).

¾ The pond inlet should be located at or above the maximum pond water level (F).

¾ The start of the pond outlet should be at the lowest point of the pond (G).

¾ The end of the pond outlet should be at or above the water level in the drain (H).

¾ The end of the drain should be at or above the maximum water level in the natural channel (I).

Shallow ponds Deep ponds

Water warms up rapidlyGreat fluctuations of temperatureGreater danger from predatory birdsGreater growth of water plantsSmaller dikes needed

Water temperature more stableLess natural food availablDifficult to capture fish in deep waterStrong, high dikes needed

Table XII. Characteristics of shallow and deep ponds.

Figure 42. Maximal and minimal depth of a pond.

50 cm 150 cm

Page 88: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa70 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

In the case of a diversion pond fed from a stream through a main water intake and a feeder canal, it is easy to determine the difference in level ( (x) (cm) equired between minimum water level at the main intake and maximum water level at the end of the drain (Figure 44, p. 70). One preferably consi-ders a pond a depth of 150 cm. It will be necessary to add there the difference in level necessary between the outlet of the drainage device of the pond and the maximum water level in the channel of draining (b) and the difference in level necessary between the water supply channel of the pond and the maximum water level in the pond (c) as well as the value between the entry and the exit of the drainage device of the pond (e).

Figure 43. The different points for the management of water by gravity. The explanations are given in the text.

A B C

G H I

D E F

Water intake

Inlet

Outlet

Inlet

Drain channel

Drain channelSream

Water supply channel

Figure 44. Level differences.

ac

b

dxx

1a 1b 2

1

3 4 5 6 7 7a 7b 8 9

1: Upstream - Water level: 1a: minimum - 1b: maximum2: Main water intake: same level than upstream3: End of intake channel4: Pond inlet5: Maximum water level in the pond

6: Top of dikes7: Pond outlet - 7a: Start - 7b: End8: Drainage channel9: Downstream - Maximum water level

x = The difference in level required between the minimum water level at the main intake and the maximum water level at the end of the drainage channela = The difference in level required between the top of the dikes and the maximum water level in the pondb = The difference in level required between the end of the pond outlet and the maximum water level in the drainage channelc = The difference in level required between the pond inlet and the maximum water level in the pondd = Maximum depth of the pond (150 cm minimum)

Page 89: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 7 1

3. PONDS

This minimum of difference in level is essential to have completely drainable ponds.

IV. SUMMARY

The ponds will thus be laid out according to a diagram like that indicated on Figure 45 below. Examples are presented Figure 46, p. 72.

Figure 45. Classical plan a diversion ponds.

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

I    = InletO   = Outlel

Stream

Water supply

Water supply channel

Stream used as diversion channel

Water supply channel outflow in 

the stream

Ö We will choose:

Ö Diversion ponds,

Ö Rectangular,

Ö Arranged in parallel,

Ö Size of 100 to 400 m2,

Ö Supply with water by gravity.

x>150+b+c+e

Page 90: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa72

Figure 46. Examplesofdiversionfishfarm.•Watersupplybyastream •One(A)ortwo(B)row(s)ofpondsinparallel •Anaturaldiversionchannel •Optimalwatercontrol

Natural diversion channel

Water supply channel

Stream

A

B

Diversion channel

Water supply channel

Water supply channel

Stream

Page 91: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 7 3

Once the site is chosen, it acts to carry out the construction of the ponds and the associated structures (Figure 47, p. 74). As we saw in the previous chapter, we will be interested here only in di-version pond which is the preferential type to use, but it is clear that these steps are the same ones for another type of pond. It is, however, important to perform this work in dry season.

To build ponds of quality, it is necessary to complete work by steps and in a certain more or less strict order which is briefly described here for a diversion pond of the bypass type.

I. THE DESIGN PLANWith this stage, one studies one or more possible localizations of the ponds. A first selection

is taken minimizing work compared to clear surface. The design is progressive: The assumptions formulated on the filling and the diversion of water are progressively evaluated as to the completion of construction.

The criteria which will be observed throughout installation are mainly: 9 Rise of ground water; 9 The tightness of the dam downstream dike; 9 The behavior of overflows and monks during the flood; 9 The feasibility of the work; 9 Interactions that develop with the surrounding facilities (bins, gardening).

An initial plan is proposed (Figure 25, p. 53 and Figure 48, p. 75). It is a question of writting mea-surements of lower slope and of locating on the plan the position of the various structures to be developed.

Initially, one will partially clean the ground with cutter for a better viewing.Then, one will proceed to the survey of the site. In a general way, this survey is done methodi-

cally, with a regular spacing between the measure points. Each point is materialized on the ground using a level stake. A letter corresponding to the same letter on the future topographic chart is written on the top of the stake. Spacing between the points will depend on the topography of the ground. If the ground is very undulated, the points will be very closed. The first point can be take on the position of the collecting point.

The line of greater slope may be determined as it has been show in paragraphe II.3, p. 54. For that, the highest point will be located, then the lowest. Then one will calculate the slope between these two points.

Chapter 07THE CONSTRUCTION OF PONDS

1.  Laying out plan

2.  Cleaning of the site

3.  Water supply channel

4.  Draining channel

5.  Staking out the pond

6.  Building the dikes

7.  Pond bottom drain laying out

8.  Building inlet, outlet and filtration

9.  Décantation pond

10.  Other structures: Erosion fight, biological plastic, fence

11.  Filling in water and test

Page 92: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa74 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Drainig channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

Assessment

Time

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

7 - 10 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

Figure 47. Settingoffishpond:3.Ponds.

Page 93: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 7 5

3. PONDS

The line of greater slope makes possible to establish the various structures of the fishfarm so that they are most functional possible, particularly from the point of view of the drainage and water sanitation.

The arrangement of the various structures on the topographic map will have to be done by taking into account the cost of construction and operation of the future farm, safety requirements of work, and probable future extension of the farm.

II. THE CLEANING OF THE SITEAfter having delimited and visualized the future site of the fishfarm, the first work will be to clean

this zone. It is necessary to define in a precise way the concerned zone before starting to clear, then, to determine the external corners of the surface containing the ponds, which must completely in-clude the surface occupied by the dikes. One can delimit this zone by stakes out of wooden, ropes or posts. Once this task is achieved, it is necessary to delimit an additional surface, beyond the dikes, which will be used as passage and working area around the site. One is then ready to start (Figure 49, p. 76). That start with:

Ö Clear the zone including the dikes of the ponds by removing it of all the vegetation, the shrubs, the trees (including roots and stocks) and of all the large stones.

Ö Clear the passage and working area around the dikes.

Ö Clear all the trees and shrubs on a area of 10 m around the dikes and the works, around the access roads and the installations of water supply and drainage.

Figure 48. Visualizationbypicketingofthefirstplanofpossiblewatersupply(A,K),pos-sible drainage (C, D, L, M, E, F), of differents valley (level of M towards D), (Figure 25, p. 53)

(CIRAD). In red, limite of work.

source

swamps

land limit

land limit

Staking out dikes and slopes

Staking out the channel

Page 94: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa76 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

All the grasses have to be cutted as for the culture. All the trees must be cutted and their roots remo-ved. If roots are left, the pond will eventually seep. The grasses, the shrubs, all organic matters and the rocks must be removed. One will be able to burn if that is possible. The ground must be very well cleaned before the construction itself does start. Among the elements to be removed, one will find (Figure 50 below and Photo C, p. 77):

9 Woody plants (A), where the roots can cause serious cracks in the fishfarm structures like the devices of water supply and draining.

9 Stocks of trees (B), whose decomposition can weaken the structures by leaving vacuums in the ground.

9 Large stones and rocks (C), whose extraction can prove to be necessary. 9 Termite mounds and burrows of animals (D), which must be completely removed. Then it is

necessary to fill the hole created with clay.

Figure 49. Preparation of the site of the pond.

1 2

Delimit an area then  clear it completely, including a zone of passage from 2 to 3 m

Remove the shrubs and the trees on an of 10 m around

Remove all the vegetation

Figure 50. Cleaning of the site. A and B: Trees; C: Rocks and stones; D: Animals habitats.

A D

C

B

Tree stump

Rocks and stones

Shrubs and trees

BurrowTermite mound

Page 95: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 7 7

3. PONDS

III. WATER SUPPLY: WATER INTAKE AND CHANNELThe water supply includes water intake, the main channel and the small canals which bring water

from the main channel to the pond. The principal water intake are used to regulate overall and to derive the water supply from a pond

or a group of ponds. They have primarily the role to ensure a regular water supply, which may be regulated according to the present conditions.

The water inlets are settled, if possible, against the water current to prevent the transport of ma-terial that the river carries, to the ponds. This canal fed in theory by a constant flow, but adjustable, is made to bring water to the upper part of the ponds built so that their complete draining can be made whatever the level of water in the bottom of the valley. This condition is very important and must be strictly respected. In too often cases where it is not, the ponds are just simple diverticula of rivers whose flood demolish the dike and where the fish enter and leave easily. One makes some surveys to see whether it does not arise particular difficulties (presence of rocks in particular).

The main elements of a water intake are: Ö A diversion structure being used to regulate the level of the watercourse and to ensure that it is

sufficient to feed the water intake without drowning.

Ö A device of regulation of the level of entry (and flow) inside the structure itself, being used to regulate the water supply of the ponds; such a device is generally connected to the transport of water structure;

Ö A structure of protection of the entry, for example stilts to prevent any deterioration of the water intake due to the debris.

One will use an open or free level water intake in which the levels of supply are not controlled and where the water catch functions under all the conditions of flow. This system is simple and relatively cheap, but it generally requires a reliable water supply which does not vary too much.

Photo C. Cleaning of the site. On left: Tree remaining nearby a pond {To avoid}(DRC); On right: Sites before cleaning (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 96: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa78 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

The important points to take into account are the following (Figure 51 and Table XIII below):

Ö The levels of the source of water supply (river, small river…) related to the water supply structure and the ponds themselves.

Ö The depth to which one wishes to collect water (surfaces, low or on all the depth of the water source).

It will have to be made sure that the water level in the supply source is always sufficient to take water with the desired depth. It also should be made sure that the water intake is not likely to be drowned.

The broader the water intake is, the less the pressure loss will be strong when water runs to-wards the ponds. This factor can have importance in the event of very weak load.

In the majority of the cases, however, the water intake has approximately the same width as the supply channel which is connected to him. The size of the supply channel is fixed according to the desired flow. If the supply channel is particularly broad, or if one wants to increase the pressure loss on the level of the water intake (for example, if the external level of water is definitely higher than that necessary in the supply channel), the water intake can be narrower than the supply channel. In general, a narrower intake is easier to regulate. For that, one can install structure simple to build.

After selecting the water intake, the supply channel which will bring water into the ponds have to be arranged (Figure 52, p. 79). This channel has a very weak slope and must be able to bring water throughout the year. One chooses the layout of the channel by stakes a level line on the basis of the base of the water intake until the site where the ponds will be built. Practically, after having esta-blished the layout of the level line, one adopts a definite location according to the ground.

Type of stream Structures required

Small

Flow less than 10 liters/secund

Of diversion Not to be submerged

Dikes in earth Wood/ropes/clay

Wooden fence

No significant flood conditions No need -

Large

Water flow at least twice the flow required

Of diversion To rase water level

Wood or stones dikes, adjustable

Significant flood conditions No need -

Table XIII. Diversion structures to control stream water levels.

B C D E FA

A: Minimum-maximum water level in the stream and in the first part of the channelB: Charge lossC: Minimum-maximum water level in the last part of the channel after the charge lossD: The level of the inlet of the pond have to be lower than the minimum water level in the channelE: The maximum water level have to be check to avoid floodF: The release of the inlet is at 10 cm over the maximum water level of the pond

The water level decrease with the distance

Inlet of the pond PondMain water supply 

Stream

Figure 51. Water levels differences.

Page 97: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 7 9

3. PONDS

It is always necessary to avoid giving a too strong slope to the channel and providing if neces-sary, stones or concreted falls. Then, one carries out the digging and the sloping of the channel. Remember that the channel should be dug dry. The method consisting in digging a channel as water penetrates there, is to be avoided because it systematically results in giving a slope too much strong to the bottom of the channel.

The channels without sealing surface have most of the time a cross section of trapezoidal form, defined by the following elements (Figure 53 below):

9 The width (b) of its bottom (or ceiling) horizontal; 9 The slope (z/l) of the side walls; 9 The maximum depth of water (h); 9 The revenge (f) allowing to avoid any overflow.

The dimensions of the channel are indicated in Table XIV, p. 80. It is essential that the current speed in the channel does not involve the erosion of its walls.

The maximum speed of water varies with the nature of the ground: 0.15 m/s in the fine ground and 1.00 m/s in stones.

If one cannot follow the level line for an unspecified reason and that one must reduce the level of the channel, it is necessary to envisage an oblique fall or or a pipe, but one should not in no case give

Water supply channelFinal layout

Staking out

Figure 52. Setting of the water supply channel.

Figure 53. Transverseprofileofthechannel.Measureandslopeofsides.

f

h

b

z(z = 1.5)

l(l = 1)

Water levelSlope z/l (1.5/1 ou 1.5:1)

Page 98: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa80 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

to the channel a too strong slope. So, despite these precautions, the water of the channel is turbid, it should be provided on the water course of the mud tanks or conceived widenings in such way that the current velocity is enough low there, to allow the deposit of the suspended matter.

After the last checks of the definite location, one can carry out the earthwork of the dry channel, while starting where one wants, according to the needs for the moment. This operation is done in three times (Figure 54 below):

1. First, to dig the central part with distant vertical walls of a width equal to the width of the bottom, then one adjusts the slope longitudinally along the bottom, and one proceeds to the cut of the slopes (sloping).

2. Be carefull to leave in place (in the axis or on the edges) the stakes whose tops must be used

Table XIV. Channel dimensions.

Small farm Medium farm

A few l/s 20-50 l/s

Bottom width 20 to 30 cm 50 cm

Water depth 20 to 40 cm 60 to 80 cm

Side slope 1.5:1 1.5:1

Top width 60 to 100 cm 150 to 180 cm

Bottom slope 0 1 ‰ (1 cm per 10 m)

Figure 54. Channel digging.Photo D. Channel during the digging (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon].

Cnttre line Centre line

Bottom width Bottom width

Cut out sides of channel

Bottom width

Rope

Rope

Dig out remaining 

10 cm of earth

Leave 10 cm of earth 

at the bottom

Mark the line of the channel 

with centre, slope and bottom stakes

Leave sections of 

earth

Stretch a rope along the bottom stakes

Move the rope out to the slope 

stakes

Remove sections of 

earth

Cut out sides of channel

Check cross-section with wooden 

gauge

Remove centre and bottom 

stakes

Stakes

Masons level

Final channel bottom

Page 99: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 8 1

3. PONDSas reference mark for the depth and to reject the excavated materials downwards in order to avoid a possible overflow during floods.

3. One adjusts the slope longitudinally to the bottom.

When, in certain places of the course, the channels must be deepened, the same gauge is used to check as the constant width of the ceiling and the regular slope of the banks was respected strictly, in the major part of the channel.

Conversely, when the channel must pass by some high points and hillside, the depth of the ear-thwork will be lower and the installation of a bench on the side of the channel is necessary. This one will be built out of perfectly compacted ground and the peak, of a sufficient width, will have to reach everywhere the same level above the wetted cross section.

The installation of the water falls intended to bring back the slope of the channel to the accep-table maximum, must always be made before the first setting in water, in order to eliminate all the risks from erosion. On the other hand, the installation of the overflows, the settling basins and the ditches of guard for the drainage of rain, if they are necessary, is less urgent.

To finish, it should be noted that the process which consists in digging a channel (backwards) by small sections starting from the river until the sufficient depth so that water runs there, systematically leads to give too much slope to the channel. This process is not dadvisable.

IV. DRAINAGE: CHANNEL OF DRAINING AND DRAINAGEThe site and the layout of the channel of draining are in general easier to determine (Figure 55

below). The ponds must be able to be emptied throughout the year without remaining there any water pool. For that, it is necessary that the bottom of the channel of draining is much lower than the bottom of the pond (Figure 56 below). This channel is built, generally, once the pond finished. Howe-ver, it is included here because the way of carrying it out is identical to that of the supply channel.

To take the bed of the valley as channel of draining is risky. Indeed, if during the floods, the water level in the valley is higher than the bottom of the pond, one will not be able to use the bed of the valley like channel of draining. If, on the contrary, this water level is permanently lower than the bottom of the pond, one will be able to use the bed of the valley like channel of draining. It is also preferable to set up a channel of drainage around the zone of the ponds. Now, the following stage will be to fix the site of the ponds on the area between the supply channel and the position of the channel of draining.

Water supply channel

Drain channel

Location of the pond

Figure 55. Setting of draining channel.

A

B

Lower level than that of the pond

Sometimes upper than that of the pond

Figure 56. Level of draining channel.

Page 100: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa82 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

V. THE PICKETING OF THE PONDOn the area delimited by the draining and

water supply channels, one can now delimit the ponds. This operation is called the picketing or staking. It must allow to represent the site of the dikes as well as dimensions and the heights of the dikes with stakes. It will thus be necessary to respect, thereafter, these dimensions during work (Figure 57 below and Photo E opposite).

The staking is done using stakes which must have a sufficient height to allow spoil or fill later without risk to discover the buried ends or to cover the air ends. One will on the whole have 4 rows of pegs for the main dike and the 2 side dikess and 3 for the upstream dike. These stakes will be spaced from each other of 2 m. A spacing between the rows of pegs will be func-tion of dimensions of the dikes.

Water supply channel

Drain channel

Location of the pond

Water supply channel

Drain channel

Location of the pond

Figure 57. Picketing of the pond and the dikes.

Photo E. Stakes during the building of the dikes (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 101: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 8 3

3. PONDS

VI. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE DIKESIt is not enough to dig a hole to have a pond: after having delimited the site of the pond, it is ne-

cessary to build carefully the quite tight dikes around. The dikes are the essential parts of the pond, on them will depend solidity on the pond, its capacity to retain water…

It should be remembered that it is necessary, initially, to remove the plate of the pond and the site of the dikes of all the debris which could be there: roots, plants, stones… One also removes the surface layer of the ground, (i.e. the layer of cultivated ground), where the dam must be built, to avoid the water escapes through the base of the dike when the pond is underwater. Most of the time, one forgets to strip the ground before the construction of the dikes. This almost always causes im-portant water escapes and consequently, an increased requirement of water (Figure 58 above).

For a diversion pond, one distinguishes (Figure 59 above): 9 The upstream dike parallel to the supply channel, 9 Lateral dikes, perpendicular to the upstream dike and the main dike and supporting on their

walls (berms), the pressure of water from two nearby ponds, and

Figure 58. Cleaning of the zones where the dikes will be build.

Intermediate dikes  between neighboring ponds

Peripheral dikes

Downstream

Upstream

Lateral

Figure 59. Definitionofthedifferenttypes of dikes.

1 m

1 m

1 m 1 m2 m

Side Base

Intern

Crest

Height

Extern

Figure 60. Description and proportion of a dike (of 1 m high).

Page 102: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa84 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

9 The main dike, that downstream, which supports of its slope upstream the greatest pres-sure of water of the pond. The latter must be thickest and highest.

A dike comprises five principal parts (Figure 60 below): 9 The foundation or bases, 9 The body, 9 The bench or top, 9 The slopes, 9 The height.

Any dike must have the following properties:

Ö It must be able to resist the water pressure created by the height of the water mass retained in the pond (Figure 61 below).

Ö It must be sufficiently high to prevent water from flowing out, which would quickly cause to destroy it (Figure 62 below).

Ö It must be impermeable, and the infiltrations through the dike must be reduced to the minimum.

If the soil contains a lot of sand, it is advisable to trench in the center, throughout each dike, to the layer of impermeable ground, in order to replace the sandy and permeable ground by an imper-meable clay core which goes until the top of the dike. The dikes thus built are tight and more solids. This technique of anchoring of the dike wich not request too much work is advised for construction of ponds and whatever the type of soil used for construction (Figure 63, p. 85).

It is generally useless to provide an intermediate dike, which separates two ponds, a solidity comparable with that of a peripheral dike, insofar as the water pressure is practically equal on both sides. However, if a pond should be emptied whereas the other remains full, the variations of pres-sure will be close to those observed on the peripheral dikes, and will have to be envisaged a more solid construction.

The dimensions of the dikes depend on the surface of the pond. The foundation of the dike is function of the height of water in the pond. The slope of the embankment is function of the quality of the soil. It can thus vary from 1 per 3 (that is to say 33 %) for a soft ground to 2 per 3 (66%) for a

Unequal water pressure

Stronger dike needed

Dike may be less strong

Equal water pressure

Figure 61. Pressure difference on a dike.

Figure 62. Dikes. A: Good high; B: Dikes too small.

BA

Strong rainfallStrong rainfall

Water go inside the pond

Dikes break down

High dikes

Fish escape

Page 103: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 8 5

3. PONDSsoil of better bearing pressure. The bench or top of the dike must have a width higher than 1 m to allow later handling of the seine during fishings. An establishment of the dike starts with the es-tablishment of the foundation.

The downstream-dike which surround the fishfarming site is the object of a pressure exer-ted by the water of the ponds. Water saturates the soil in bottom with the dike (Figure 64, p. 85). The downstream-dike must be made conse-quently to avoid any infiltration. On the sandy soils, it must have a base broader than on the argillaceous soils.

When water, in its way, meets a ground wa-ter located low, the water of the basement of the pond is in balance with the expanse of water since it lost its pressure. In this successful case, there is no more infiltration once the water-log-ged soil with water.

The calculation of the height of the dam to be built should take into account (Figure 65 op-posite):

9 Desired depth of water in the pond.

9 Freeboard, i.e. upper part of the dike which should never be immersed. It varies from 25 cm for the very small ponds in derivation to 100 cm (1 m) for the barrage ponds without di-version canal.

9 The dike height that will be lost during settlement, taking into account the compres-sion of the subsoil by the dike weight and the settling of fresh soil material. This is the settle-ment allowance which usually varies from 5 to 20 % of the construction height of the dike.

Accordingly, two types of dike height may be defined (Figure 66 opposite):

ÖThe design height DH, which is the height the dike should have after settling down to safely provide the necessary water depth in the pond. It is obtained by adding the water depth and the freeboard.

ÖThe construction height CH, which is the height the dike should have when newly built and before any settlement takes place. It is equal to the design height plus the settlement height.

The construction height (CH in cm or m) sim-ply from the design height (DH in cm or m) and the settlement allowance (SA in %) as follows:

CH = DH / [(100 - SA) / 100]

Figure 63. Digging of the cut-off trench for clay core.

Figure 64. Clay core and saturation of the dikes.

Water line

Clay core

Clay core lowers saturation line 

Hydraulic gradients

8:14:1

8:1

Depth of water

Settlement (dike heigh lost)Freeboard (25 - 100 cm)

Figure 65. High of a dike. Depth; Freeboard; Settlement.

CHDH WD

FBSH

(100)

(30)

(15%)

(130){153}

Figure 66. Highofthestructure(definitionsand example in the texte).

Page 104: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa86 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

If the maximum water depth in a diversion pond of medium size is 100 cm and the freeboard 30 cm, the design height of the dike will be DH = 100 + 30 = 130 cm. If the settlement allowance is estimated to be 15%, the required construction height will be:

CH = 130 / [(100 - 15) / 100] = 130 / 85 = 153 cm.

A dike rests on its base. It should taper upward to the dike top, also called the crest or crown. The thickness of the dike thus depends on:

Ö The width of the crest; and. Ö The slope of the two sides.

The dike must make 4 m at the base for a minimum 1 m of height, globally. The slope of the dike at the bottom of the slope of the pond is more important to limit erosion and to allow an easier access to the bottom of the pond (Figure 60, p. 83, Figure 66 and Table XV below). The width of the top of the dike is related to the depth of water and the part which the dike must play for circulation and/or transport:

Figure 67. Dimension of a dike.

(0.40)

(> 1.00 m)

(1.00)

{2:1}

{1.5:1}

Water depth

Wet side slope

Dry side slope

Clayey soils

Increase as sand increase

Crest width at least equals water depth

Crest

Surface (m2) 200 400 - 600

Quality of soil Good Fair Good Fair

Water depth (max m) 0.80 1.00

Freeboard (m) 0.25 0.30

Height of dike (m) 1.05 1.30

Top width (m) 0.60 0.80 1.00

Dry side, slope (SD) (outside) 1.5:1 2:1 1.5:1

Wet side, slope (SW) (inside) 1.5:1 2:1 2:1

Base width (m) 4.53 6.04 6.36 8.19

Settlement allowance (%) 20 20 15 15

Construction height (m) 1.31 1.31 1.53 1.53

Cross-section area (m2)3.36 4.48 5.63 7.26

Volume per linear m (m2)

Table XV. Examples fo dimension of dikes.

Page 105: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 8 7

3. PONDS

Ö It should be at least equal to the water depth, but not less than 0.60 m in clayey soil or 1 m in somewhat sandy soil.

Ö It should be even wider as the amount of sand in the soil increases. Ö It should be safe for the transport you plan to use over it.

In individual ponds, dikes have two faces, the wet side inside the pond and the dry side or ex-ternal side (Figure 67, p. 86). These two sides should taper from the base to the top at an angle that is usually expressed as a ratio defining the change in horizontal distance (z in m) per metre of vertical distance as, for example, 2:1 or 1.5:1. In a dike with side slope 2:1, for each 1 m of height, the base width increases on each side by 2 x 1 m = 2 m.

The side slopes of each dike should be determined bearing in mind that: 9 The steeper the slope, the more easily it can be damaged; 9 As the soil becomes more sandy, its strength decreases, and slopes should be more gentle; 9 As the size of the pond increases, the size of the waves increases and erosion becomes

stronger; 9 As the slope ratio increases, the volume of earthwork increases, and the overall land area

required for the ponds increasesUsually side slopes of dikes vary from 1.5:1 à 3:1, which 18° to 45° (Figure 68 and Table XVI

above), depending on local conditions for ponds of 100 to 600 m2. The slope of the dry side can be made steeper than the slope of the wet side.

The care taken to the construction of the dikes is an essential component of the lifespan of the ponds (Figure 69, Figure 70 and Figure 71, p. 88 and Photo F, p. 89).

To build the dikes, one digs the ground of the major part of the pond: one removes the too sandy ground (A). The good argillaceous soil is transported and compacted wet, by a compactor or while rolling a barrel of 200 l filled with water on the site of the dikes.

Each layer of good 10 cm thickness wet argillaceous soil (not containing vegetable nor large stones) is vigorously rammed (B). If one rams a layer of too thick soil, the ground will not be well pac-ked in-depth. The ground will be well compacted and dikes well seals if the dikes are built according to this technique called “in staircase”. One uses a compactor, a barrel, or a roller for compacting each stair well, one after the other. The majority of the water escapes are due to a bad compaction, in particular above the outlet. Each stair, of decreasing width from the bottom to the top, is rammed and compacted vigorously (C). After having assembled the dike, step by step, until the height of desired water (0.6 to 1.2 m) according to the type of pond (laying, stocking with fish, parent) and without forgetting the height of the freeboard of 0.25 m, it is enough to flatten the edges of the steps with a wooden handle.

In the very argillaceous soils, the soil is more difficult to work and some prefer to build the dikes with blocks of ground which they cut in the ground. The sandy grounds are easier to work and are crumbled in the hands: they are very permeable and are less appropriate for fishfarm (D). To build dikes on clay soils, one proceeds in the same way, (method of the staircase) but one moves the ground by cut mound, removed the vegetable top layer and the large vegetable debris (E). With a little water, each argillaceous lump of earth is sticks to neighboring clumps and form a solid and im-permeable paste, which strongly adheres to the clay soil on which the dike is built. One often forgets

Slope

Ratio Pourcentage Degrees

1:1 45 100

1.5:1 34 66

2:1 27 50

2.5:1 22 40

3:1 18 33

Table XVI. Expression of values of slope ac-cording the chosen unit.

1:12:1

3:1

1.5:1

1.5:1

1 m

Axe

1 m 1 m 1 m 1 m1 m1 m 1 m 1 m 1 m

1.50 m

1 m

Figure 68. Calculation of the slope of the dikes.

Page 106: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa88 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

to clean the lumps thus causing useless water escapes through the dikes. After having deposited side by side the lumps of earth all along the dike to be built, one sprinkles and one crushes each stair over all his length so that each argillaceous lump of earth is stick to its neighbors (F). Moreover, one will use a roller or a barrel of 200 liters filled with water or a compactor for compacting the dike well over all his length.

If the dikes of the pond are well built with adapted soil, the pond will be able to last more than twenty years with little maintenance.

Either during construction, one leaves space for the structures of inlet and outlet, or those are made at the same time. One will see later on how to build them.

Once the dikes are built, one will be able to deal with the plate or bottom of the pond.

A B C

D E F

Figure 69. Construction of the dikes (I). A, B and C: Traditionnal; D, E and F: By blocks.

Figure 70. Construction the dikes (II). Figure 71. Preparation of the bottom.

Water supply channel

Drain channel

Water supply channel

Drain channel

Page 107: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 8 9

3. PONDS

VII. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PLATE (BOTTOM)The pond having to be completely empty without remaining water puddle pools there, one ar-

ranges the bottom or the plate in soft slope towards the outlet (Figure 72 below). The construction of the bottom of the plate is done by clearing the bumps to remain slightly in

top of the projected dimensions. For the embankments, a particular care is given here to the com-paction and the choice of the quality of the soil to be used, because one is in a case similar to that of the supply channel which is permanently submerged.

In the case of small ponds, the bottom must be with a soft slope (0.5 to 1.0%), since the water inlet to the outlet, to ensure an easy and complete dry setting of the pond. One must always make sure that the entry of the outlet is slightly below the lowest point of the bottom of the pond.

For the ponds whose surface is rather important (more than 4 ares) the installation of ditches of drainage towards the emptying device is very useful. It is preferable to ensure a complete dry setting by a network of not very deep ditches of draining and having a slope of 0,2 %, rather than to seek to create a slope on all the plate of the pond.

When the bottom of the plate is entirely regularized, one will carry out the digging of the drains converging of the edges towards the zone of draining. The drains are small channels built to facilitate

Photo F. Dikes. On left: Slope badly made, destroed by erosion (DRC)[© Y. Fermon]; On right: Construction (Ivory Coast) [© APDRA-F](CIRAD).

Figure 72. The bottom or plate. Direction of the slope (A) anddrainsetting:Inray(B);As«fishbones»(C).

I

I I

OO

O

I = InletO = Outlet

B CA

Page 108: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa90 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

the total evacuation of water. All the various operations are carried out by respecting the data of the plan and the level stakes. One can lay out the drains (Figure 72, p. 89):

9 In ray starting from the outlet, or 9 In “fish-bones”.

The ditches of draining must be all connected to a harvesting pit dug in the deepest part of the pond, usually in front of the outlet, where all the fish can be gathered for harvest (Figure 73 below).

It is necessary not to forget to include the following differences in level (Figure 74 below): 9 Between the end of the ditch of draining and the bottom of the harvesting pit (at least 20 cm). 9 Between the bottom of the harvesting pit and the bottom of the outlet (at least 10 cm).

VIII. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE POND INLET AND OUTLETIt is a question, here, of seeing which are the inlet and outlet of the water of the ponds, i.e. how

to get water in the ponds and how to empty them completely, while managing these inflows and outflows of water.

VIII.1. POND INLET STRUCTURESInlet structures are built to control the amount of water flowing into the pond at all times. There

are three main types of inlet structures: 9 Pipe inlets, 9 Open gutter inlets, 9 Canal inlets.

When designing and constructing an inlet structure, one should pay particular attention to the following points: (Figure 75, p. 91):

Ö The inlet have to be placed at the shallow end of the pond.

Ö The bottom level has to be at the same level as the bottom of the water supply channel and ideally at least 10 cm above the maximum level of the water in the pond.

Ö The inlet structure have to be horizontal, with a minimum to no slope.

Ö The structure have to be arranged so that water splashes and mixes as much as possible when entering the pond.

Ö The structure have to be made to avoid the entry in the undesirable aquatic animal or fish in the pond.

Figure 73. Bottom drain.

Harvesting pit

Fish-bone pattern

Monk

Figure 74. Cross cut of a pond at the bottom drain.

Normal water level

Pond bottom (± no slope)

Bottom drain (slope 0.2 %)

Harvesting pit (pente 0.5 %)

10 cm20 cm

Monk with screen in place

Crest of dike

Drainage channel

Sloping outlet pipe

Page 109: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 9 1

3. PONDS

VIII.1.1. PIPE INLETSPipe inlets can be made from various ma-

terials, depending on the water supply required and the inside diameter of the pipe (Figure 76 opposite). Usually, pipe inlets extend for about 60 to 100 cm beyond the edge of the water sur-face of the pond when it is full, and they should be at least 10 cm above the final water level. One will mainly use PVC pipe or plastic, which are resistant and do not deteriorate easily. In the cases where they are not available, bamboo can be used.

Bamboo pipesmake cheap and good inlets whenever locally available (Figure 77 opposite). They can be used in several ways for filling small ponds, for example:

9 Without modification, the water flow being regulated upstream;

9 With the inclusion of a mobile plate for flow regulation;

9 With modification for improving water quality.

VIII.1.2. GUTER INLETSGutter inlets usually extend for about 1 m

over the water surface when the pond is full (Fi-gure 78, p. 92). They can be made simply from va-rious materials such as (Figure 79, p. 92):

9 Bamboo: by cutting a bamboo culm lengthwise in half and cleaning out the partition walls. The diameter is usually limited to 10 cm or less;

9 Wood: by assembling three boards to form a rectangular gutter. A flow-regulating gate can easily be added;

9 Metal: by bending lengthwise a galvanized iron sheet into a semi-circular gutter. The flow should be regulated upstream.

Figure 75. Cross cut of the inlet of a pond.

Bottom of the water supply channel

Inlet Bottom of inlet 10 cm above maximum water level

Shallow end of the pond

Bottom of the inlet at the same level as bottom of the water supply channel

Figure 76. Pipe inlet.

Metal plate to open and close pipe

Oblique cut

Flow

Flow

Pipe blocked at end

Figure 77. End of bamboo pipe.

Page 110: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa92 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

VIII.1.3. CANAL INLETSA small open canal can be built to connect

the water supply channel to the pond (Figure 80 opposite). There are several possibilities such as:

9 Digging a small earthen canal, with a tra-pezoidal section;

9 Building a small lined canal, with a rec-tangular section and using either wood, bricks or concrete blocks. Small parallel walls are built on a light foundation along the sides of the canal. If necessary, two pairs of grooves are added to regulate the water flow with thin boards and to keep unwanted fish out with a sliding screen.

VIII.1.4. SOME ADDITIONAL POINTS ■ THE OxYGENATION OF WATER

One can rather simply increase oxygen in water at the inlet of a pond when water falls in the pond. The principle is to increase the surface of contact between the air and water. The mixture of atmospheric oxygen to water improves as:

9 The drop height of water increases, 9 The width of the water and the surface of contact with the air increases, 9 The lapping and the fragmentation of water in fine droplets increase.

If water feeds the pond through a pipe, one can improve oxygenation: 9 By adding an elbow of 90º at the end of the pipe, opening upwards; 9 While placing a vertical filter perforated on the reversed end of the pipe; 9 By fixing a horizontal perforated screen so that it curves around the end of the pipe and

exceeds it slightly.If the feed water falls vertically in the pond via a device in overhang, one will be able to improve

oxygenation by putting under the jet a horizontal, plane or undulated panel, which will break the jet.

■ THE LIMITATION OF THE EROSION OF THE PONDIt is essential to position under the water arrival, blocks of stones which will avoid growing hollow

in this place of the pond.

Split bamboo gutter 

Wooden gutter

Board water control

Corrugated metal gutter 

Figure 78. Gutter inlet.

Corrugated metal gutter 

About1m

Figure 79. Different types of gutter.

Figure 80. Canal inlet.

Page 111: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 9 3

3. PONDSVIII.1.5. THE FILTRATIONAt the inlet, filtering devices of water are usually used:

9 To improve water quality by reducing turbidity and while allowing to eliminate certain organic matters in suspension, such as vegetable debris.

9 To limit the wild fish introduction, which can take food, transmit infections and diseases and reduce the production of the ponds. The carnivorous species can destroy the fish stock, in particular smaller ones.

It is possible to make various types of more or less effective structures and more or less heavy to implement. Initially, one can put a rather coarse stopping like a grid, on the level of the general water supply channel or the pond to prevent the large debris to pass into the ponds. For the aquatic animals, one will use finer structures. Often, simple net, sometimes mosquito net, were used on the inlet (Photo G below). However, either these grids are filled very quickly and thus require a daily

cleaning, or they are destroyed because not solid enough. One can indeed set up more elaborate structures, but which often require higher over-costs. However, it is possible to set up a system simple, not too expensive and requiring a regular but nonconstraining maintenance, may be only one to twice a year, if water is rather clear. It is a question of making pass the water by gravels, then by sand filter (Figure 81 and Photo H, p. 93).

If the feed water is too turbide and char-ged in sediment, it is possible to set up a filter decantation before its arrival in the pond,. The principle is simple. It is enough to install a small

Photo G. Exampleofnonefficientscreenatthe inlet of a pond (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon].

Water

Wire netting

To fill with the filtering masses

Concrete Water supply channel

Pond

Dikes

GravelFiltering mass

Sand

Wild fishes

Debris

Figure 81. Diagramofanexampleofsandfilter.

Photo H. ExampleoffilterssetattheinletofapondinLiberia[©Y.Fermon].

Page 112: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa94 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

basin upstream and to make water pass there to low flow. The particles will settle to the bottom of the basin which will have to be emptied with saturation. The water which will arrive at the pond will be then clear. This will be later on explained.

VIII.2. POND OUTLET STRUCTURESA fishpond of built well must be able to be emptied completely through an outlet device adapted

to the dimensions of the pond.Before starting the construction of the dikes themselves, it is necessary to envisage the instal-

lation of an outlet device. Preferably, one will install the system of draining at the same time as the construction of the dikes, by leaving the necessary space, or before the dikes.

Two main reasons justify the construction of outlet structures: Ö To keep the water surface in the pond at its optimum level, which usually coincides with the

maximum water level designed for the pond; Ö To allow for the complete draining of the pond and harvesting of the fish whenever necessary.

In addition to these major functions, a good outlet should also ensure as far as possible that: Ö The amount of time necessary to drain the pond completely is reasonable; Ö The flowofthedraining water is as uniform as possible to avoid disturbing the fish excessively; Ö There is nolossoffish, especially during the draining period; Ö Water can be drained from the top, bottom or intermediate levels of the pond; Ö Any reasonable excess of water is carried away; Ö The outlet can be easily cleaned and serviced; Ö The construction cost and maintenance are relatively low.

In most cases, outlets have three main elements:

9 A collecting area on the inside of the pond, from which the water drains and into which the stock is collected for harvest;

9 The water control itself, including any drain plugs, valves, control boards, screens and gates;

9 A means for getting the water to the outside of the pond such as a pipe or a cut through the wall, and/or an overflow structure. In both cases, a protected area on the outside of the wall must prevent the drain water from scouring the walls or drainage channel.

Pond outlets can be built in various ways, using different materials such as bamboo, wood, bricks, cement blocks or concrete. There are four main types:

9 Simple cuts through the dike;

9 Simple pipelines and siphons;

9 Sluices dikes;

9 Monks.

In several handbooks, one recommends that a simple pipe is enough: it can be in bamboo, PVC, wood, iron or concrete and of a diameter of at least 100 mm for the small ponds from 3 to 5 ares. The interior diameter of draining will determine the capacity of flow of the structure. However, in practice, it appears that above 100 m2 (or 1 are), the monk is most reliable and allows a good management of the water of the ponds. For the lower ponds (storage, stocking with fish), one will be able to use pipes. So only the two preferential methods of draining will be shown here.

VIII.2.1. PIPE OUTLETSOne will choose the size and the quality of the pipes which it is advisable to use according to the

surface of the pond and the necessary diameters. Diameters from 5 to 10 cm is enough for ponds to size lower than 100 m2. The pipes can be in bamboo, galvanized metal or plastic (PVC). An outlet can be a straight of low diameter. It is important that the pipes used for this purpose are installed at the lowest point of the pond, before the dike is not built. The method with a pipe which is the best to control the height of water is that to use a turn-down stand-pipe.

Page 113: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 9 5

3. PONDSThis pond outlet is made of three rigid plastic parts:

9A slightly sloping base pipeline, made for example of one or more PVC pipes running through the dike,

9A vertical pipe, which reaches up to the maximum water level;

9A 90°-elbow, which connects these two pipes. It can be glued to the vertical pipe with plastic cement, but need not be unless the fit is very loose. The connection to the base pipe is unglued, but can be greased with a suitable ma-terial such as mineral grease, lard or palm soap.

This type of outlet can be set up either in-side the pond, in front of the dike or outside the pond, at the back of the dike, in which case you need a screen at the inner end of the base pipe. It is usually best to have the vertical pipe inside the pond to reduce the risk of blocking the ho-rizontal pipe and to control leakage (Figure 82 below).

If possible, design the opening of the ho-rizontal pipe to be at least 10 cm below the lowest point in the pond. One can carefully fix the vertical pipe at the steel stake located in front with a rope or a chain, which avoid acci-dental movements. One will place at the end of the vertical pipe a narrowly adjusted netting.

To regulate the water level in the pond, it is just enough to set the pipe at the required angle by turning it up or down. Then, one have just to fix it in the set position with the chain or rope.

Figure 82. Turn-down pipe inside pond outlet.

Lower pipe to empty pond

Partially empty

Maximum water level Maximum water level

Completely empty

Drainage of the water

Water level

Drain pipe

Downstream dike

Drain pipe

Downstream dikeProtection of the pipe

Steel post

Attach pipe to steel post

90° elbowUnglued

Wooden board

Concrete anchor will hold pipe firm

Pipe with screen at water level

10 cm

Page 114: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa96 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

To drain the pond, one will turn the vertical pipe down progressively, following the water level as it drops. When it has reached the horizontal position, one will just remove the elbow pipe from the end of the horizontal pipe to end the draining of the pond and harvest the fish.

It is possible to use this system for handling normal overflow water, because any surplus in the pond above the selected pipe level will automatically drain.

VIII.2.2. THE MONK OUTLETThe monk is one of the oldest and most common pond draining structures.

The monk is a U-shaped pipe towards the interior of the pond, and prolonged at his base by a drain. Water is evacuated by this drain under the dike. The structure is built at the deepest point of the pond. The monk includes two side and a back. Two or three parallel grooves arranged vertically on each side can receive small boards of wood which, by juxtaposing each other, closes the monk on the open side towards the interior of the pond. Space between the first two lines of small boards is stuffed with clay, to make this part watertight. In the third possible pair of grooves, grids replaced small board and prevent the escape of fish during drainings. This third pair of grooves is very useful in practice especially at the end of the draining. Indeed, when one reaches the last water fringe at the bottom of the pond, the capture of fish accumulated in front of the opening of the monk always does not leave time as well as possible to manage the first two pairs of small boards, and the presence of the grids in the third consequently appears salutary.

The pond water level is easily controlled and adjusted. It can function as an overflow. It simplifies the fish harvest. In addition, a monk is more easily to use, and it is more economical to build if the pond dike is large. However, it has the disadvantage of not being very simple to construct, particu-larly if it is built with bricks or concrete.

The complete monk outlet consists of (Figure 83 below):

9 A vertical three-sided tower (called the monk), usually as high as the outlet dike;

9 A pipeline running through the dike, which is sealed to the back of the tower at its base;

9 A foundation for the tower and the pipeline; and

9 Grooves to fix the wooden boards and screens which form the fourth side of the monk.

Similar to any other outlet, the monk is generally built on the side of the pond opposite the water inlet. It may be placed either in the middle of the dike or, when the water drains, for example, in a catch basin common to two adjacent ponds, in a corner of the dike (Figure 84, p. 97).

The foundation of the monk is built by taking account of the later pressure of water on the structure, and especially of the levels to respect to ensure the gravitating draining of the pond. In any case, the base of the monk in front of the draining pipe will have to be slightly in lower part of the lowest point of the plate of the pond, and of course, higher than the maximum level of the bed of the river of drainage.

Figure 83. Composition of a monk.

Wire netting

Wooden plates

Clay

Drainage of the water

Verticale tower

Foundation

PipelineGrooves

Page 115: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 9 7

3. PONDSThe monk can be built either into the

dike or freestanding some distance into the pond (Figure 85 below):

Ö If the monk is built into the dike, water infiltration through the dike will be more common and access to the outlet will be easier for poachers. To prevent soil from entering the monk, you will have to build an additional protective wing on both sides, but servicing the monk will be ea-sier;

Ö If the monk is built on the pond bottom in front of the inside toe of the dike, you will need a longer pipeline, but access to the monk will be through a removable ca-twalk and tampering with it will be much more difficult.

Monks can be built in wood, bricks or concrete depending mainly on the availability of materials, their cost, the local technical expertise and the size of the structure.

The most difficult type of monk to build is the brick monk. It requires a very skilled mason to make it so that it is leak-proof. If not done properly, the mortar surfacing will have to be redone frequently, increasing maintenance costs. Generally, wooden and concrete monks are cheaper and easier to build. The following are some points to remember when one build a monk:

Ö The pipeline should be laid down before building the dike and the monk tower.

Ö A solid foundation have to be built to avoid future problems.

Ö A particular attention have to be paid to the junction of the monk tower to its foundation; the junction of the pipeline to the back of the monk tower; the finishing of the monk’s grooves.

Ö A reasonable slope to the pipeline have to be made, preferably 1.5 to 2 percent.

Ö If several monks have to be build on the fish farm, one have to try to standardize their type and size as much as possible; and, for concrete monks, one need to prepare strong forms and re-use them if possible.

Ö One have to provide a separate overflow wherever there is danger of uncontrolled entry of flood water into the pond.

Figure 84. Position of the monk in the pond.

Water supply channel

Drainage channel

Monk in the middle

Monk in a corner

Figure 85. Position of the monk according the downstream dike. A: Integrated in the dike; B: Inside the pond.

Top of the dike

Top of the dike

DikeOutlet Outlet

Dike

MonkMonk

A B

Page 116: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa98 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

■ WOODEN MONK OUTLETSA simple monk outlet can be built entirely of wood. It is the easiest and cheapest type of monk to

construct, although you need to be careful to ensure its watertightness and its durability. The height of a wooden monk should be limited to 2 m (Figure 86 below).

5 x 5 cm posts 5 x 5 cm posts

3 x 5 cm cross-support

Inside dimensions

≈ 20 x 22 cm

Inside dimensions 

≈ 28 x 46 cm

Oblique brace

Pipeline

27 cm30 cm

100 à 120 cm

Pipeline

50 cm50 cm

150 cm

A B

Figure 86. Wooden monk. Small (A) and medium (B) size.

Page 117: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 9 9

3. PONDSTo build a monk out of wooden, it is necessa-

ry to choose a heavy and durable wood, resistant to water. The durability of wood can be improved by application of a discarded engine oil or pre-servative. One should not however forget to wash wood before putting the fish in the pond.

It is necessary to use small planks without knots, from 3 to 5 cm thickness. Thus, one will need approximately 0.4 m3 of wood for a 2 m height monk.

In the majority of the cases, it is not necessary to envisage foundations as they are very light, al-though in the presence of less stable grounds it can be indicated to envisage simple piles of woo-

den for foundation. Usually, it is sufficient to build them on light foundations, for example flagstones of paving or simple wood piles or rather broad boards posed flat on the bottom of the pond.

Both the small- and the medium-size monks are composed of boards nailed or screwed to-gether, so that the face turned towards the pond is open. It is preferable to screw a post of anchoring on each side of the column. It is necessary first of all to insert these two posts until a sufficient depth in the bottom of the pond, then to screw them with the monk.

If one wants to improve solidity of the work, it is possible to add an oblique brace to each side, supporting the upper part of the column against the drain.

Instead of using standard elements of concrete or plastic drain, one can entirely build a drain in wood (Figure 87 above). It is enough for this purpose assembling by nails or screws four boards assembled out of rectangular box. One carefully fixes the drain thus carried out on a well compacted soil and one hides it under the dike.

■ SMALL BRICK, CONCRETE BLOCK AND CONCRETE MONK OUTLETSMonks of up to 1.5 m in height, fixed to pipelines up to 25 to 30 cm in diameter, can be built

using single- thickness brick and mortar. Although taller and wider monks can be built, they require a double-width base and good bracing for stability and strength, and so become too heavy and expensive for most purposes.

The rules of construction to be observed for small monks are:

Ö The monks in bricks and breeze blocks must have interior surfaces carefully finished, covered of a coating. This technique revealed three major problems:

1. The breeze blocks are hollow and rough-casting is exhausted quickly. Escapes, not easily reparable, appear on the growing old monks.

2. The monk is often unnecessarily tall within sight of the flow which the pipe can evacuate (what requires of the rather long and relatively expensive boards to close the monk).

3. It is impossible to carry out two of the same width monks being able to use the same grids or the same boards.

On the other hand, this construction is not expensive.

Ö For concrete structures, it is necessary to request the services of a qualified mason. The quality of execution must indeed be excellent to guarantee the durability of the work.

At the beginning, the construction of the formwork was done on site. Construction on site of for-mwork made it possible to make the concrete which took the shape of a monk to the release from the mould. This technique presented a difficulty at the time of its implementation. The construction of the mould on the spot proved to be delicate, the sometimes hazardous dismantling and the problematic recovery of the boards. What increased much the cost of construction. The monks were generally of different sizes but much more solid.

Since one uses a better solution: the dismountable and reusable mould (Figure 88 and Photo I, p. 100). The idea was to design a reusable dismountable mould. Moreover, this solution guarantees a standard dimensioning. However, the first moulds were rather heavy to transport. When the fishfar-

Figure 87. Wooden pipe.

Page 118: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa100 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

mer invested itself in the research of sand and the gravel, these monks were finally less expensive than those which are carried out in breeze blocks. Then, this type of formwork undergoes major changes. As private individuals again, the mould is from now transportable by only one person with foot or bicycle. The shuttering timber coats oil internally (engines oil of vehicles for example) is thus carried out above the foundation in order to run the wings and the back of the monk.

As an indication, the dimensions presented in Table XVII below can be adopted, according to the size of the pond. Thus, for a pond from 0.5 to 2 ha, the formwork to be run will be able to have: 2 m

Clamp

A B

Figure 88. Mould of a monk. A: Front view; B: Upper view.

Photo I. Mouldandmonks(Guinea).Onleft:Thefirstfloorandthemould; Onright:Settingofthesecundfloor[©APDRA-F](CIRAD).

Surface of the pond

S < 0.5 ha S > 0.5 ha

Height (m) 1.50 2.0,

Bach width (mi) 0.54 0.70

Sides width (m) 0.44 0.54

Depth of concrete 0.12 0.15

Table XVII. Informations on the dimensions of the monk according the size of the pond.

Page 119: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 0 1

3. PONDS

from height, 0.7 m of width of the back, 0.54 m for the wings and 0.15 thickness. The mixture of the concrete to be used will be of 1 volume of cement for 2 volumes of fine sand and 4 volumes of gravel, for the monk described, 4 cement bags, 4 sand wheelbarrows and 8 crushed stone wheelbarrows.

The capacity of flow of a monk is related to the internal diameter of the drain. The cross section of the monk increases according to the diameter of the drain (Table XVIII above, Table XIX and Figure 89 below).

The following points are important:

Ö The interior width of the column must be equal to the diameter of the drain increased from 5 to 10 cm on each side;

Ö There must be a space from at least 8 to 10 cm in front of the first groove;

Ö The two series of small boards must be separated by an interval from at least 8 to 10 cm;

Ö The distance between the last series of small boards and the back face of the column must be all the more large as the capacity of flow is high, without however exceeding a maximum value from 35 to 40 cm

To facilitate the operation of the small boards, it is preferable to limit the interior width of a monk to a maximum value of 50 cm.

Diameter (cm) Discharge (l/s-1) Discharge (m3/h-1)Time for the drain of a pond of 4 ares

(Mean depth: 1 m)

10 8 28.8 13 h 53

15 18 64.8 6 h 11

20 31 111.6 3 h 35

30 70 252 1 h 35

40 130 468 52 mn

Table XVIII. Estimation of the discharge and draining duration of the pond according the diameter of the outlet.

Pipeline inside diameter (cm)

10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30

Internal width 30 33-35 40 48-50

In front of groove 1 8 10 10 10

Gap between grooves 1 and 2

8 10 10 10

Distance between groove 2 to wall

16 16-20 26 34-37

Width for two grooves 8 8 8 8

Internal length 40 44-48 54 62-65

Table XIX. Inside dimensions of the monk according the diameter of the pipe.

W = Width D = Diametre of the pipeL = Lenghtr = Grooves

W = D + 2x (5 to 10 cm)L = (1) + (2) + (3) + r + r(1) = 8 to 10 cm(2) = 8 to 10 cm(3) = maximum 35 to 40 cmr = 4 cm each

5 to 10 cm

3

2

1

W

r

rL

5 to 10 cm

D

Figure 89. Monk. Upper view and example of size.

Page 120: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa102 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

The maintenance of the mould requires a minimum of attention. It is preferable to store it made so that it becomes not deformed and to coat it as soon as possible with engine oil. Used well, a mould can make more than 20 monks.

By leaving some iron stems in the still fresh concrete to make the junction with the following stage, it was completely possible to build by stage a monk of more than 2 m (Photo I, p. 100 and Photo J above).

The soil used between the small planks to block the monk must be rich in organic matter in order to keep its plasticity. Too pure clays often fissure side of the tube, which is not long in cau-sing escapes.

The height of water in the pond is thus regu-lated by the monk thanks to the small boards out of wooden between which one packs clay (Figure 90 opposite). Water is retained in the pond by this impermeable layer up to the level of the highest small board.

Netting at the top of the last small board pre-vents fish from leaving the pond over the highest Figure 90. Functioning of a monk.

Clay

Photo J. Firstfloorofthemonkassociatedwith the pipe (Guinea) [© APDRA-F](CIRAD).

Photo K. Top of a monk (DRC) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 121: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 0 3

3. PONDS

small board of the monk. One will always take care that the meshs of netting are smaller than fish raised in the pond.

When the pond is filled to the last small board, all the water which enters more in the pond, crosses the grid above the impermeable layer and falls to the bottom of the monk. In this place, it crosses the dike then leaves the pond while passing by the drain (Photo K, p. 102).

The monk ended, it is essential to equip it with foundations called soles. The sole is also used as plane surface and hard to catch last fish easily.

The monks of this type are generally provided with drains. One can use a PVC drain or set up concrete tubes. If one wants to obtain the best results, the drain must have a good foundation whose construction must be done at the same time as that of the column of the monk (Figure 91 and Photo L above). The seals of the drains must be carefully sealed to avoid the water escapes.

In the wet environments, because of water abundance which compensates the risks of escape, the concrete tubes constitute a good technique:

Ö They are cheap: two baggs of cements are enough for 10 m of tube for which it is necessary to add a half bagg for the seals;

Ö Their section allows an higher capacity that of a pipe of 100 or 120 mms in diameter;

Ö The flat bottom of the tube makes it possible to accelerate the ends of draining, which is very practical;

Ö It is easy to add a tube when the need is felt some.

However the concrete tubes present also some disadvantages, in particular in the dry zones, which are as many recommendations:

Ö The mould must be quite manufactured and correctly maintained so that the junctions are en-casable and remain it;

Ö It is preferable to assemble the tubes before building the dike, it is thus easier to move the water. One can then install them on a dry and hard soil instead of posing them on mud;

Figure 91. Concrete pipe. A: Croos cut; B: Mould; C: Final pipe.

A

B C

Foundation

Top cover

Build wooden form using 2 cm boards

Chip a notch in the foundation to secure side walls

Photo L. Building of a pipe (Guinea) [© APDRA-F](CIRAD).

Page 122: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa104 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Ö It should be taken care that the tubes are well buried under the slope so that when the fishfarmer goes down to this place to visit his monk, it does not loosen the covers of the tubes;

Ö Along the tubes (as along the pipes) a zone of weakness constitutes around which it is carefully necessary to ram, if not risks of infiltrations is important.

VIII.2.3. ADDITIONNAL STRUCTURE OF OVERFLOWFor safety reasons, one will have to always prevent that the water level in the pond exceeds the

maximum level and that water flows over an unspecified dike. Any water in excess which penetrates in a pond already filled - water of flood or of streaming, for example - must be immediately and au-tomatically evacuated. Such an incident would cause the loss of most of the fish stock and would require also important repairs before starting again the exploitation of the pond.

In the case of a diversion pond, of which most of overfow is diverted at the diversion structure, a draining device such as an open vertical pipe or a monk must evacuate any overflow automatically. It should however be taken care that all the grids are maintained in good state of cleanliness. A monk also provides the function of overflow. One can however add an additional pipe to mitigate the filling of the grid for lack of attention.

During heavy rains, the amount of surface runoff may become excessive, particularly for barrage ponds or ponds built at the bottom of large sloping areas with little vegetation cover. The runoff water in such cases is also often heavily loaded with fine soil particles that make it very turbid. If the runoff passes across cultivated areas it might accumulate toxic substances such as pesticides. To avoid such water reaching your fish farm, you will have to protect it with one or more protection canals

If the pond is deprived of emptying device to free flow or if this device is too small, and if the quantity of water in excess is always limited, it is possible to install a pipe of overflow which can be in bamboo, PVC or galvanized iron (Figure 92 below). It is best to use one-piece pipes, avoiding any joints. If the pipe sags, or extends too far out from the outer side of the dike, it may be useful to put up some simple pipe supports, using for example wood or bamboo.

Protecting outside of dike with stones

Protecting outside of dike with a 

corrugated metal channel

Place overfow at corner of pond

Angle the pipe so that inside opening is 15 to 20 cm below 

maximum water level

Maximum water level

Maximum water level

Remove deeper water by curving down inside 

end of pipe

Supporting a long pipe

Figure 92. Setting of a pipe overflow.

Page 123: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 0 5

3. PONDSVIII.3. SEDIMENTATION TANK

A sedimentation tank (or setting basin) is specifically designed to improve water quality by re-moving the mineral soil particles, such as fine sand and silt, which can be present in great quantities in certain waters with a high turbidity. This is achieved by reducing the water velocity sufficiently to allow the particles to settle.

There are different types of settling basins (Figure 93 below):

9 A simple small pond, built at the beginning of the water supply channel;

9 A rectangular basin built on the feeder canal with bricks, cement blocks or concrete (Figure 94, p. 106).

If the settling basin is a simple rectangular basin, the size will be determine as follows: ¾ Its minimum horizontal area. For example, for a flow of 0.030 m3.s-1 and to settle a particle

which has a diameter greater than or equal 0.1 mm, Therefore the minimum horizontal area of the settling basin will be of 5.6 m2. in these ideal conditions, 100 % of particles of 0.1 mm or larger should settle. A smaller proportion of smaller particles will also settle. The smaller the particles, the less the percentage settling.

¾ The minimum cross-section area . It will be of 0.3 m2, in the following example.

¾ The minimum width. In the following example, it will be of 1.2 m.

¾ The standard length. It will be of 4.6 m in the example.

¾ The depth, which is the sum of the water depth (0.25 m), the freeboard (0.20 m) and the setting depth (from 0.10 to 0.20 m). In the example, it should be of 0.60 m.

The settling basin can be wider, with a larger cross-section. This will then allow the standard length to be shorter. As long as the critical velocities are not exceeded, the basin can be shaped to fit local space and to minimize construction costs. As a general guide, ratios of length: width are typically between 2:1 and 5:1.

The bottom of the settling basin is built lower than the bottom of the water feeder canal, to concentrate the soil particles being removed from the incoming water.

The above design can be improved in the following ways:

Ö At the entrance, make the water pass over a wide edge near the basin’s surface, similar to a weir, to minimize disturbances.

Ö At the exit, similarly make the water spread over a wide edge near the basin’s surface.

Ö Avoid cross-wind exposure as this can often agitate the water and resuspend particles.

Ö Within the basin, add some baffles to slow down the water further and make it follow a longer zig-zag path. With these baffles, you can reduce the basin’s length by one third.

Figure 93. Type of setting basin. A: Natural; B: In concrete.

 3 m - 10 m

Sand and silt

Sand and silt

 1 m x 7 m

A B

Page 124: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa106 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Ö Make sure water flows evenly and quietly through the settling basin. Avoid creating areas of turbulence or rapid flow.

Ö Provide a sloping bottom (slope = 2 percent) from the downstream end to the entrance of the basin.

The settling basin have to be regularly clean by removing the accumulated soil from its bottom after closing the water supply. This soil have to be removed more regularly using a simple pipe or siphon. Usually, the soil is very fertile, and can be use it in the garden and fields to make the crops grow better.

Ix. ADDITIONAL INSTALLATIONSIx.1. THE ANTI-EROSIVE PROTECTION

Once the pond dug and the various works in place, the dikes must be protected from erosion, by sowing grasses crawling on the upper part, at the top, on the dry side and the wet side up to the normal level of water (freeboard) in the pond.

For that, one can spread out a layer from 10 to 15 cm of topsoil over the zone to be turfed (Figure 95 below). This ground is obtained either from the topsoil stock previously extracted with the site pond, or in the vicinity. One will plant the cuttings or the turfs with relatively brought closer intervals. Then, one will sprinkle immediately after having planted and, thereafter, with regular intervals. As soon as the grass is established, it should be cut short regularly to stimulate its extension to all surface.

In the event of strong rains, one can use a temporary protective system, for example hay or other materials, as a long time as herbaceous cover is not complete.

One can use the space of the dikes (Figure 96, p. 107). In certain areas, pot cultures or fodder plants can grow (A) there, but it is necessary to take care to choose species ensuring a good cover of the ground and of which the roots are not likely to weaken the dikes too deeply by penetrating the ground or by altering its structure. Only of small animals can graze or circulate above (B). One should not plant trees on the surface or near the dikes, because the roots would weaken them (C).

Section

Plan

0 1 m

2 %

Section0 1 m

A B

Figure 94. Setting basin. A: Normal; B: Improved.

Figure 95. Setting of a vegetable cover on the dikes.

10 to 15 cm of steppe black soil Plant grass Seed

Page 125: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 0 7

3. PONDS

Ix.2. THE ANTI-EROSIVE FIGHTAt the time of the installation of the ponds, it is particularly important to make sure of the risks

of erosion of the catchment area. The erosion of the ground has negative effects on water quality and on the fishfarming installation itself. When water runs out on a slope, it involves with it particles coming from the ground of surface. More the flow is important and fast, more there are carried par-ticles. Erosion can involve:

Ö Serious degradations of the slope itself and properties of the ground, which reduces the fertility; Ö An arrival of turbide water in bottom of the slope and problems of deposits of ground elsewhere.

It will be necessary to try to control as much as possible the erosion of the grounds on the slopes to prevent that turbide water does not go in the ponds (Figure 97 below). This practice, called conservation of the grounds, can generate significant advantages:

Ö Richer soil on the slopes and a greater production of various products such as wood, fruits, fodder or food;

Ö A better water quality in the ponds and a more important production of fish.

The vegetation protects the ground against erosion. The roots contribute to stabilize the particles of ground and to increase the permeability of the sub-bases. The organic matters which it brings in the ground, like the humus, increase resistance to erosion and slow down the streaming. It can also contribute to the deposit of the particles of ground.

By arranging the natural vegetation on the slope grounds, it is possible to guarantee that the ground acquires a greater resistance to erosion. In the zones covered with forests, it is necessary to completely maintain the cover of the ground as possible by managing the exploitation of the trees and by protecting the forest against the excessive pasture and fires. The forests having a good low vegetation, well disseminated radicular systems and a good cover by the leaves offer the best conditions. In the zones of savanna, one will control the use of fire for the regeneration of the grazing grounds and will give the preference to early fires to guarantee sufficient new growths before the beginning of the rains. It will be necessary to avoid the excessive pasture, in particular by the sheep and the goats. As soon as possible, it is necessary to envisage rotations for the pastures.

If one is not able to fight against erosion, one can have recourse to a channel of protection to collect and divert water turbides or, if necessary, to improve water quality of food by using a setting basin (paragraphe VIII.3, p. 105).

Figure 96. Dikes with plants. A: Vegetable garden; B: Small animals; C: Trees.

A B C

Figure 97. Typeoferosionandsoilconservation.A:Streaming;B:Infiltration; C: Protection channel.

Pond Pond Pond

Protection channelInfiltrationStreaming

A B C

Page 126: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa108 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Ix.3. BIOLOGICAL PLASTICIf the ground used can let infiltrate water, it will be necessary to use the technique of “biological

plastic”, to reinforce the sealing of the plate of the pond. This technique allows to reduce the water leaks and infiltrations by filling the plate and the dikes of a pond built on a ground not impermeable enough. The realization of the biological plastic is done in the following way:

1. After having regularized the structures well by removing vegetable debris and stones, one covers all the plate and the future water side of the dikes with waste of pigsty.

2. One recovers then this waste using leaves of banana tree, straw or other vegetable matters.

3. Then, one spreads out a layer of ground over the unit and one rams copiously.

4. Two to three weeks after, the pond can be fill with water.

Ix.4. THE FENCEThe fence prevents the entry of predatory of all species (snakes, frogs, otters…) in the enclosure

of the pond (Figure 98 and Photo M below). It can be made of a netting, that one buries on at least a 10 cm depth and the higher end turned towards the pond. Metal stakes or of not very putrescible wood are thus established all the 50 - 90 cm to be used as support with the grid fixed using wire of fastener. For the bamboos, it will be necessary to think of their replacements after 18 months to the maximum in tropical zone. Other materials other than netting can be used.

In all the cases, it is advisable to take care that the fence does not have any hole on the whole of its perimeter. The second role is also to limit the poaching which is one of the important causes of the abandonment of the ponds. The use of the access doors in the enclosure of the ponds will have to be, so controlled well.

If necessary, if the piscivorous birds are too numerous, one can have recourse to the installa-tion of a coarse net on the ponds and to the use of scarecrows.

Fishponds

DikesChannel

Stream

Pond

Controle of water level

DoorFisherman

Predators

Thief

A

C

B

Figure 98. Fences (A). In scrubs (B); In wood or bamboo (C).

Photo M. Setting of a fences with branches (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 127: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 0 9

3. PONDSIx.5. THE FILLING OF THE POND AND TESTS

As soon as possible and before the completion of the pond, it is advisable to put it under water:

Ö To check that all structures function properly such as the water intake, the canals, the pond inlet and outlet;

Ö To check that the new dikes are strong and impervious enough;

Ö To accelerate the stabilization of these dikes.

For maximum security and efficiency, one willproceed in the following way:

1. Fill the pond with water very slowly and up to a maximum depth of 0.40 m at the outlet.

2. Close the water supply and keep water in the pond for a few days. During this period, check the dikes carefully. Repair crevices and collapsed sections, compacting well.

3. Drain the water completely and leave the pond dry for a few days. Keep checking the dikes and repair them as necessary.

4. Fill the pond again very slowly and up to a maximum level about 0.40 m higher than the previous time.

5. Close the water supply. Check the dikes and repair them as necessary. After a few days, drain the pond completely.

6. Repeat this process of filling/drying until the water level in the pond reaches the designed maximum level.

7. Check and repair the dikes as necessary.

x. NECESSARY RESOURCESx.1. MATERIALS

The initial stage of prospection and the picketing of the site requires only few material. It is about: 9 Stakes 9 Tie up and ropes 9 Decametre 9 Machete 9 Two-handed hammer 9 Plumb level or if possible, a theodolite or automatic level 9 Paper and pencils

Then, it is necessary to make the list of the technical descriptions, while referring in the topogra-phic plans and the drawings of detail available. These descriptions must separately treat earthworks and works, as indicated hereafter:

1. Descriptions of the earthworks:(i) Preparing the ground of the site, in particular clearing and uprooting complete, handling

and placement of the cleared vegetation;(ii) Removal of the layer of topsoil, with indication of its surface, its thickness and places of

storage;(iii) Construction of the dikes, with indication of the source and the quality of the ground as well

as its characteristics;(iv) Compaction of the dikes, with mention of the maximum thickness of the layers, the moisture

of the ground, the capacity and the type of equipment to be used

2. Descriptions of the structures, indexing the types and characteristic of materials to be used in each case, such as:

(i) Reinforced concrete - type of proportioning, limits to be observed during the test of de-pression, types of reinforcements, method of cure, formwork;

(ii) Wood - detailed list of the species, treatment, relative humidity, conditions of storage;

Page 128: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa110 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

(iii) Bricks or breeze blocks - quality, finished external, standard, weight, conditions of storage;(iv) Pipes - type, material, storage, handling, pose;(v) Mortars and coatings, additives, water…;(vi) Paintings - indication of the number of layers, the type of painting.

For the building work carried out with the hand, simple tools are necessary:Hoe, shovel, machete, pickaxe, wheelbarrow and/or basket, matchet, buckets, axe, bar with

mine, dig, roller of wire, plumb level, ram, hammer, two-handed hammers, decametre, saw, screw clamp;

In materials used and consumable: 9 Planks of wood, 9 Pipe PVC or out of galvanized iron, 9 Concrete, 9 Sand, 9 Gravel, 9 Concrete-reinforcing steel 9 Stakes, 9 Sheets of banana tree, 9 Oil of draining, 9 Painting.

In most of the cases, the needs for inputs will be only the pipe PVC and the concrete. It happens that the concrete is not easily available. One will be able to then choose to make local brick or wood structures improved in order to support the immersion. Time between two repairs is then likely to be reduced, the concrete monks which can last more than 20 years.

x.2. HUMAN RESOURCES AND NECESSARY TIME Work can be made by the beneficairies and the members of their family, with the assistance of

some friends if necessary. It is possible also, to accelerate the time of construction, to sign a contract with daily workers to dig the pond by hand for a fixed price based on the volume of the earthworks. Each pond generally does not have more than 400 m2 of surface. The volume of the earthworks makes it possible to estimate time that each pond will be needed and, if necessary, to build the price to envisage to sub-contract this task.

Nature of the soil

Volume excavated (m3/j)

With hoe With pickaxe / shovel

Soft (deposits, sandy soil) 2.5 – 3.0 3.5 – 4.0

Moderately hard (silt, light clay) 1.5 – 2.0 2.5 – 3.0

Hard (heavier clay) 1.0 2.0 – 2.5

Lateritic, moderately hard 0.5 1.0 – 1.5

Water saturated 0.8 – 1.5 1.5 – 2.0

Table XXI. Approximate output on the works of excavation made by hand.

Table XX. Examples of necessary time for building of ponds (man/day).

1 pond of 400 m2 2 ponds of 200 m2 4 of 400 m2 and 2 of 100 m2

Main water supply 130 266 130

Water supply channel 50 (200 m) 50 (200 m) 70 (270 m)

Excavation/construction of the dikes

600 (150 m3) 1600 (400 m3) 3600 (950 m3)

Inlet/Oulet 5 4 90

Total Time 785 1920 3890

Page 129: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 1 1

3. PONDSThe standards of work relating to the earthworks carried out with the hand will depend mainly

on the nature of the ground. The harder it is to work and the less high the outputs are. The presence of water in excess results also in to reduce the outputs, in particular in the presence of clays heavy and sticking

One will see in Table XX, p. 110 examples of duration for each section of work. Times strongly vary and are given only as an indication. For example, a pond of 200 m2 took 20 days full for 20 people, that is to say a total of 400 men per day (8 work hours manpower per day) in Liberia. In Cameroun, for a complete exploitation of 2 ha with 15 ponds of 400 m2 each one, a eclosery of 10 x 10 m2, an office plus a store of 150 m2, 5 hen houses and 5 pigsties, time was of 226 men per day by pond. This corresponds to a total of 3435 men per day for the whole of the exploitation.

Standards of work applicable to the excavation work carried out with the hand are indicated to Table XXI, p. 110. They are the average outputs to the excavation and the throw at a distance from 1 m which one can discount of medium worker who carry out earthworks during eight hours per day: the minimal values correspond to the use of the hoe and the maximum values with the use of the pickaxe and the shovel under similar conditions. These outputs must be slightly reduced when the distance from throw increases. For work of excavation and shaping of the channels, the output of a qualified digger varies from 0.8 to 1.2 m3 day. One can estimate the duration of the work overall, but for each case, one will have to recompute this calendar according to the means available (Table XXII below). If the number of workers is sufficient, several stages can be done in same time.

In time, it is desirable that the earthworks are done at the time when the costs of construction will be weakest. The most favourable moment is thus the dry season, especially at the end of the season for the earthwork. At this time, the bearing pressure of the ground is better and the swamps are not saturated of water. For the programming of work, one thus designs a calendar in which the programming of each task will appear (Table XXIII below).

Table XXII. Example of calendar of works to do for the construction of a pond (workers of 400 men per day). Activities in dark.

Activities/WeekFor 3 or 4 ponds For 1 or 2 ponds

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4

Clear vegetation

Remove topsoil

Dig supply channel

Build main water intake

Build the main draining structure

Build the outlet

Build the inlet

Build the dikes

Finalising the pond

Activity/Month Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb March April May June July Aug Sept

Clean the site

Topographic plan

Design setting

Water supply

Excavation works

Other

Table XXIII. Example of calendar according the seasons (15 ponds) in Cameroon.

Page 130: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa112

One will see in Table XXXVI, p. 169 of the examples of management for 4 ponds for a construction of approximately a month (400 men per day). Cleaning can take less time if the labor is sufficient to ensure several building sites at the same time.

xI. SUMMARY

Ö Alloftheoperationsbeingcarriedoutcanbesummarizedinthefollowingfigure:

Ö Emphasis on:

ÖThe cleaning of the site that must be done well

ÖThe picketing which must be precise for the slopes

ÖThe control and management of the water by channels

ÖThe importance of dykes, their strength and their size and although compacted

ÖThe choice of a monk for draining ponds

ÖThe total isolation of the ponds from the outside for better control

ÖThe soil conservation upstream

Time

Duration: 3 to 6 months

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Draining channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Page 131: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 1 3

The pond is now in water. So, the biological aspects can start (Figure 100, p. 114). A pond is an environment that will turn on itself. It will need to ensure the start and development

of the biological cycles.Following the construction of the pond, the following stages will be:

I. THE LIFE IN A PONDThe pond is a small ecosystem with several trophic levels comprising the micro-organisms and

algae, the plankton, the insects and larvae of insects. Then, the fish which are the important compo-nent that one wants to make grow in an optimal way (Figure 99 below).

Plant photosynthetic organisms are the only living organisms able to transform mineral matter into organic matter. The development of complex molecules requires energy which the plants col-lect from solar energy. The organic matter is initially produced from minerals by the photosynthetic plants. Thereafter, it can be assimilated and transformed by the animals. The animal organisms consume organic matter to grow, they are unable to develop from minerals. The organic matter (vegetable debris, dejections and dead animals), is decomposed and mineralized and turns by this process to mineral matter. It is estimated that one needs 1 kg of phytoplankton to obtain 10 g of fish like tilapia (Figure 101, p. 115). The population of each trophic level must indeed be definitely higher than that of its predators to be able to renew itself.

Chapter 08BIOLOGICAL APPROACH

12.  Fertilization

13.  Waiting for a « green water »

Figure 99. Schematic life cycle of a pond.

Brown: Decomposer

Green: ProducerBlack: Consumer 

Photosynthesis

Predation

Bacteria

Benthos

Plankton

Zooplancton

Hydrophytes aquatic plants

Phytoplankton

Sun light

Nekton

Minerals NPK(Nitrogen, 

Phosphorus...)

Algae

Small invertebrates

Decomposition

Assimilation

Page 132: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa114 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Draining channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

Assessment

Time

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

7 - 10 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

Figure 100. Settingoffishpond:4.Fishfarming.

Page 133: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 1 5

4. FISH FARMING

I.1. PRIMARY PRODUCERSThe most important group of vegetable organisms in a fish pond is the phytoplankton. It is

composed by a wide variety of aquatic algae which are free in water (without substrate). These algae are made up either of a cell (unicellular) or several cells (pluricellular) (Figure 102 below). Their presence in very great number gives blue green to maroon green color to the water of the pond. The phytoplankton has two very important functions in a fish pond. Firstly, it is an oxygen producer and secondly, it is the first link of the food chain in a fish pond.

Algae are photosynthetic organisms that convert light energy into chemical energy, while consu-ming carbon dioxide (CO2) at night, like any organism and producing oxygen (O2). This process oc-curs only during the day with the presence of sunlight. The life of these organisms is relatively short and phytoplankton biomass vary with the characteristics of the environment such as temperature,

Figure 101. Trophic pyramids.

1 g

10 g

100 g

1000 gPrimary producers

Plants, phytoplankton

Organicdebris

MineralsNutrients

Primary consumersHerbivores

Secundary consumersCarnivores

Tertiary consumersSuper-carnivores

Decomposers

Unicellular algae Colonial algae

Filamentous algae

Multicellular algae

1 mm

10 µm

10 µm 10 µm

Figure 102. Differents algae.

Unicellular algae Colonial algae

Filamentous algae

Multicellular algae

1 mm

10 µm

10 µm 10 µm

Page 134: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa116 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

presence of mineral elements, the illumination… The filamentous algae in too great concentration are to be removed in the ponds.

If the mass of the vegetable organisms (phy-toplankton and aquatic plants) in the pond is too important, it can consume oxygen at the expense of fish growth. At dawn, one can observe fish co-ming to seek oxygen at water surface and even sometimes, a massive mortality by asphyxiation.

The higher plants can become serious indi-rect competitors of the fish production in pond, either by breathing during the night, or by the

consumption of minerals, or finally by the shelter which they offer to the predatory organisms. The immersed plants, the emerged plants and the floating plants are distinguished (Figure 103 above). They are generally not useful in the pond except for the farming of herbivorous fish. By the use of mi-nerals, these elements are not available any more for the phytoplankton, basic link of the food chain of the pond. In the same way, the cover formed by the higher plants decreases the penetration of the light in water, which reduces the capacities of photosynthesis of the phytoplankton and thus its development. The presence of some herbivorous fish can limit their proliferation. So in spite of these, the higher watery plants appear, it will have to be removed as quickly as possible.

I.2. THE INVERTEBRATESThe algae are used as food with the micros-

copic herbivores: the zooplancton. Itself feeds the consumers of 2nd order: carnivores. They consume wastes, phytoplankton, bacteria and for largest, other zooplanctonic organisms.

Many organisms live close to the bottom which one calls benthos.

I.2.1. THE ROTIFERSRotifers are small organisms measuring

between 50 µm and 3 mm which often have the shape of trumpet, cylindrical or spherical. They have two crowns of lashes around their mouth as well as an organic system specialized with in particular a digestive tract. They neither are seg-mented nor metamerized. The body is covered laterally by a resistant cuticle which sometimes becomes a true shell.

They live mainly in freshwater but some spe-cies occupy marine waters as well as wetlands. They feed mainly on micro-organisms in suspen-

Emergedplants

Floatplants

Submergedplants

Figure 103. Aquatic plants (To avoid in ponds).

Figure 104. Rotifers.

PestSmall size

Adults

Juveniles

Cladocerans

Big sizeCopepods

Figure 105. Crustaceans.

Page 135: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 1 7

4. FISH FARMINGsion in water. Some rotifers are parasites of crustaceans, molluscs and annelids. They compose most of the zooplankton of freshwater and constitute a source of important food in the fresh water ecosystems (Figure 104, p. 116).

I.2.2. THE CRUSTACEANSPart of the organisms

composing the zooplan-kton are small crusta-ceans which are mainly divided in two classes, in ascending sizes. It dis-tinguishes the cladocers and the copepods (Figure 105, p. 116 ). The zooplan-kton form an excellent food for many fish spe-cies especially during the larval stage. However, the largest copepods are pre-dators of eggs, larvae and even of fry. It is important to know the dynamism of development of the groups composing the zooplankton. One will be able to also find in water some crustaceans which are parasites of fish and predators. Moreover, the presence of crabs and shrimps are not to exclude if they pass the filter.

After the setting in water of a well fertilized pond, one ob-serves during the first days a good development of the popula-tion of the class of smallest zooplankton, the rotifers. It is only after one week that the population of the cladocers reaches its optimum and the same, after ten days for the population of the copepods.

I.2.3. THE INSECTSA large part of the aquatic invertebrates are insects (Figure

106 above). Most of the time they are larvae such as mosquitos, dragonflies, flies, ephemers, trichopters… which have a phase of larval aquatic life and, after emergence, will spawn in water. By this cycle, some are vectors of serious human diseases like mala-ria (mosquito) either the onchocerciasis or river blindness (simu-lis). Some also are predators of fry.

Some insects have an aquatic life as adults like the water beetles (Dytiscidae) and the water scorpions (Nepidae). They are also, often the predators of fry.

I.2.4. THE MOLLUSCSThere are a number of aquatic molluscs (Figure 107 opposite).

You can find water snails and mussels Anodonta or freshwater. Snails can be predators of fish eggs. They are also the vector of a parasitic disease, schistosomiasis.

Figure 106. Insects.

Adult Larvae

Dytiscus

Dragonfly

4 to 8 mm

10 to 20 mm

Figure 107. Molluscs.

Page 136: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa118 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

I.2.5. OTHER INVERTEBRATESOther aquatic organisms can be found hydraires, parasitic worms (helminths, platyhelminths),

leeches, sponges and even jellyfish. Some are predators of fish fry.

I.3. THE VERTEBRATESAmong the vertebrate ones, it is clear that the most represented are the fish with more than

10 000 freshwater described species in the whole world. One will reconsider the biology of some useful species in fishfarming.

One will find also, well represented, the amphibians as frogs and toads which have an aquatic larval phase (Figure 108 below). Many tadpoles are herbivorous, but there are some which are pre-dators and can feed on small fish.

Among the reptiles, several snakes like the grass snakes and certain turtles are predators of fish.Finally, there exist several species of piscivorous birds like the kingfishers, the pelicans, the cor-

morants, the eagles, the herons which are effective predators of juveniles and adults fish.Finally, a mammal, the otter, which is a large fish predator.

II. THE FERTILIZATIONA clear natural water does not contain a food for fish. The water of the pond is like the agricultural

land: if the ground is fertile, the plant grows well. To make water fertile, it is necessary to bring there fertilizing elements of which phosphorus in priority. A water will answer much better to the fertiliza-tion when its initial physical and chemical characteristics (temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen…) are close to the optimal ranges of the selected species. The fertilization is to increase the production of natural food in a pond, which makes possible to the fish to find what to feed itself in larger quantity. The fertilization consists in providing food to the living organisms of the pond which will be used as food for fish.

When one uses manures to increase the fish production of the ponds, one will try to establish and maintain a dense population of phytoplankton and zooplankton, which should give a beautiful green color to water

II.1. THE FERTILIZERS OR MANUREThe action of organic manures is a little more complex. One distinguishes at least three functions

for this type of manures which are (Figure 109, p. 119):

Ö To be used as fertilizing matter,

Ö To be useful partly, of direct food for some fish species as tilapia, but also for part of fauna living in the pond,

Ö To be used as support for a range of populations of microscopic organisms, part of fish natural foods.

The fertilizing function of the organic manure is progressive because the minerals contained in this manure are made available to the phytoplankton only progressively of its decomposition until its complete mineralization.

Several kinds of organic matters, most of the time of waste, can be used like organic manures.

Figure 108. Vertebratesotherthanfish.

Amphibians(frogs)

Reptiles(snakes, turtles)

Birds(eagle, herons)

Mammals(otter)

Page 137: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 1 9

4. FISH FARMINGMost current are the following ones:

9 Animal manures, mostly from the ani-mals of the farm;

9 Waste of slaughter-house;

9 Fermentation of cassava;

9 Natural vegetation;

9 Compost, a mixture of various kinds of organic matters.

II.1.1. ANIMAL MANUREThey constitute an additional source of car-

bonic gas (CO2), which is very important for the effective use of the nutritive elements present in water. They increase the abundance of bac-teria in water, which accelerate the decomposi-tion of the organic matters, and are also used as food for the zooplankton, which in its turn also increases in abundance. They have bene-ficial effects not only on the structure of the soil of the bottom of the pond but also on benthic fauna like the larvae of chironomids. However, the animal manures have some disadvantages, most of the time related on their low content of primary nutrients, for their negative effects on the dissolved oxygen content and to the reserve of some fishfarmerss to use livestock wastes di-rectly in the fishponds. The chemical composition of the organic manure varies considerably accor-ding to the animal of which it comes - with knowing the species, the age, the sex, its type of food - and according to the way in which the manure is treated, i.e. its relative freshness, the conditions of storage and the dilution rate with water. Chicken droppings are very rich in nutritive elements. The dejections of pig are usually richer than those of sheep or goat. The dung of cow and horse are poorer in nutritive elements, in particular when the animals eat only grass. Their fiber contents are relatively high. The excrement of buffalo is the poorest manure of all.

The manure should be easy to collect. The animals under shelters or in enclosure produce a manure more concentrated than those which are in freedom. One can design the shelters of animals in order to improve the collection and the distribution of the manure towards the ponds.

The sources of animal organic manure are rather numerous, but often in rather small quantities (Table XXIV and Table XXV, p. 120). This includes:

9 The chicken droppings and other birds are dispersed often too much in rural environment to be exploitable in the large ponds.

9 Manure of pig which is usable only by non Muslims. Association pigsty and fishfarming are very interesting by the outputs and the facilities which it gets. One will let dry this manure during 2 weeks before using it.

9 The manure of cow and other ruminants which is to be used with many precautions because they are too rich in cellulose and risk to cause an important fermentation which will make fall brutally the oxygen rate. It is preferable to use it in application on the bottom of the ponds, dry after draining. A scarification of the plate makes it possible to mix the manure with the mud without turning over the ground.

9 Liquid manure is a liquid oozing of a heap of manures after a rain or a watering is only found in the breedings where one collects the urines and the manure. It is excellent for the production of zooplankton at a rate of 2.5 liters/are/week. In the event of ammoniacal odor, it is necessary to re-duce the amounts by half.

The amount of animal manure to apply in a given pond varies considerably according to factors

CO2

CO2

Zooplankton

Bacteria

Benthic fauna

Figure 109. Beneficialeffectsof organic fertilizers.

Page 138: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa120 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

like the climate, the water quality and the soil, the characteristics of the manure and the type of regime (standard fish, density of fish, length of the period of farming). It is, however, impossible to recommend a treatment which is valid in all circumstances.

Spreadings must beings uniform to avoid any annoying concentration. The choice of manures is fixed by the availability and the price, if possible no one. Each manure must be the subject of tests to check its productivity and its not-harmfulness. The spreading of droppings is carried out prefe-rentially in weight of droppings and expressed as a percentage of the fish biomass. Should not be exceeded the recommended maximum values. This to initially avoid an accumulation at the bottom of the pond and then a fast fall of the oxygen rate. The ideal frequency of the contributions follows the rule: as often as possible. Best is a daily application. As an indication, in the small rural ponds of 100 m2 to 300 m2, the distribution is done once, or preferably twice by week. If one does not use of the manure every day but only once per week, that does not want to say that it is necessary to spread of them seven times more in only once in the pond.

II.1.2. OTHER ORGANIC MANURESSeveral organic manures others that the animal manure are usually used on the fishfarm of small

size. These manures are usually waste which one can get for few expenses and locally. Organic manures most usually used are:

Ö Waste of slaughter-house, such as contents of bovines rumen, blood, bone and enriched waste water.

Ö Agro-industrial waste, such as seeds of cotton, molasses, oil cake oilseeds and residual palm oil mud (4 to 5 % of nitrogen). Waste like the rice balls, bagasses of sugar cane and the sawdust are rich in cellulose, which decomposes very slowly in the pond.

Ö Retting of cassava. Cassava tubers of the bitter species that one can let soak in the ponds to remove the hydrocyanic acid from it before consumption, constitute an excellent way and at a cheap rate to fertilize the small ponds. The cassava then is recovered and consumed. The fertilization comes from the juice of steeping and is thus free. A minimum contribution of 10 kg tubers/are/day is recommended. The amount can reach 200 kg/are/week but no more.

Solid manure Maximum amount (kg fresh/100 m2 /d)

PoultryDuck 2.8

Chicken 4.8

Pigs Pig 6.0

Small ruminants Sheep/Goat 3.4

Large ruminants

Buffalo 6.3

Cattlel 6.0

Horse 5.2

Table XXIV. Maximum amount of fresh solid manure per day in 100 m2 pond.

SourceQuantity

(kg/100 m2)For a pond of 400 m2

(4 ares)%fish

biomass

Poultry Poultry droppings 4.5 ½ to 1 wheelbarrow/week 2 à 4

Pigs Pig dung 6 ½ to 1 wheelbarrow/week 3 à 4

Small ruminants Sheep or goat dung 3

Large ruminants

Cattle or horse dung 5

Cattle or horse stable-litter 15

Manure of large ruminants 1 tonne/year

Liquid manure 10 l/week

Table XXV. Quantity to spread per type of manure.

Page 139: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 2 1

4. FISH FARMING Ö The vegetation which was cut in the pond itself, the channels or other water places. In some

areas, harmful floating plants like the water hyacinth (Eichornia crassipes), the water ferns (Salvinia sp.) and water lettuces (Pistia sp.) can be used effectively.

Ö The compost produced apart from the ponds can be spread out over the bottom of the pond drained before the filling, or be used regularly to fertilize water. The vegetation such as graminaceous crossed, vegetation wastes and fruits in decomposition can be used to manufacture a simple com-post in the pond itself.

The average quantities of these organic manures to apply to the small ponds are indicated in Table XXVI (below). They should be used regularly, while avoiding overloading the pond for several weeks. It will be necessary to check water quality to adjust the quantities used.

II.2. THE COMPOSTComposting is characterized by the intensive decomposition by organic matter micro-orga-

nisms, in general under controlled conditions. This process allows to use a whole range of waste, residues and natural vegetation at a cheap rate for the production of a clean product, dry and rich in primary organic matters and nutritive elements. This product is called compost.

The manufacture of compost is carried out via various groups of micro-organisms as bacteria, mushrooms and protozoa, which need mainly carbon (C) and nitrogen (NR) for their development. It is to obtain these substances which they decompose the organic matters available. The compost are composed of relatively tender plants like the leaves, grasses and aquatic plants, which one mixes with feces (of birds, pigs, herbivores or human).

The compost can be produced under anaerobic conditions (in the absence of oxygen) or aerobic (in the presence of oxygen). Each type shows specific characteristics (Table XXVII, p. 122). In some agricultural systems, one uses the two types of composting, for example the aerobic preparation in the parts external of material and the anaerobic preparation in the interior zone where there is little oxygen.

In fishfarming, composting is usually practiced in two ways: Ö Simple composting aerobic/anaerobic underwater, in heap. Ö Dry composting aerobic, either in heap, or in pits.

To prepare the compost on ground, it is easier to use the aerobic method (Figure 110, p. 123). It is then important to ensure that there is always air in the heap of compost to maintain a fast and total decomposition of organic matters. For this purpose, the stages will be of:

1. To start to constitute a new heap of compost while placing a first layer of coarse vegetable matters, for example of the rachis of leaves of banana tree, straw or stems of sugar cane, on a height of at least 25 cm. This layer should allow the circulation of air while absorbing the liquids rich in nu-tritive elements coming from the upper layers.

2. To cut the matters used for the compost of small pieces from 3 to 7 cm.

Table XXVI. Organicfertilizerscommonlyusedinsmall-scalefishfarming.

Organic fertilizer Average amount applied at regular intervals

Animal manures See Table XXIV and Table XXV, p. 120

Slaughterhouse wastes 10 kg/100 m2/week

Agro-industrial wastes 8 kg/100 m2/week

Cassava tubers 50 to 100 m3/week

10 to 25 kg/100 m2/day

Vegetation 20 to 25 kg/100 m2/week

Compost20 to 25 kg/100 m2/week

50 kg/100 m2 pond bottom

Page 140: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa122 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

3. To pile up without packing all the matters, by leaving space between the layers. One never should compact the heap of compost. One should not make a too high heap to avoid a packed under its own weight.

4. To maintain the heap moist but not wet. Too much water would prevent the air circulation. It will be necessary to protect the heap from the rain (too much wet) and the sun (too much dry).

5. To turn over the heap of time to other to air it and avoid a production of too intense heat in the center. One introduces a piece of wood in the middle of the heap and one waits a few minutes before withdrawing it. If the heap is too hot, dry or too odorous, it is time to turn over it

There are two ways of piling up materials: Ö In heap above the level of the ground, preferably during the seasons of strong rain. It will be then

easier to turn over and maintain ventilated, but the carbon and nitrogen losses are high, or Ö In pits dug in the ground, a place raised to avoid the floods. They will have to be protected by

trenches, if necessary. It is preferable under dry climates to retain moisture. The carbon and nitrogen losses are weaker.

II.2.1. THE LIMINGThe earth ponds are conditioned by liming, i.e. by preparing the ponds and by treating them with

various types of amendments limestones, chemical substances rich in calcium (Ca). Liming improves the structure of the ground of the pond, improves and stabilizes water quality and allows that ma-nures are more effective to increase natural food available. One of the most important effects, that one can measure and use to control liming, is that which modifies the total alkalinity of the water of the pond. The total alkalinity of water is the measurement of its total concentration out of carbonates and bicarbonates of substances like the calcium (Ca) and the magnesium (Mg) which are typically alkaline.

The liming of the ponds is not always necessary. One can do it on a new pond or a pond already used. In certain cases, it can not only be one money wasting, but also prove to be harmful with fish. Before making a decision, the pond will have to be studied attentively as well as the particular cha-racteristics of its water and its ground. The following points will be checked:

9 If the pH of the ground of the bottom of the pond is lower than 6,5, liming is justified. 9 If the bottom of the pond is very muddy because it regularly was not emptied and was drai-

ned, liming will improve the conditions of the ground. 9 If there is risk which a contagious disease propagates or if it is necessary to fight against of

the enemies of fish, liming can help, in particular in the drained ponds. 9 If the quantity of organic matters is too high, either in the ground of the bottom, or in water,

liming is advised. 9 If the total alkalinity of water is lower than 25 mg/l CaCO3 liming can be justified.

Characteristics Aerobic composting Anaerobic composting

Presence of oxygen Necessary No

Losses of nitrogen Important Reduced

Losses of carbon Important Reduced

Production of heat Important Very small

Destruction of pathogens Yes No

Moisture contentTo be controlled,

best 40-60%Not importante

Composting method

In heap, above ground level In heap. deeper under water

In pit, below ground levelIn sealed heap, above ground

level

In heap, at water surface In sealed pit, below ground level

Table XXVII. Particular characteristics of composting methods.

Page 141: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 2 3

4. FISH FARMING

Air should always be present within the composting pile

Pile not too high

Protect from sun and rain

25 cm

AIR

Check composting process:drive stick in…

Pile up composting material…

keep moist but not wet

Finely cut and loosely packed material

First layer:very coars material

… if too hot or smelly, turn pile over

…or in pits

Figure 110. Preparation of dry compost.

Page 142: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa124 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

The effects on the ground of the bottom of the pond are:

Ö An improvement of the structure;

Ö An acceleration of the decomposition of the organic matters;

Ö An increase in the pH.All these factors will involve a faster and more important exchange of minerals and nutritive

elements between the ground of the bottom of the pond and water, at the same time a reduction in the demand for dissolved oxygen.

Usually, the amendments limestones and manures are applied separately. It will thus be neces-sary to lime at least two weeks, and preferably a month, before any spreading of manure. Annual li-ming will thus be carried out at various times of the year according to the calendar of management of the pond. In tropical climates, it is preferable to lime the pond as soon as the fish was collected and at least two weeks before putting fish again. Manures are applied then, 15 to 30 days after liming.

However, measurements of the pH and alkalinity, even if they are current, will not be inevitably accessible for the recipients, who will be able to then address themselves to local laboratories and institutes. For NGOs, kits of analyzes are easily available in the trade and not very expensive.

II.2.2. THE SPREADINGIt is possible to spread manures either dry, or when the pond is fill of water. A certain number of methods concern the site and the distribution of the animal manure in va-

rious situations (Figure 111, Figure 112 and Figure 113, p. 125). However, the illustrated examples are general and must be adapted to the local conditions (quality and quantity of manure available, water quality, weather conditions…).

Except for waste of slaughter-house and tubers of cassava, organic manures are thus piled in one or more heap in water. One can also use an enclosure in a corner of the pond. Organic manure is piled up and compacted inside, in order to start a production of underwater compost. It had been already seen how to make compost in aerobic. One can have a compost in anaerobic (paragraphe II.2, p. 121).

For that, in each pond, one arranges a composting heap in bamboo or wooden to retain manure. One will place it in an angle, in the major part of the pond (Figure 115 and Photo N, p. 126). The heap must be well packed underwater, for example by trampling each layer carefully (Figure 114, p. 125). But it will have to exceed water surface slightly, since its height will decrease slowly. Each week, it is necessary to add new layers of matters to reconstitute it. To obtain very good performances:

Ö To use at least a heap of compost by 100 m2 of pond.

Ö To take care that the total surface area of the surface of the enclosures with compost corres-ponds to 10 % of the surface of the pond.

Ö To turn over the heaps all both or three days.

Ö To place the sufficiently deep water heaps.

II.2.3. THE «GREEN WATER»Once the ponds out of water and are fertilized, it thus should be waited until the natural cycle of

the pond is set up. For that, one will wait several days during which, in the event of good fertilization, water will become green, i.e. rich in phytoplankton. To know if water is sufficiently green, one can use a disc of Secchi (paragraphe II.1.2, p. 48) or quite simply to plunge the arm in the pond to the elbow. If one distinguishes hardly the end from the fingers, it is that water is sufficiently green.

The pond is now ready for receiving fish.

Page 143: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 2 5

4. FISH FARMING

A B C D

In heaps In rows

Figure 111. Applying animal manures to a drained pond bottom. A: New pond; B: Pond in which the water is badly controled;

C and D: Pond in which the water is well controled (most common case).

Figure 112. Applyinganimalmanurestowater-filledpondsthathavebeenstocked(I). A: Distribution of liquid animal manure from the banks; B: Distribution of animal manure

using an inner-tube and basket; C: Disposition in heaps along the banks; D: Detail of an elongated crib.

10 m

1m

A B C D

A B

Figure 113. Applying animal manures to water-filledpondsthathavebeenstocked(II).

A: Stacking animal manure mixed with stable-litter in heaps along the banks;

B: Applying pure animal manure from a boat.

Figure 114. Preparation of an anaerobic com-post.

Fill up to the surface of the water and well 

compress

Page 144: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa126

III. SUMMARY

Ö The two steps are:

Ö The fertilization

Ö The expectation of a « green water » which indicate that the pond is ready for ensemensement

Ö Emphasis on:

Ö The preparation of aerobic and anaerobic compost

Photo N. Compost heap. [Up, Liberia © Y. Fermon], [Down, © APDRA-F](CIRAD).

Figure 115. Compost heap in crib in a pond.

Installation of a crib in each of the two shallow 

corners  

Page 145: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 2 7

Once the pond is ready, stocking may take place (Figure 116, p. 128). The reader will find in Appendix 04 p. 239 information on the species of fish used in fish farming in

Africa according to the basins and countries. Consider again the sequence of operations, activities will be in the following order:

In a certain number of cases and areas, it is rather easy to get tilapia fingerlings in the wild. Otherwise, one will choose to produce fry from broodstock collected in the wild. The assessment previously carried out will indicate which are the species usable close to the selected sites:

Ö To limit the loss of fish; Ö To limit the costs. A transport on long distance requires a logistics which can be costly. One will

try to limit the maximum displacements.

Insofarasthemajorityofthefingerlingsproducerscurrently inAfricadoitwithoutrealgenetic management of the broodstock and, moreover, starting from introduced species, and inordertolimitthecosts,onewillavoidmostofthetimeprovidingoneselfinfingerlingsfromlocal producers

I. CATCH METHODSOn a fish farm, live fish have to be handled on many occasions, for example during routine

monitoring of their growth and health, transfer from one pond to another and final harvesting. This handling usually involves the use of various nets and other small pieces of equipment.

However, it is necessary to remember some points mentioned above.

To get wild specimens, the help of local fishermen who can be, sometimes, also beneficiaries can be requested. In general, they know well the places of possible capture of the various species. If necessary, one will be able to manufacture small fishing gears.

Chapter 09THE HANDLING OF THE FISH

14.  Collecting tilapia       • In the field • By propagation

15. Juveniles storage

16. Transporting live fish

17.  Stocking tilapia

18. Following the fish

19. Stocking with other species

20. Draining and harvesting

Ö Iftheyarebeneficiarieswhowillmakethecatch,thedifficultywillbetomakethemunderstandthatitisnotnecessarytolookforfishelsewherethanathome.

Ö One of the main principles will be to use only non-destructive gear for the local wildlife.

Ö Careshouldbetakentorespectthelawsrelatingtofishing.Whereappropriate,per-mits have to be requested from the local authorities.

Page 146: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa128 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Draining channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

Assessment

Time

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

7 - 10 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

Figure 116. Settingoffishpond:4.Fishfarmingand5.Endofcycle.

Page 147: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 2 9

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMINGI.1. SEINE NETS

One of the main gear to catch is the seine. It is the easiest way to catch fry. If a seine of

meshs of approximately 1 cm is used, the fish catch will have at least 5 cm length. To collect juveniles, one will use seines made with mos-quito net.

A seine net is the most common type of net used on fish farms to harvest fish. It is a long net with ropes at each end and is pulled along the pond to collect the fish and then drawn into a circle to trap them and, most often, bring back to the shore.

A seine net consists of one or more pieces of netting material mounted (Figure 117 oppo-site):

9 At the top on a head rope equipped with floats;

9 At the bottom on a foot rope equipped with sinkers (or leads).

These ropes are normally extended beyond the netting to form pulling ropes.

There are several kinds of seine. The two following designs are most commonly used.

Ö The seine is made similarly over all its length. It consists of a single rectangular netting panel.

Ö The seine is made of three parts: ¾ One central, loosely mounted bag to collect the fish;

¾ Two lateral wings to lead the fish towards the central part.

To be able to make a net, various materials are necessary (Figure 118, p. 130).

Rope can be made either of natural fibre (hemp, manila, sisal) or synthetic fibre (polyamide, polyethylene or polypropylene). Synthetic fibres are stronger and more resistant. Rope can be either twisted or braided.

Floats can be made of several materials such as light woodpaint or tar it to keep it from beco-ming impregnated with water, which would reduce its floatability; cork; plastic.In short, of a material which floats

Sinkers are usually made either from baked earth or lead. In this last case, they are available as thin lead sheets or in the form of olives of various individual weights. Lead recovered can be used. A total weight of sinkers equal to 1 to 1.5 times the total floatability of the floats is need. Small stones can also be used, but they may break more easily.

For the assembly, one will put a float every 10 to 25 cm maximum. For the sinkers, one every 3 intervals. Various stages are necessary to mount a seine (Figure 118, p. 130).

A small seine may be handled by as few as two people, one at each end of the net, who hold the net vertical with the wooden poles (Figure 119, Figure 120 and Figure 121, p. 131 and Photo O, p. 132). f no poles are used, take care to keep the bottom rope slightly ahead of the top rope. With a muddy pond bottom or with a larger and heavier seine, additional strength may be needed. In this case, one person pulls at each end pole of the net while others assist by pulling at the extended end ropes. It is useful to have an additional person standing near the middle of the seine while it is being handled to help whenever necessary, for example when it gets stuck on some underwater obstacle.

Figure 117. Diagram of a seine.

Head rope with floats

Mounting twine

Depth of netNetting

Mounting twine

Foot rope with sinkers

Page 148: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa130 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Seines can be rather expensive pieces of equipment. To keep them in good condition a good care of them should be take. Watch especially for the following.

Protect them from direct sunlight and dry them in the shade.

After seining, clean and rinse them well, removing all debris and fish slime, scales, etc.

Protect them in a cool, dry place such as an open shed.

Protect them from rats and mice, for example by hanging them on hori-zontal bars above ground level.

Repair them regularly. Replace a section of netting it necessary.

TwineNetting

Head rope 6 mm in diameter and 11 m long

String floats on the head ope and tie the rope between two 

posts

Attach netting material with a net needle

Non-slip knot

Normal knot

Netting material

Begin to attach netting to the head rope

Tie the foot rope between two posts and begin to attach 

bottom part of netting

Placement of floats and sinkers First float

First sinker

Side rope

Tie side rope next to frst 

knot

Head rope with floats

Foot rope with sinkers

Net needle

RopeFloat Sinker

9 meshes 8 meshes 8 meshes

Float

A

B

C

E

F

G

D

3 2 14 3 2 14 3 2 143 2 1

3 2 13 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

4

150 cm

Figure 118. The differents steps to construct a simple seine.

Join the head and foot ropes and add a 

pulling ropeNotch

Upright wooden pole

20 to 30 cm

Tie side rope to pole

Figure 119. Setting of the pole to hold the seine.

Ö Note that the use of seines is generally prohibited in the wild. If this is not the case, it will have to be used only for the harvest of fingerlings or broodstock. Ifapplicable, authorization must be obtained from the competent authorities.

Page 149: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 3 1

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMING

Central section

Wing Aile

8 m 7 m 8 m

1.30 m

2 m

1.30 m

23 m

Bag shape

When the three parts are assembled a bag shape is formed in the central section

Figure 120. Construction of a central-bag seine.

Figure 121. Manipulation of a seine.

Pulling the seine from both sides of 

the pond

Two people using a small seine to 

catch fish

Keep the fish in the net and move it towards 

the bank

Transfer the fish to a container using 

a hand net

Take in the net and enclose the fish in a 

pocket

Larger and heavier seine nets will need more people to 

handle

A A

B C D

E E

Page 150: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa132 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

I.2. GILL NETSOne of the most widely used nets in fres-

hwater capture fisheries is the gill net, which may also be useful on a farm for selective har-vesting of larger fish for marketing.

Photo O. Use of small beach seine (Liberia, Guinea, DRC) [© Y. Fermon].

Photo P. Mounting, repair and use of gill nets (Kenya, Tanzania) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 151: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 3 3

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMING

A gill net is very similar in overall shape and design to a seine net. The netting twine is thinner and usually made of synthetic monofilament such as polyamide monofilament with a diameter from 0.12 to 0.25 mm, depending on the opening of the mesh. Mesh size is determined by the size of fish to be harvested.

Fish should be able to pass through the extended mesh just beyond their gill covers but not further. (Figure 122 above and Photo P, p. 132). When they feel caught and try to back out of the mesh, their gill covers should be caught by the mesh sides (thus the name gill net). Such nets are highly selective. The mesh size is calculated by measuring the body perimeter, or girth, of a few fish of the size you wish to harvest. Your gill net should have a stretched mesh size about a quarter smaller than the fish girth. Gill nets of stretched mesh size less of 4 cm or de 2 inches have to be avoid, for not catching too small fish. Itisimportanttocheckandremovethegilledfishmaximumeveryhoursifonewanttogetthefishaliveandnottoodamaged.

I.3. CAST NETSAnother non-destructive fishing gear and often used by the fishermen for the fish capture is the

cast net. It is quite useful to capture fish of large size without damaging them.

A cast net consists of a flat circular piece of small-mesh netting heavily weighted along its pe-riphery with sinkers. Usually a series of strings run from the outer edge through a central ring to join into a single pulling rope. As it is not very easy to make, you can buy your cast net from a specialized store.

Skill is required in the handling of a cast net (Figure 123 and Photo Q, p. 134). It should be thrown well opened and horizontally on to the water surface. It sinks rapidly to the bottom, and is closed by pulling on the central rope, entrapping the fish inside the net.

A cast net can be used either from the banks, in the water or from a boat.

Figure 122. Gill nets.

Take a fish the size you want to catch and tie a piece of string around its 

thickest part…

…the mesh size should be a little less than this

A gillnet stretched between two posts in midwater

Page 152: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa134 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

I.4. DIP OR HAND NETSDip nets are commonly used on fish farms for handling and transferring small quantities of fish.

They can be bought complete, assembled from ready-made parts or you can make the nets yourself.

A dip net is made of three basic parts (Figure 124 and Photo R, p. 135):

9 A bag, made of netting material suitable in size and mesh type for the size and quantity of fish to be handled;

9 A frame from which the bag hangs, generally made from either strong galvanized wire or iron bar (usually circular, triangular or «D» shaped, with fixing attachments for the handle);

Figure 123. Use of a cast net.

Use a castnet from a boat

In position Closed

Use a castnet in the water

Open net

Closed net

Photo Q. Cast net throwing (Kenya, Ghana) [© F. Naneix, © Y. Fermon].

Page 153: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 3 5

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMING

9 A handle, made from metal or wood and 0.20 to 1.50 m long, depending on the use of the dip net.

The size and shape of dip nets vary greatly. It is important to keep the following guidelines in mind. Handle live fish using dip nets with relatively shallow bags. Their depth should not exceed 25 to 35 cm. One will have to select a size suitable for the size of fish to be handled.

I.5. TRAPSThere are many different kinds of traps commonly used when fishing in lakes and rivers in the

wild. It might be the case to catch broods-tock or associated species as catfish. Certain kinds may be useful for simple and regular harvest of food fish without distur-bing the rest of the pond stock.

These traps are usually made with wood, plastic pipe, bamboo or wire frames, with netting, bamboo slats or wire mesh surfaces.

There are two main types (Figure 125 opposite and Photo S, p. 136):

9 Pot traps, which are usually bai-ted and have a funnel-shaped entrance through which fish can enter but have dif-ficulty escaping from; and

9 Bag or chamber traps, which usually have a guide net that leads the fish into a chamber and have a V-shaped en-trance that keeps the fish from escaping.

Opening: 25 to 30 cmLength: 80 to 100 cm

Figure 125. Differents types of local traps.

Round

Square or rectangular

Half-round

Bag

HandleFrame

Figure 124. Different types of dip nets.

Photo R. Dip net (Guinea) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 154: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa136 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

I.6. HANDLINE AND HOOKSOne of the easiest methods to capture broodstock is just with a fishing handline. It is a selective

gear which allow to capture and to maintain in life without problem fish like the tilapia. It will however be a question of using as much as possible hooks without barb.

II. THE TRANSPORT OF LIVE FISHTransport of live fish is common practice on many fish farms, used for example:

Ö After harvest of fish in wild;

Ö To take fish to short-term live storage.

The duration of transport varies according to the distance to be covered:

9 From the river, transport time is usually longer, varying from a few hours to one or two days;

9 On the farm, transport time is usually very short (a few minutes) to short (up to 30 minutes).

There exist certain basic principles governing the transport of alive fish:

Ö Live fish are generally transported in water. The quality of this water changes progressively du-ring transport. Major changes occur in the concentration of the chemicals.

¾ Dissolved oxygen (DO) is mainly used by fish for their respiration. Bacterial activity and oxyda-tion processes will also use oxygen in the presence of organic matter.

9 The oxygen consumption increase with the temperature.

9 The DO consumption by small fish for 1 kg is higher than fish a larger size.

Photo S. Traps. On left and up on right, traditionnal trap (Liberia); Down on

right, grid trap full of tilapia (Ehiopia) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 155: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 3 7

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMING 9 The oxygen consumption of fish resting is lower than stressed or in activity fish.

¾ Ammonia is excreted by fish and produced by bacteria in different forms. The most toxic form, free or non-ionized ammonia (NH3), becomes more important as water temperature and pH in-crease.

¾ Carbon dioxide (CO2) is produced by fish as a by-product of respiration. Bacteria also produce CO2 .Carbon dioxide exists in different forms; the most toxic form, free CO2, increases as water pH decreases.

Other changes in water quality may also take place during transport.

9 Increased water temperature in warm climates increases oxygen consumption and the content of toxic free ammonia.

9 Increased carbon dioxide content and thus decreased pH, reduce toxic free ammonia but increase the content of toxic free CO2.

9 Increased suspended solids from fish waste.

Ö Water quality

¾ A cool water, so fish and bacteria will be less active, thus reducing DO consumption and produc-tion of ammonia/carbon dioxide. Ice may be use if necessary. One will avoid to expose the fish to a sudden change in temperature.

¾ A clear water which is free from silt or suspended solids, to reduce stress to the fish gills, to re-duce bacteria in organic solids, and to reduce risk of low oxygen levels caused by decomposition of organic material.

Asfaraspossible,itisnecessarytoavoidhandlingfishwiththehandtoomuchbecauseits destroys the mucus which they have on the body and to leave them too a long time out of water.

For transport itself, of short and medium time, one can use clay pots or barrels, buckets or ba-sins but also plastic bags inflated with the air. For Clariidae, just a small amount of water is enough because of their capacity to be able to breathe the ambient air.

In the case of long time transport, one will used plastic bags inflated with oxygen, with the air if no oxygen (Figure 126 and Photo T, p. 138). One can get oxygen in a carriage-builder who makes welding either in a dispensary or a hospital. As much as possible, each breeder will have to be alone in his bag and, for the juveniles, one will limit the densities. However, it is true that this will increase volume to be transported, thus, the risks of mortality are largely reduced. One should not put too much water in the bag. A level just above fish is enough amply. One counts, in general, 1/3 of water for 2/3 of air or oxygen.

For just catch fish, one will change the water of the container every 5 mn or when the fish pipe on the surface, to evacuate the organic waste rejected by fish because of the stress of their capture and which consume the oxygen of water and this, very quickly.

There exists a certain number of precautions to be taken and actions to be undertaken:

For transport in the medium and long term, before transport, when the fish come from the ponds, one will keep them in stables, in hapas for example, without food and one will keep them long enough so that their digestive tract is completely empty. Water in which they will be transported will remain thus cleaner. The minimum duration of the period of fast depends on the temperature of water and the species. In warm water, a duration from 12 to 12 midnight is sometimes sufficient. It is not necessary for transport of short duration.

One will avoid, as much as possible, to dirty the water of transport. It will thus be necessary to carefully clean the fish with clean water before loading them into the container with transport.

One will place the containers in the darkness and safe from sudden noises to maintain fish quiet during the transport itself.

Wherever possible, one will maintain fish cool during transport. There will be transport during the

Page 156: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa138 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

night or early in the morning. In the same way, direct solar light will be avoided and it will be preferably to place the containers in the shade. The containers can bec over with bags or wet tissue to increase the cooling effect of evapo-ration

One should not feed fish during transport.

As much as possible, the water of trans-port will be replaced by better oxygenated and fresher water, during long stops, if the fish seem disturbed or start to come to water surface to breathe, instead of remaining calmly at the bot-tom or when transport lasts more than 24 hours without additional oxygen contribution. If ne-cessary, the quantity of oxygen in water can be increased by agitating water with the hand.

The density of fish should not be too high to avoid a too strong oxygen uptake. For a bag of ½ liter, 3 or 4 fish of 2 cm but only one of 8 cm must be put in. Moreover, for fish suba-dultes and adults, wounds can be caused by the contacts and may result in the death of a fish.

As soon as a fish died in a bag or a contai-ner, it should be removed quickly.

For the release of fish in water, one will let the container soak in order to reduce the va-riation in temperature between the water of the bag and the water of the pond. Then, one will put water of the pond little by little in the contai-ner to finish the acclimatization of fish before releasing them.

Photo T. Fish packing in plastic bags (Guinea, (Ehiopia)

[© Y. Fermon, © É. Bezault].

Figure 126. Fish packing in plastic bags.

Water Water + Fish

Water + Fish

Water + air + fish

Water + air + fish

Regulator, valve and air cylinder Deflate bag 

and close it around tube

Pull tube

Tube

Tie

AirAir

Page 157: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 3 9

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMINGIII. THE PRODUCTION OF FINGERLINGS OF TILAPIA

It is possible to set up a production of fingerlings from broodstock collected in the wild. Indeed, it is sometimes difficult to be able to provide fingerlings in good number in the wild, for example, in rainy season. Three possibilities exist and vary according to the species. Fish can reproduce by:

Ö Natural, where one arranges a water level according to the behavioral needs and habitus of the species to be breed and then put the breedeers,

Ö Semi-natural with injection of hormones to start the production of the gametes in a simulta-neous way, and, finally,

Ö Artificialwhere, after injection, the ovocytes and sperm are extracted manually to proceed to a manual fecundation.

The reproduction and the production of tilapia are currently carried out in farming systems ac-cording to very variable levels of intensification, which depend on the topographic, physicochemical, and socio-economic conditions of the area. The various techniques used until now are presented according to the environment in which they are developed, namely:

9 Fish Ponds, 9 Hapas and cages, 9 Artificialtanks(basins), “raceways” and arenas, 9 Hapas in tanks, 9 Aquariums of experimentation.

Inthesituationofsubsistencefishfarming,onewillchoosepreferentiallytheproductioninponds and, if necessary, hapas and cages.

It is necessary to take account of the behavioral needs of the tilapia (Appendix 03 paragraph II, p. 216). They are territorial animals. For the mouthbrooders, in fact, the males defend a territory. For the substrate spawners, the two parents are territorial. Generally, one can consider that the size of the territories will be about 1 m2 on the ground. This size will increase with the size of the individual. However, individual variability is very important in these fish.

Fromtheirbiology,fingerlingsfrom10to15mmlengthcanbeobtaineverymonth.Howe-ver, for mouthbrooders, it will be necessary to take care of the females which suffer the harassment of the males at the end of incubation. If they are requested too much, the guard of the fry will be shorter with a greater risk of fry loss.

III.1. THE RECOGNITION OF THE SExIt is sometimes rather difficult to differentiate the sexes from fish. In some species like Alestidae,

the sexual dimorphism appears on the anal fin. In many species of mouthbrooding Cichlidae, the males present a bright coloration. However, some non-dominant males keep a coloring close to that of the females. It is then necessary to look at the urogenital orifice while returning the fish (Figure 127, p. 140).

When the breeding season comes, broodstock should be carefully selected. Only fish that are ready to spawn should be used. Select fish with the following characteristics:

9 Males should release a few drops of milt when the abdomen is slightly pressed. 9 Females should have a swollen and protruding genital opening, reddish/rose in colour, and

a well-rounded and soft abdomen, showing that the gonads are developed up to the dormant stage.When there is risk of males agression (for example, in the case of catfishes), the fish of the two

sexes must be kept in separate ponds after selecting them.

III.2. THE NURSERY PONDSIn the case of a central processing unit making it possible to provide alevins to the whole of the

pisciculturists, one can propose with the local services the installation of a station of stocking with fish in pond. In this case, one will choose ponds whose surface varies between 1 and 5 ares with a depth from 0.4 to 0.5 m. Some authors recommend ponds of 4 ares, allowing a higher production, by unit of area, with that of the ponds of 0.5 are. Others on the other hand recommend the use of small

Page 158: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa140 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Figure 127. Sexual differentiation of differents species.

Anus

Anus

Urogenital pore

Urethra

Oviduct

PapillaTail Head

Genital papilla

Anus

Urogenital orifice Urinary orifice

Genital slit

Arrived at maturation

Milt drop

Urogenitalpapilla

Anus

A - Maturation test

B - Clarias gariepinus C - Lates niloticus

D - Cichlidae

Page 159: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 4 1

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMINGponds from 9 to 12 m2 in which only one pair is introduced. The small size of these ponds facilitates the regular fishing of the fry groups at the end of the parental guard. These small ponds do not re-quire a monk. It is the latter system which will be privileged. This method, for mouthbrooders, allows a production from 200 to 300 alevins per pair of parents and per month. It seems however that the frequency of the spawns and the fry production are seriously improved while installing in these small ponds 4 to 6 females with 2 to 3 males. That would in any case avoid the absence of production by sterility of one or the other breeder. In pond of 4 ares, the stocking is made with 200 females (average weight = 150 to 300 g) and 70 males (a.w. = 50 to 200 g), that is a density of 0.7 breeders/m2 and a sex ratio female/male of 3:1 (Figure 128, Figure 129 and Table XXVIII below).

The reduction in the production of fry per kg of female, with the increase in the average weight of the females can be attributed to 3 factors:

Ö Decreased fertility with increasing weight. Ö Decrease in the frequency of eggs with increasing weight. Ö Decrease in the frequency of reproduction of males towards large females more aggressive.

Regarding substrate spawners, the sex-ration must be reduced. Two techniques of harvest are generally used, either the regular draining of the ponds at interval

of 60 days, in order to limit the frequency of the spawnings and separation of the breeders and the fry using nets of adapted meshs size, or the harvest by seining or using cast net allowing to collect all fingerlings of an average weight higher than 0.5 g. The exploitation begins 30 to 60 days after introducing the breeders and goes on at the frequency of a harvest every 15 days.

From a biological point of view, one of the main advantages of obtaining fingerlings in pond is the optimal use of the resources of the pond, compared with the mode of breeding in more closed system. From a practical point of view, the breeding in pond is also of a simple technology, requi-ring a less regular control than a breeding in artificial conditions. However, with high densities, the

Density breeders (ind/m2)

Sex ratio (female / male)

Fingerlings production

(ind/m2/month) (g/m2/month)

0.35 3 33.1 60

0.50 1 27.5 49

0.70 3 54.0 86

1.00 1 45.0 112

Table XXVIII. Production of Oreochromis niloticus in function of the number of breeders in a pond of 4 ares – 122 farming days.

0

100

200

300

400

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Fry produc

tion/m

2 /day

Genitors density (ind/m2)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550

Nomber of fry/kg

 fem

ale/day

Females body weight (g)

Figure 128. Fingerlingsproducedperfishdensity in Oreochromis niloticus.

Figure 129. Fingerlings produced per females body weight in Oreochromis niloticus.

Page 160: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa142 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

conditions of storage become more or less similar to those observed in cage or in tank and it is then necessary to carry out a more precise follow-up of the various phases of production:

Ö Control reproduction of the breeders and frequent harvest of fry, Ö Improvement of the productivity of the pond by fertilization, Ö Regular fish feeding, Ö Control of the water quality and renewal of water if necessary.

III.3. HAPAS AND CAGESUnder certain conditions, depending mainly on the mesh size and the density of the breeders,

the reproduction of the tilapia in cage is however realizable and has already led to very high produc-tions of fry (Figure 130 below and Photo U, p. 143).

Hapas are fixed pocket of small size (de 1.5×1×1 m à 3×3×1 m) made with mosquito net (mesh size of 1-3 mm) in nylon and attached to stick in bamboo, stakes or wooden stakes put into the bot-tom of a pond depth. The hapa is placed at 10-20 cm from the bottom of the pond and the depth is about 0.6 m. It can also be placed in a basin.

Thus, the breeders are confined in an internal room delimited by nets with mesh size of 30 mm, so that the fry can be easily stayed in the external room (with 1-3 mm mesh size) as they are pro-duced. This device presents the disadvantage of limiting the water flows through hapas, because the breeders do not have access to the walls of the external room. However, it is known that the movement of fish, like their action of algae and détritus scraping facilitate the water renewal within hapas. An alternative is to put the breeders in a half of hapas, which allow to ensure the breeders of good conditions of water circulation (Figure 131, p. 143).

The best results are obtained with densities from 2.5 to 5.0 breeders/m2. The best results are obtained with sex ratio female/male of 5:1 to 7:1. Recently, however, of ratios 2:1 and 3:1 seems more advantageous.

Figure 130. Hapas and cages. A: Hapas, A1: Simple, A2: Double; B: Cage.

Internalhapa

Externalhapa

A2 A1

B

Page 161: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 4 3

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMING

One of the advantages of the use of the system hapas is the facility of control of the spawnings and recovery of fry, each unit being easily handle by one or two people maximum. One can also get the fry every day with hand net. A good harvest interval will be from 10 to 14 days for females of one to two years old.

The cages generally consist of a rigid framework of wood made support or of metal equipped with a synthetic net delimiting a volume of water and equipped with a system of floating attached to the upper framework or supported by stakes inserted in the lakes or river at a shallow depth.

A B C

Figure 131. Differents systems of reproduction of tilapia in hapas and cages. A: Simple; B: Double with breeders in the middle; C: Breeders in one half.

Photo U. Hapas in ponds (Ghana) [© É. Bezault].

Page 162: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa144 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

The selection of the sites for the establishment of a breeding system in bcage is essential. Fac-tors such as quality and circulation of water, adequate protection against the floating débris and the waves, accessibility of the site, safety and distance compared to the markets are important to consi-der. The brutal arrival of the first water of flood, extremely turbids, must also be taken into account, because it involves a degradation of the conditions of farming and a stop of the feeding of fish. A co-ver or a net of protection installed on the cage makes it possible to submerge it if necessary. Lastly, it will be necessary to be attentive with the presence or the absence of water currents within the cage, with the reduction in the concentration of dissolved O2 following the increase of toxic gases, and the important thermal variations during the transitional periods.

Whatever the model used, the bottom of the cage must be at least at a distance of 0.3 m of the bottom where waste accumulates and causes a reduction in the O2 concentration.

The cages for the reproduction and the fry production are generally smaller than those for the production of fish for consumption, which is in cages of 0.5 and 1 m3. The depth of the cage can also affect the growth and the reproduction of the tilapia. A depth from 0.5 to 1 m is generally observed for the production of fish for consumption in cages of 20 m3. Meshs size of 3 mm seem to be a high limit of size to observe the spawning of O. niloticus because the intermediate size of eggs is from 2.5 to 3.0 mms in diameter. The best production rate of fry (53 ind/m2/month) is obtained with a sex-ratio of 3:1.

One will be able to feed the parents with rice, for example

As regards the production of fingerlings, the technique of breeding cages can increase very significantly the amount of larvae produced through the frequent harvest larvae as their production.

Figure 132. Livefishstorageinhapasornets.A:Woodframeandnetbag; B, C and D: Hapas or cage in net in pond or in channels; E: Basket;

F: Wood and mesh holding box.

A B

C D F

E

Page 163: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 4 5

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMINGThese harvests, repeated and complete, are all the more effective as they do not require draining of the pond, nor fishings with the seine, and thus limit the losses of offspring regularly observed at the time of these operations. Moreover, the system with double net reduces the cannibalism exerted by the adults, thus increasing the number of larvae produced by female. To note that cages and hapas can be used to store fish collected during the draining of the ponds of production.

Consequently, in fishfarming production, it seems advisable to install parentswith thedensity of 4 ind/m2, of 1.5 to 2 years old, with males slightly larger than the females with a sex-ratio of 1 male for 3 females.

These cages or hapas can be put directly in the water supply channe or other points where they will be protected. They can be used for several ends:

Ö Productionoffingerlings

Ö Storageoffingerlingscollectedinthewild

Ö Storage of the associated species after captures in the wild

Ö Storageoffishafterdrainingoftheponds.

One will be able to also make use of small nets or others materials for that (Figure 132, p. 144).

III.4. THE OTHER STRUCTURESThere exist other structures like the concrete basins or aquariums to produce fingerlings. Howe-

ver, these structures are rather indicated for large production in commercial-type operations. They require costs and technical much more higher and expensive (Photo V below).

The basins in masonry or breeze blocks generally have a elongated shape making it possible to maintain a good circulation water.

The aquariums must be of big size (minimum 200 l for tilapia).

Photo V. Concrete basins and aquariums (Ghana) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 164: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa146 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

IV. THE STOCKING OF THE PONDSWhen the pond is filled with water, that it will have been fertilized and that water will have be-

come sufficiently green and that the fingerlings are available, it is now time to introduce them into the ponds.

The density of fish, in relation to the species and its behavior is one of the key components of the success of the farming. Then, when the herbivorous fish arrive at a size enabling them to reproduce, one will put some predators to control the reproduction and to limit to possible the presence of a too high number of fry. Thefishwillnotdowhatyouwantthattheymake.Theywillevolveaccor-ding to the conditions that you give them. It thus will be necessary to give them optimal conditions for an investment of their metabolic energy in the growth.

The optimal density of stocking of a fishpond is the amount of fish at the beginning of the pe-riod of production which guarantees to obtain the highest income. The definition of the density of stocking of a pond is one of the most important parameters for the success of a fishfarming. In the fishfarming systems, a stock of fingerlings grows bigger at an almost maximum speed as long as the food and the other environmental conditions are not limiting. When they become it, the reached biomass is called critical charge (CSC). The growth decreases starting from this CSC, but it is not null. The biomass thus continues to increase, until the population reaches the level of biotic capacity or (K). Starting from K, the effects related to the density of the population are such as the growth stop and the biomass remains stable. It is however possible to increase the density of stocking, which makes it possible to increase the yield, as long as the rate of increase in the density of stocking re-mains higher than the reduction in individual growth rate. But, from the moment when the reduction in growth rate becomes higher than the increase in density, the yield falls, as that appears on Figure 133 below.

If the fish are put in ponds with low density and that the natural foods are abundant, they grow bigger with the maximum speed allowed by the temperature. A supplementary feeding contribution is useless at this stage and does not bring anything more because the food is not a limiting factor. On

the other hand, when high stock reaches the CSC, the food be-comes limiting. The growth thus decreases, except if the manage-ment of the farming is intensified. If the production of natural food can be increased by fertilization, the maximum growth is started again, until a new CSC is reached on a higher level. At this stage, a complementary food can be ne-cessary to the maintenance of the maximum growth. Then, again, a CSC is reached when the quality of food or water quality becomes limiting.

The density can be used to control the average growth rate of fish and consequently, the du-ration of the period of farming. As already considering, when the density of stocking is increased, the CSC is reached for a less in-dividual weight and the growth beyond the CSC is reduced. The average growth on the totality of the period of farming is conse-

Figure 133. Diagram on the relationships between the stocking density, the instant growth rate (G) and the

instant yield per surface unit (Y) with (dots) and without (plain) complementary feeding.

G

Y

Y

G

Density of fish

Yield per unit area

 (Y)

Growth rate (G)

Page 165: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 4 7

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMINGquently lower. In a more general way, the individual yield and the growth are respectively positively and conversely correlated with the density. In other words, until a certain threshold, more the density is low, more the growth is fast and more the yield is low.

The fishfarming systems in pond selected are polyculture dominated by the tilapia, especially Oreochromis niloticus (or others tilapia). In some places, a catfish was selected like principal species. The group of catfish with Clarias gariepinus, Heterobranchus isopterus and Heterobranchus longifilis is the second great group, the last of these species (H. longifilis) is used only in intensive systems of farming with granulated food. Although very often forgotten, Heterotis niloticus is probably the third fish by order of importance.

By using relatively low densities, a better growth rate, a higher final weight but a lower yield can obtained. But with a higher growth rate, the duration of the cycle of farming decreases, which can allow to obtain a higher benefit at the end of the year. Experiments led in Ivory Coast showed that the compromise between the yield and the final average weight is for a density ranging between 4 000 and 7 000 tilapia/ha (Figure 134 below). From now, it is advisable to use a densities of stocking lower than before for the fishfarming of low level of inputs. This density is of 5 000 poissons/ha, that is 0.5 ind/m2. Before, the usual density was generally of 2 ind/m2.

The majority of the projects retained and still retain the catfish (often Clarias gariepinus). This technique is very constraining: It is necessary to be able to get, at each beginning of cycle, catfish fry well calibrated to prevent that those do not attack the tilapia in growth in the pond. Moreover, if, for an unspecified reason, the duration of the cycle increase, the catfish, growing faster, will forsake fry of tilapia to attack the large individuals. The value of the production fall down then since the large fish are more expensive than the small ones. If some seasons, the catfish fry are aboundant, they are difficult to find in the wild at other times of the year. In the extensive fields, Clarias gariepinus appeared a poor carnivore, incompetent of reduce the amount of fingerlings. On the other hand, some individuals have a growth so fast that they are able to attack the large tilapia at the end of 4 to 5 months. It is to better retain Hemichromis fasciatus, or another piscivorous Cichlidae with an easiest management. This small carnivore, of size definitely lower than the tilapia, can attack only fry. It is with this type of carnivore that the fastest growths of the tilapia were recorded (Figure 135, p. 148). This gives a new advantage: It makes it possible to quickly obtain a product of large size, appreciated

better by the consumer. The eradica-tion of fry of tilapia (first competitors for the large tilapia for the food re-source) allow to develop twice better the inputs. Moreover, the presence of carnivores facilitates the control of the populations. It is not then neces-sary any more to practice tiresome and hazardous fishing to eliminate fry. This does not prevent, once the field controlled by a predator, to ju-diciously use some catfish put after the beginning of the cycle, and with a density where they will not influence the growth of the tilapia.

The polyculture with Heterotis ni-loticus became important at the end of 80s. This species does not seem to induce a reduction in the yield of the tilapia, but appears, at contrary,

Ö The density of tilapia have to be of 0.5 ind/m2.

Figure 134. Yield and average weight of Oreochromis niloticus at the harvest in function of initial density.

0

4000

5000

3000

1000

6000

2000

0

400

500

300

10

600

200

0.1 0.7 10.4

Yield (k

g/ha/year)

Mean w

eight (g

)

Density (ind/m2)

Page 166: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa148 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

perfectly complementary. One leaves a number very limited breeders of Heterotis (of more than 1 year and half old) to reproduce, one observes the way in which the reproductive breeders take care of its fry and, when those appear sufficiently large to be isolated, they are collected (at the end of 1 to 2 months). In economic terms, the association of Heterotis and tilapia corresponds to a more intensive use of surface.

The polyculture with of Cyprinidae is still weak in Africa except with introduced species. One can think that this one can develop with indigenous species.

One can thus associate the tilapia as principal species (Oreochromis niloticus when it is present) with a catfish (Heterobranchus isopterus, Clarias spp.), Heterotis niloticus and a predator (Hemichro-mis fasciatus, Parachanna spp. or Serranochromis spp.) to eliminate undesirable fry, according to a ratio of 0.03 for Heterotis niloticus, 0.04 for Siluriformes, 0.2 piscivorous for each tilapia.

For the predator, the proportion must be approximately 13% of the weight of put tilapia. Globally, tenfishofapproximately7/8cm forahundred tilapiahaving reached6/7cmareenough. The stocking of predators will be done approximately one month after stocking the pond in tilapia.

Figure 135. Impact of the presence of a predator (here, Hemichromis fasciatus)infishponds.On left: Without predator; On right: With predator.

Availablefood

Available foodGrowth

Growth

Growth

Dwarfism Good growth

Reproductionat small size

Reproductionat higher size

Introduction of predator

PredationReproductionat small size

Page 167: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 4 9

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMINGV. THE FOLLOW-UP OF FISH

For proper management, you will need to know on regular occasions how big your fish are and how fast they are growing. For this, a sample of fish from the pond will be measured and weighted.

For live fish it is always best to weigh them in clean water, as quickly as possible (Figure 136 below).

The total weight of a certain number of fish can be measured. Best is to put a batch in a container or a bag which will be weighed. After counting of fish, there will be then a mean weight by individual.

To measure the live weight of relatively large fish such as breeders, one can simply use a satchel or stretcher made for example of canvas slung from two wooden bars.

Length measurements are particularly quick and useful for medium to large fish and can be done with far less stress or damage to the fish. The easiest way to measure fish length is to use a fish measuring board. You can make one simply of wood. One fixes a flat ruler graduated in millimetres and centimetres on top of the horizontal board. One also fixes a small plank perpendicularly against which one will bring the rule to thfe level from the zero. One make sure that the board is smooth. A coat of good waterproof varnish is useful.

To measure the length of a fish, one places it on the horizontal board, the end of his head against the small vertical plank, therefore on the level zero of the rule. His caudal fin well is extended and one measures the length on the graduated scale. One often uses the total length or the fork length. However, it is better to use the Standard Length (SL) (Appendix 03, paragraph I, p. 207).

Spring

Tare Weighing

Commercial

Ruler in mm or cm

A simple wooden fish measuring box finish with water proof varnish

A

B

C

Figure 136. Measurement gears. A: Balances and springs; B: Taking a weight;

C: Measuring board.

Page 168: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa150 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Length and weight of fish can be related mathematically, and so weight can be estimated from length measurements (Figure 137 above). This relationship varies with the species and its environ-ment. For that, it is necessary:

1. To take a fish sample in the pond.2. To measure the standard length preferably each individual then,3. To weigh fish individually.

The sample must have a minimal size of 20 individuals, even if statistically a sample of 5 indi-viduals is enough.

If the weighing of fish is difficult, it is advisable to use the relation length-weight, in order to consider the individual mean weight of fish. It is enough for this purpose proceeding as follows.

To make a follow-up of growth, one will proceed as follows (Appendix 01, p. 189):

1. To take measurements of a fish sample during stocking;

2. For fish of less than 5 cm of LS, there will be twice a week the same manipulation during the first month. Then, the catches of measurements will be able to be spaced, one per week.

It is well, as much as possible, to follow the growth over one 3 months duration.

VI. DRAINING AND HARVESTFarmed fish can be harvested in several ways. One can collect all fish only once (complete drai-

ning) or one can do it in several times by making intermediate fishings without emptying the pond before draining completely.

VI.1. INTERMEDIATE FISHINGSThis method allows the owner to get fish throughout farming. It can do it with a net, a cast net,

traps or handlines. At the same time it can follow the growth of fish. Intermediate fishings should however not be done too early, it should be waited until the fish reached a sufficient size before col-lecting them for consumption. The size of fish to harvest varies according to the place where is the location. Sometimes, the fish are consumed with size lower than 10 cm SL.

For each harvest, it is necessary to remove only a small amount of fish, especially if there is many intermediate fishings. The owner will have each time to note the weight of the fish which it catchs

Figure 137. Length - Weight relationships.

240

220

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

00 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

20.4

146

21 22 23 24 25

Total length (cm)

Fresh weight (g

)

Page 169: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 5 1

5. END OF THE CYCLE4. FISH FARMINGfrom the pond, in order to add them with the production at the time of complete draining. If these fishings are made in a moderated way, they make it possible to collect a total production higher than if one practices only one draining at the end of the cycle. To collect fish, one will be able to use fishing gears (Chapter 09, paragraph I, p. 127).

VI.2. COMPLETE DRAININGA draining is done always early in the morning, in order to be able to work during the hours of

freshness. Thus the fish and especially the fry which one will keep will suffer less. The material and necessary tools for draining (shovel, basins, baskets…) will be gathered the evening before. One will be able to store fish not consumed or sold in cages or hapas. The sale of fish will be envisaged either at the edge of the pond and, in this case, one will inform the neighbors, or at the market of the village, so a fast way of transport will then be provided.

When the pond is equipped with a monk, collect fish can be done in two manners (Figure 138 below):

Ö Inside the pond, just in front of the monk;

Ö Outside the pond, after the fish crossed the monk and the pipe discharge.

To harvest your fish inside the pond, one will remove the wooden boards from the monk one row at a time. Each time a row is removed of boards from the monk, one will be sure to put the screen back on top to keep the fish from getting out.

When the water is partly drained from the pond, one can harvest part of the fish from the water just in front of the monk. (Figure 139, p. 152). When one will be ready to harvest the rest of the fish, one will continue to take out the boards one by one. However, it is necessary to put back the screen each time until the pond is empty. When all of the water is out, the remaining fis can be harvested. First the baby fish have to be collected and then the big fish. Muddy water is bad for baby fish. So, it is better to let a little clean water flow through the pond to keep it from getting too muddy.

A number of fish will pass through the monk. One can place a box or baskets in the draining channel outside the pond, at the end of the pipe coming from the monk (Figure 197 below). It will be necessary well to pay attention that the pipe is well inside the box, so that the fish cannot escape.

Sonowweproceededtoharvestfish.

A

B

C

Figure 138. Harvestofthefish.A:Insideaftercomplete draining; B: Outside, with a box;

C: Inside, at the catch basin.

Page 170: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa152

VII. SUMMARY

Figure 139. Examplesofwaytocollectthefishoutsideofthepond.

50 cm200

 cm

20 cm

50 cm

Basket

Netting

Harvesting box

Ö After fertilization, the steps are:

Ö The collectofspecimensinthewildorbyproductionoffingerlingsoftilapia;

Ö The stocking of ponds with tilapia;

Ö The growth monitoring;

Ö The collect of predators in the wild;

Ö The stocking with predators;

Ö The monitoring and partial harvest offish;

Ö Then, after several weeks, the draining and the complete harvest offish.

Ö Emphasis on:

Ö Fishing methodsandprecautionstokeepfishingoodconditionandavoidpro-blems and local legislation;

Ö The biology of the species and they provide for good production, breeding, fee-ding, behavior, both for good growth and in the choice of density;

Ö The transport offishandtoprovidecareinordertoavoidalossoffishwhichmaybethecompletenumberoffish.

Page 171: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 5 3

As soon the fish are harvested, the cycle is thus ended (Figure 140, p. 154). It remains, however, to see various aspects to ensure a durability of the ponds and, thus, other productions. They are related to:

9 The maintenance of the ponds;

9 Thetechniquesofconservationandtransformationoffish;

9 The management of the ponds;

9 The ponds and health.

I. THE MAINTENANCE OF THE PONDSIn order to be able to have a correct production and this over several years, it is advisable to

ensure a certain number of interventions and to take precautions on various aspects: ¾ Thediseasesoffish,

¾ Thenutritionoffish,

¾ The regular maintenance of the ponds,

¾ The maintenance of the ponds between two uses.

I.1. THE DISEASES OF FISHFish diseases may cause severe losses on fish farms through:

Ö Reduced fish growth and production; Ö Increased vulnerability to predation; Ö Increased susceptibility to low water quality; Ö Increase of death of fish.

While it may be difficult to avoid fish diseases completely, it is better to try to prevent their occur-rence rather than to allow them to develop and then attempting to cure them once they start to cause problems In some cases surviving fish are so weakened that effective treatment becomes difficult.

However several simple and effective treatments can be used, either for prevention or early control of disease before it becomes too serious.

There are several causes of disease that may affect the fish directly or may continue to cause disease problems. Basically, any factor which causes stress or difficulty to the fish decreases its resistance to disease and increases the chance of disease problems occurring.

The three main causes of disease are: Ö An inadequat feeding. Nutritional diseases become more frequent as the culture system be-

comes more intensive and the fish obtain less of their nutrients from natural food organisms.

Ö A stress cause by being exposed to an extreme or a toxic condition. ¾Rough and/or excessive handling, for example when harvesting or sorting/grading; ¾Overcrowding and/or behavioural stresses, for example in storage or transport; ¾Unsuitable water temperature; ¾Lack of dissolved oxygen; ¾Changes in pH towards extreme values; ¾Presence of toxic gases such as ammonia or hydrogen sulphide; ¾Pollution of the water by agricultural or industrial chemicals, sewage effluents, heavy silt loads.

Chapter 10MAINTENANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PONDS

Page 172: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa154 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Draining channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

Assessment

Time

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

7 - 10 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

Figure 140. Settingoffishpond:5.Endofcycleandstartagain…

Page 173: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 5 5

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMING Ö An attack of pathogenic organisms, either externally on the skin, gills or fins, or internally in the

blood, digestive tract, nervous system…Disease risks become even greater when fish undergo combined stresses, for example handling

when the water temperature is below normal or overcrowding in low dissolved oxygen conditions.Other factors on the fish farm may also be responsible for the survival and propagation of di-

sease organisms, making disease control much more difficult such as: 9 The presence of diseased wild fish; 9 The presence of intermediate hosts such as snails and fish-eating birds, necessary for com-

pleting the life cycle of the disease organism; 9 The introduction of disease organisms through contaminated inputs such as food, trash

fish or processing wastes, for example imported eggs, juveniles, or broodstock, and water from an upstream pond or farm.

Disease prevention can be done with just applying good management practices:

Ö Ensuregoodwaterquality:sufficientsupply,withadequatedissolvedoxygenconcentra-tion and free of pollution.

Ö Keep the pond environment healthy: control silt, control plants, keep a healthy balance of phytoplankton and zooplankton, and exchange water if needed.

Ö Keepthefishingoodconditionwithcontrolstockingdensity. Keep different sizes or sexes separate if necessary to control fighting. Care for your fish during storage and transport.

Ö Prevent the entry of disease organisms from outside your farm.

Ö Prevent the spread of disease organisms within your farm. If a disease breaks out on the farm, remove dead or dying fish from the ponds as quickly as possible, at least daily, and do not disturb and stress remaining fish excessively.

Apart from obvious signs such as dead or dying fish, there are many other symptoms which show that fish are not healthy (Figure 141, p. 156):

9 The behaviour of your fish becomes unusual: ¾ Swimming weak, lazy, erratic, ¾ Floating in water head up, ¾ Rubbing against hard object, ¾ Flashing and twisting, ¾ Darting repeatedly, ¾ Crowding and gathering in shallow water or at water inflow, ¾ Individual fish isolated from the main group of fish.

9 Some physical signs are present on the fish: ¾ Gaping mouth, ¾ Body: Open sores, leions, bloody areas, loss of scales, bloated belly, abnormal coloration, ¾ Gills: pale, eroded, swollen, bloody or brownish, ¾ Eyes: cloudy or distended, ¾ Fins: folded,eroded, ¾ Presence of disease organisms on skill, gills, fins.

It is not easy to identify in a fish pond why fish show signs of bad health. There are two common situations which you should readily recognize:

Ö A large part (if not all) of the fish stock show distress or die suddenly, with only some of the above symptoms of disease such as gasping at the surface or gaping mouths: the cause is prior stress (for example rough or poor handling or transport) and/or bad water quality (often low dissolved oxygen) or the presence of a toxic material such as pesticides or other pollution.

Ö Only a few fish are dead while some others show distress. Usually a few fish die over a period of several weeks and some of the above symptoms are present. The cause is improper feeding and/or development of some disease organism.

Page 174: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa156 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Mosttreatmentsrequirednoteasilyfindablechemicalsandwhichcanposeproblemsofhandling and toxicity. One will thus avoid employing any treatment. It will then be advisable to sacrificesickfish.However,itwillbeadvisabletoknowifonedealswithdiseaserelatedtopathogenic organisms.

When that is possible and if that appears to be essential because of the importance of diseases in a zone, one can carry out an autopsy with, in particular:

1. Search for external parasites;2. Search for internal parasites;3. Color and aspect of the liver.

There are three major groups of living organisms that may be responsible for fish diseases: (Fi-gure 142 below and Figure 143, p. 157):

9 The viruses. Their detection and identification requires highly specialized laboratory tech-niques. Control of viral diseases is difficult and requires specialized advice.

9 The bacteria. Bacteria are minute single-cell organisms (I to 12 µm), usually living in colonies. Their detection and identification generally also require special laboratory techniques. The treatment of bacterial diseases such as tail or fin rot and skin ulcers requires experienced, specialized advice.

9 The parasites. Parasites are very small to small organisms made up of one or several cells. They develop either inside or outside the body.

Figure 141. A:Fishpipingonsurface;B:Deadfishfloatingonsurface.

A B

Figure 142. Diseasesoffish.A:Bacterialdiseases;B:Externalparasites.

Tail rot

Gill rot Bacteria(1 à 12 µm)

Skin ulcers

Ichthyophthirius(Protozoa)

Leeches(on body)

Dactylogirus(on gill)

Lernaea(Copepods)

Saprolegnia(Fungi)

A B

Page 175: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 5 7

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMING

• Internal fish parasites are very difficult to control. Although their effects can sometimes be easily identified, detection and identification of the parasites themselves usually requires special skills.,

• External fish parasites are much easier to detect and identify. It is usually possible to eli-minate them.

�Protozoa are very small, single-cell parasites, �Flukes (Monogenea) are very small worms atta-

ched by hooks (0.3 to 1 mm), �Leeches are rather large, segmented worms

attached by a sucker on each end (3 to 5 cm), �Copepods (crustaceans) attached on the fish

body with often two elongated egg sacs atta-ched,

�Fish lice (Crustacea) have a flat, disc-like body covered by a rounded dorsal carapace (6 to 10 mm),

�Water fungi (water moulds) are made of fila-ments that usually grow into a cotton-like mass or mat. They can also develop in the gills.

Juveniles free-swimming in water (tomites: 30 to 

40 µm)

Infected fish

Life cycle from 3 to 5 days at 20°C

White spots

Juveniles escape from the cyst

Parasite encysts on pond bottom and sbdivides into 

many juveniles

This disease may spread  rapidly  from one fish  to  another  through  water  and  pond bottom  infections  which  makes  disease control very difficult 

Mature trophozoïte free-swimming in 

water (500 to 1000 µm)

Maturing trophozoïte in skin and gills (2 days at 25-28°C)

A

Figure 143. Exampleoflifecyclesoffishdisease factors.

A: Ichthyophthirius multifilis – White-spot diseases;

B: Diplostomum spathaceum - Diplostomosis.

Metacercariae in fish eyes

Adult trematode: In gut of water 

bird

Cercariae in water

Snail as intermediate host

Miracidium

Egg in water

B

Page 176: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa158 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

I.2. THE FEEDING OF THE FISHIn will the majority of the cases, the fish will take most of their food of the small animals and

plants which grow in green water (Chapter 08 p. 118).

However, it will happen that it is necessary to distribute additional food contributions if the pri-mary production in the ponds is not good and, therefore, if the growth of fish is low.

From a point of view of the nutrition, the organic matter includes the protids (proteins), the lipids (fats), the glucids (carbohydrates), as well as substances in proportion relatively low (micronutri-ments) such as the vitamins and minerals.

The requirements in nutrients vary according to the species (Table XXIX below).

The diet varies according to species (Appendix 03 p. 207).

Many kinds of materials may be used as supplementary feeds for your fish such as:

9 Terrestrial plants: grasses, legumes, leaves and seeds of leguminous shrubs and trees, fruits, vegetables;

9 Aquatic plants: water hyacinth, water lettuce, duckweed;

9 Small terrestrial animals: earthworms, termites, snails;

9 Aquatic animals: worms, tadpoles, frogs, trash fish;

9 Rice: broken, polishings, bran, hulls;

9 Wheat: middlings, bran;

9 Maize: gluten feed, gluten meal;

9 Oil/cakes after extraction of oil from seeds of mustard, coconut, groundnut, African palm, cotton, sunflower, soybean;

9 Sugar cane: molasses, filter-press cake, bagasses;

9 Coffee pulp;

9 Cottonseeds;

9 Brewery wastes and yeast;

9 Kitchen wastes;

9 Slaughterhouse wastes: offals, blood, rumen contents;

9 Silkworm pupae;

9 Manure: chicken droppings, pig manure.

Percentagepersizeclassoffish

Nutrients < 0.5 g 0.5 to 10 g 10 to 35 g > 35 g Breeders

Tilapia

Crude proteins 50 35 - 40 30 - 35 25 - 30 30

Crude lipids 10 10 6 - 10 6 8

Digestible glucids 25 25 25 25 25

Fibers 8 8 8 - 10 8 - 10 8 - 10

Catfish

Digestible proteins > 27 27 29 22 - 24

Common carp

Digestible proteins 27 31

Table XXIX. Levelsofvariousnutrientsindifferentspeciesoffish.

Page 177: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 5 9

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMINGIf one chooses the use of additional feeding, the products showing the following characteristics

will be preferentially selected (Table XXX below):

Ö Adequate food value: high percentage of proteins and carbohydrates and low content of fibers;

Ö Good acceptance by the fish for which they are intended;

Ö Economic reasons: for a given quality, to choose least low cost preferably;

Ö Food available during most of the period of growth of fish;

Ö Minimal additional costs of transport, handling and treatment;

Ö Facility of handling and storage.

Content

Feedstuff Water Crude proteins Carbohydrates Fibers

Cereals

Rice broken 11.3 L VH VL

pollshing 10.0 L VH L

bran 10.0 L VH H

hulls/husk 9.4 VL H VH

Wheat bran 12.1 H VH L

middlings/pollard 10.5 H VH L

Oilcakes

Coconut/copra 8.5 H VH H

Cotton seed without hulls 7.8 VH H H

complete 7.9 H H VH

Groundnut/peanuts without hulls 10.0 VH H VH

Mustard 9.5 VH H L

Palm 10.5 H VH H

Sesame 8.0 VH H L

Soybean with hulls 11.0 VH H L

Sunflower with hulls 7.3 VH H VH

Other terrestrial vegetables

Coffee pulp fresh 11.4 L VH VH

Lucerne, leaves 76.0 VL L L

Sweet potato, leaves 89.2 VL VL VL

Sugar cane fresh bagasse 45.0 VL H VH

molasses 25.0 VL VH nil

Aquatic plants

Water jacinth (Eichornia crassipes) 91.5 VL VL VL

Kangkong (Ipomea aquatica) 92.5 VL VL VL

Water lettuce (Pistia spp.) 93.6 VL VL VL

Animal by-products

Blood cattle, fresh 79.6 H nil nil

Ruman contents, fresh 57.5 VL H H

Intervalle de valeurs en pourcentage du

poids

Very high = VH 30 - 42 40 - 55 20 - 30

High - H 16 - 21 20 - 30 12 - 15

Low = L 7 - 13 7 - 10 5 - 10

Very low = VL < 5 < 5 < 2

Table XXX. Relativevalueofmajorfeedstuffsassupplementaryfeedforfish.

Page 178: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa160 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

To obtain best results, it is better to use simple mixtures of various feedstuffs to provide the fish with the additional proteins and good carbohydrates required. As far as possible, one will have to avoid using a high proportion of fibrous materials to feed the fish. (Table XXXI above). The mix will be made regarding the available feedstuffs for a lowest cost.

It is not easy to know which quantity exactly of food to give to fish. The observation of fish allows to have an idea of their needs.

To determine the necessary quantities the following factors have to be take into account: Ö The small fish relatively need more food than the large ones. Ö In the presence of an abundant natural food, less additional food is necessary. Ö The quantity necessary of additional food is of as much less important than its quality is impro-

ved, Ö Water with high temperature requires a more abundant feeding than water at fresher tempera-

ture.

The total quantity of sup-plementary feeding to be given daily to the fish in a particular pond is usually expressed as a percentage of the total weight

FeedstuffsTilapia/Catfishin

fertilized pondTilapia / Silure in non

fertilized pondCatfishfry(<5g)

Fish flour 5 20 55

Soy flour 15 10 7

Cottoon oilcake 25 10 7

Brewery wastes 15 10 7

Bran rice 20 15 5

Wheat 10 10 -

Cocoa or coffee 10 10 -

Maize flour - 10 5

Calcined bones flour - 5 4

Palm oil 5

Composition (%)

Crude proteins 28.5 29.5 43.3

Crude lipids 8.0 9.0 11.0

Table XXXI. Exampleofformulafortilapiaandcatfishfarming.

Time Weight / m2

1 360

2 480

3 720

4 960

5 1200

6 1440

Table XXXII. Example of quantity of food to give ac-

cording time per m2 of pond.

Size class Rate in monoculture Rate in polyculture

5 to 10 g 6.67 5.33

10 to 20 g 5.33 4.00

20 to 50 g 4.60 3.71

50 to 70 g 3.33 2.67

70 to 100 g 2.82 2.24

100 to 150 g 2.16 1.76

150 to 200 g 1.71 1.43

200 to 300 g 1.48 1.20

300 to 400 g 1.29 1.03

400 to 500 g 1.15 0.93

500 to 600 g 1.09 0.87

Table XXXIII. Feeding rate for tilapia in pond related to the size (table of Marek).

Page 179: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 6 1

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMINGor biomass (B), of fish present. This percentage is called the daily feeding rate (DFR). For example, if DFR = 2.5 % of the fish biomass B = 80 kg, it will require 80 x (2.5 / 100) = 2.0 kg of supplementary feed to be distributed daily in the pond. This quantity will change during the growth of fish and thus of the increase in the biomass of fish in the pond (Table XXXII and Table XXXIII, p. 160).

If the fish do not eat all distributed food, it is advisable to decrease a little the quantities the next day. Conversely, if the fish quickly eat all distributed food, a little the quantities will have to be increased the next day.

To be able well to observe fish, it is easier to feed them at the same time each day, preferably ear-ly the morning and in end of the afternoon, when the weather is fresher and this, at the same place.

It is easier to feed them in the lower deep part of the pond in order to be able to observe them while they eat. If the quantity of distributed food is too important, part of this one will settle at the bottom of the pond, which will pollute the water of the pond.

To facilitate the feeding and the observation, one can manufacture a square or a circle frame of bamboo or light wood and attach it to a stake that to insert in the ground. It is then enough to put the food inside the square or of the circle (Figure 144 below). One will be able better to thus see the quantity of food which settles at the bottom or to touch the bottom with the hand to see food whether settled.

There are several occasions on which it is advantageous or even compulsory to stop feeding your fish:

9 When the water temperature is too low or too high (Table XXXIV below); 9 When dissolved oxygen content is limited; 9 On the day you apply manure to the pond; 9 If ever a disease epidemic appears in the pond; 9 When manipulations have to be done in the pond.

It will also be necessary to pay attention to storage in the event of need for feeding. Feedstuffs must be stored with special care to prevent excessive deterioration in quality and feed losses. The most Important factors to control are the following:

9 Moisture content of both air and feedstuffs should be maintained as low as possible. 9 Temperature of both air and feedstuffs should be kept as low as possible. At temperatures

above 25ºC, the rates of deterioration and loss may rapidly increase. 9 Moulds (fungi) and insects (beetles, moths, weevils, etc.) may cause considerable losses

and may contaminate feeds with their metabolic by-products. High temperature and high moisture levels favour their development.

9 Rodents (mice, rats, etc.) and birds can consume important quantities of feedstuffs. Their wastes may also conta-minate the feeds.

9 Human theft and indirect damage to feed stores may also increase other control problems.

Earth mound

A B C

Figure 144. Structures to facilitate the feeding. A: Raised pond area; B:Fixedsubmergedtray;C:Fixedfloatingframes.

Species Range of stop temperature

Mosambic tilapia < 19 and > 35°C

Nil tilapia < 18 and 34°C

Catfish < 18 and 36°C

Table XXXIV. Examples of stop feeding per species in function of the temperature

Page 180: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa162 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

I.3. DAILY ACTIVITIES OF FOLLOW-UPAlthough reduced in a case of production fishfarming, certain regular activities must be carried

out to ensure a good production of fish (Table XXXV below).

At least once per day, the fishfarmer must visit the ponds and check that: Ö The water supply entering each pond is adequate; Ö The dikes are in good state; Ö Water quality is satisfactory, as shown by the behavior to fish and the presence of plankton.

The best moment of the day for this visit is early the morning, when the dissolved oxygen contents are likely to become insufficient and that the owner can contribute to preserve the good state of health of fish. If possible, a second visit of the ponds can take place towards the end of the afternoon, in particular during the critical periods, to take care that the fish remain in good health during the night.

More detailed controls must be made once per week and in a periodic way on: Ö Channels and dikes of the ponds, for major maintenance or repair, Ö Filters, Ö Compost piles, in order to fill them if necessary.

In all circumstances, it is necessary to maintain under control the development of the terrestrial vegetation and to use it for composting.

It will also have to be taken care that the ponds remain protected well as that was mentioned before (Chapter 07 p. 73).

Items Monitoring and possible action Daily Weekly Periodically

Water supply

Main water intake Clean/repair/adjust x - -

Water supply channel Clean/repair/adjust x xx -

Pond inlet Clean/repair/adjust x - xx V

Filters Check/clean x - x

Pond

Water level Check/adjust x - -

Water quality Color check x - -

Dikes Check/repair/protect x xx xx V

Bottom mud Thickness check/quality - - x V

Aquatic plants Check/remove - x xx V

Terrestrial plants Check/remove - x xx

Pests Check/remove x - xx

Fish

Fish behavior Check x - -

Compost piles Check/refill - x -

Theft Protect x - -

Table XXXV. Monitoring. x: following; xx: fuller check or major repair; V: In drained pond only.

Page 181: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 6 3

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMINGI.4. MAINTENANCE WORK AFTER DRAINING

I.4.1. DRYING PONDThe drying of a pond is the time that a pond stay without water (period between draining and

next water filling). It can be total or partial, for short to long time.The dry setting allow some favorable effects because physicochemical and biological pheno-

mena: Ö Mobilization of nutrients in the soil, Ö Rapid mineralization of organic debris, Ö Destruction of aquatic plants, germs of disease, parasites and predators of some fish.

The period of dry setting can be reduced at a few days. A short period is also preferable to avoid the formation of cracks in the dikes and in the bottom of the pond, due to the shrinkage of clays. A light work of the surface bottom of the pond can contribute with the ventilation of the ground and the three points mentioned above. However one should not plow deeply, because that could cause an increase on the unproductive land surface, and an in-depth hiding of the surface layer rich in nutritive elements. A culture (leguminous plants or food crop) can be carried out on the bottom of the pond during a prolonged dry setting. The not collected parts will be then put into the ground before the filling again the pond in water. However, this culture will have to be as short as possible.

I.4.2. CLEARING THE PLATEIt is generally at the deepest place of the pond (in front of the monk), that the mud tends to accu-

mulate. It is necessary to remove it so that the fish can, during harvest, havethere the water cleanest possible. This mud is composed of an accumulation of sediments of the surface layer of the bottom of the pond and organic remains. It is thus very rich in nutritive elements and can be used beside the pond as fertilizer for gardenings. It is also possible, in order not to lose these nutritive elements, to distribute this mud on other places of the plate without however leaving too much of it.

I.4.3. REPAIR OF THE DRAINSThe drains tend to be filled during the productions. A fast passage according to the layout of the

initial network will be enough, but mud will have to be rejected far and not deposited on the edges of these drains.

I.4.4. REPAIR OF THE DIKESAt the time of the construction of the ponds a slope inside the pond was respected. During the

production a degradation occurs because of the digging of the banks by the population (nests of the tilapia), collapses by compressing during carried out work, a ceaseless erosion due to the waves (in the large ponds). It is then necessary to carry out a banking up of the dikes by contribution of new ground (clay) and to remake the initial slope. If necessary, it will be necessary to stop the burrows dug by small animals in the dikes.

I.4.5. REPAIR OF TH E WATER INLETIt often happens that the water inlet was badly envisaged (too short) and that a digging occurs

in the dike upstream of the pond plumb with the pipe. A flat rock stone or pile is deposited on the bottom of the pond at the point of fall of the filament of water to break the jet and to reduce degra-dations by undermining. If not, a repair of the dike is essential with a stone facing to limit the erosion of water..

I.4.6. MAINTENANCE OF THE MONKWhen there is monks of brick or masonry, it is necessary to check the external rough coat. If

a light deterioration is noted, the rough coat should be remade. If the joints of cement are already attacked, it is necessary to rejoint the stones or bricks and to replaster the unit. A defective condition of some small boards, their replacement have to be carried out.

Page 182: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa164 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

I.5. FIGHT AGAINST PREDATORSFarmed fish have many enemies and compe-

titors, such as wild fish, frogs, insects and birds, from which they should be protected (Figure 145 opposite). Protection is particularly important while the fish are still very small. Pest control in drained ponds, also called pond disinfection, has several objectives, namely:

Ö To kill aquatic animal predators, such as car-nivorous fish, juvenile frogs and insects left in the water puddles and in the mud, which would sur-vive and feed on the young fish to be stocked;

Ö To eliminate all non-harvested fish, which later would compete with your new stock for space and food, especially if they reproduce wi-thout control;

Ö To destroy fish parasites and their interme-diate hosts, such as snails, and thus help control diseases.

Certain disinfection treatments have additional benefits such as improving water and bottom soil quality or increasing the pond fertility.

Earthen fish ponds are most easily disinfected after their water has been drained as thoroughly as possible, by gravity for drainable ponds.

By keeping the pond dry (preferably in warm, sunny weather). many undesirable will be elimina-ted. The ultraviolet rays of the sun have a powerful sterilizing effect. Depending on air temperature, it will be necessary keep the pond fully dry from 24 hours (at the minimum) to one month.

Some agricultural by-products can also be used to disinfect drained ponds cheaply whenever they are locally available, for example rice bran (400 to 1000 kg/ha), crude sugar molasses (400 to 500 kg/ha) and tobacco dust or tobacco shavings (300 kg/ha). One will just spread the required amount of by-product over the pond bottom. Then, one will flood with 5 to 10 cm of water for 10 to 15 days. It is best not to drain the pond but to fill it up, so as not to lose the fertilizing effect of the organic disinfectant. Before applying tobacco dust or tobacco shavings, it is best to soak the sacks in water overnight. This step will prevent the dust being blown away by wind during spreading on the pond bottom. It is better to avoid the use of chemicals like lime.

I.6. SUMMARY

Once this work finished, it is enough to remake to run water in the pond and to fertilize it with animal or vegetable compost, animal manure or vegetable matters like before. Once green water become again, one can stocking again.

Figure 145. Somepredatorsoffish.

Wild fish

BirdsSnails

Froggs

Crabs

Turtles

Snakes

Ö Emphasis on:

Ö The daily visits for maintenance;

Ö Thecontroloffishbehaviorandactionstobetaken(ventilation,autopsy...);

Ö The nutrition only if necessary;

Ö Maintenanceofpondswiththecleaningandthefightagainstpredators.

Page 183: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 6 5

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMINGII. THE TECHNIQUES OF CONSERVATION AND OF TRANSFORMATION

According to the quantity of harvested fish and their destination (sale or direct consumption), it will be possible to store fish for a later consumption, or to market it, either alive, or fresh or preserved or transformed.

If one wishes to keep alive fish, one will be able to put them either in small basins or fish ponds builds with this use, or by using cages or grabbed (Chapter 09, paragraph III.3, p. 142). One will be able to then take when it is wished fresh fish for consumption or the direct sales.

Local sale of fresh farmed table fish is the simplest and cheapest way of marketing. Usually people prefer fresh to processed fish. But to ensure good quality and a good price, the fish should be handled properly.

Before harvest, fish feeding have to be stop at least one day beforehand.

During harvest, the live fish will be handle carefully. If necessary transfer them quickly to a sto-rage facility, for example, to remove any unwanted muddy flavour or to simplify or make more attrac-tive selling arrangements.

After harvest: if muddy, the fish have to be rince well in clean water. It is best to kill the fish quickly with minimum stress. As soon as a fish dies, it starts to decompose. This process is mainly caused by the increased activity of bacteria, which rapidly multiply within the fish under favourable conditions of food, temperature and humidity. Bacteria are especially numerous on the gills and in the digestive tract of live fish. It is from there that decomposition will quickly spread to the whole body as soon as a fish dies.

As soon as the fish are collected and killed, it is preferable to empty them and remove all the internal organs and blood and/or to remove the gills (or to cut the head). It is necessary to preserve the cleanliness of fish by washing them with clean water. One will avoid posing directly on the ground and one will be able to protect them carefully, for example in cases or bags of plastic to protect them from mud, dust, insects…

If one wants to sell it fresh, it should be sold as quickly as possible. Either one collects only the quantity of fish which one thinks of being able to sell the same day, or one will keep them cool, in the shade or covered with sheets of banana tree, of grass… The best is to obtain ice, but it is rarely the case. On the other hand, one will never leave fish died in water because they will rotten quickly.

If one must transport them, the best is to avoid the hottest hours of the day and to travel early the morning or even the night.

Although it is to better privilege the sale of fish fresh, in some cases, the treatment of fish may be preferable. One will be able either to expose it to high temperature by cooking it, or to lower the water content of fish by drying, salting or smoking (Figure 146, Figure 147 and Figure 148, p. 166).

9 Drying consists in removing the water from the surface and the flesh of prepared fish.

9 Salting consists to remove most of water present in the flesh of fish and to replace it by salt.

9 Smoking consists in removing most of the water contained in the flesh of fish by an expo-sure to the smoke of wood.

When selecting a processing method, it is important to take into account the type of fish to be preserved. Lean fish such as tilapias are much easier to process than oily/greasy fish such as catfish. Large, deep-bodied fish are more difficult to process than small, slender fish.

There are several methods to dry or smoke fish, requiring investments and material more or less important. We will not go here into the details. Various techniques can be found in the technical handbooks of FAO.

As soon the process on fish is done, it will be important to store the dried or smoked fish pro-perly:

Ö By keeping it cool and dry; Ö By packing it tightly to protect it from air moisture (mould) and to delay the onset of rancidity of

fish fat;

Page 184: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa166 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Ö By protect it from insect infestation, for example by placing it in woven baskets lined with plastic or strong paper; if you use plastic bags, keep them away from direct sunlight to avoid moisture building up in-side.

It is important to check regularly on the quality of your stored fish and reprocess it as ne-cessary.

Figure 146. Differentsmethodsofnaturaldryingoffish.

hanging fish for drying or smoking

Through the eyes

Through the mouth of throat

Hook in throat

Hanging from a rack of poles

Hanging from a line between trees or poles

Split open

Figure 148. Example of salting system.

Layer fish with salt on top and bottom and along sides

Barrel or box

Figure 147. Exampleofsmokingmethodoffish.

Smoke chamber with the top 

covered with iron rods or metal mesh

Firebox with a perforated metal cover

Cut fire door (20 x 25 cm), but keep the metal piece to close box during 

smoking

Hang fish vertically and spread damp cloth over smoker during uses

Chamber 1

Chamber 2

Firebox

Ö Take in mind that:

Ö Tosellthefish,itmustbeprepared;

Ö Thefishcanbekeptaliveor

Ö It can be smoked, salted or dried.

Page 185: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 6 7

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMINGIII. THE MANAGEMENT OF PONDS

Proper management consists of monitoring the fish ponds regularly, keeping good records and planning ahead for the operation of the farm. On this basis, for example one can decide when to fertilize your ponds.

III.1. FISH STOCKS AND USEFUL INDICES FOR MONITORINGIt is important to monitor the fish stocks closely. For this it is necessary first to learn about the va-

rious indices or parameters which are commonly used to measure and compare the performances of various stocks in fish farms such as their growth, production and survival.

The following terms are used to describe the size of a fish stock: 9 Initialfishstock which is the certain number and weight of fish stocked into the pond at the

beginning of the production cycle. Two parameters then are: ¾ Stocking rate which is the average number or weight of fish per unit area such as 2 fish/

m2, 2 kg fish/m2, or 200 kg/ha; ¾ Initial biomass which is the total weight of fish stocked into a specified pond such as

100 kg in Pond X. 9 Fish stock during production cycle which is the certain number and weight of fish present

in the pond. They are growing, although some of them may disappear, either escaping from the pond or dying. An important parameter is then:

¾ Biomass present which is, on a certain day, the total weight of fish present in a pond. 9 Finalfishstock which is the certain number or weight of fish at the end of the production

cycle, similarly: ¾ Final biomass which is the total weight of fish present at final harvest.

Concerning the changes in a fish stock at harvest or over a period of time: Ö Output or crop weight is the total weight of fish harvested from the pond.

Ö Production is the increase in total weight that has taken place during a specified period. It is the difference between the biomass at the end and the biomass at the beginning of the period. For example, for a stocking of 55 kg, and a weight measured after 30 days of 75 kg, 75 - 55 = 20 kg.

Ö Yield is the production expressed per unit area. For example if 20 kg were produced in a 500 m2 pond, the yield during the period was 20 / 500 = 0.040 kg/m2 = 4 kg/100 m2 or 400 kg/ha.

Ö Production rate is the production expressed per unit of time (day, month, year, etc). For example, if 20 kg were produced in 30 days, the daily production rate would be 20 / 30 = 0.66 kg/day.

Ö Equivalent production rate is the yield expressed per unit of time, usually per day or per year = 365 days. It enables to compare productions obtained in various periods. For example 400 kg/ha produced in 30 days are equivalent to (400 x 365) / 30 = 4 866.7 kg/ha/year. It may be also useful to indicate the average daily production rate, which in this case is 4 866.7 / 365 = 13.3 kg/ha/day or 1.33 g/m2/day.

Ö Survival rate is the percentage of fish still present in the pond at the end of a period of time. It should be as close as possible to 100 percent. For example, if there were 1200 fish at the beginning of the period and 1 175 fish at the end, the survival rate during that period was [(1 175 x 100) / 1200] = 97.9%; mortality rate was 100 - 97.9 = 2.1%.

A stock of fish is made of individuals. One can point out here the measurements taken on the individuals for the follow-up of the pond (Chapter 09 paragraph V, p. 149).

Ö The average weight (g) obtained by dividing the biomass (g) by the total number of fish present.

Ö Average growth (g), i.e. increase in the average weight during one period of time given. It is about the difference between the average weight at the beginning and the end of the period.

Ö Average growth rate, i.e. the growth (g) expressed per unit of time, generally a day. One speaks then about daily growth rate, obtained by dividing the growth for one period given by the duration of this period into days. It is calculated either for one period determined during the operating cycle, or for the totality of this cycle.

Page 186: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa168 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

III.2. THE ExPECTED YIELDSYields depend on the species used. However, one can give an estimate of the expected weight

per pond, depending on the species.

Let us consider a pond of 400 m2 containing Nile tilapia (polyculture with the African catfish Clarias gariepinus), of weight to loading ranging between 5 and 10 g for the two species. At the end of 7 months of extensive farming (fish given up with themselves, without any contribution), one can expect a production of approximately 30 kg (either in the 750 kg/ha/an). For the same duration in a little less extensive (more or less fertilized pond), the annual production will vary from 50 to 100 kg, that is to say the equivalent from 1.2 to 2.5 tonnes/ha/an. That will go up to 10 tonnes/ha/an in far-ming with a predator, that is to say 150 kg per pond of 400 m2 over 6 months.

In polyculture which associates Heterotis niloticus and Heterobranchus isopterus, the juveniles of H. isopterus are introduced with the maximum density of 20 individuals per are into the ponds of production of tilapia. These systems produce yields of about 4 to 15 t/ha/an, according to the level of fertilizer contribution.

One can thus obtain 150 kg of fish for a pond of 100 m2 per year, i.e. approximately 12 kg per month for 100 m2 of pond. For a small pond of 200 m2, which is the minimum, one will be able to thus have approximately 24 kg per month of fish, that is to say 0.8 kg per day.

III.3. THE MANAGEMENT OF HARVESTSThe management of harvests will depend on the mode of approach. But in most cases, the vil-

lagers will have by themselves to regulate this aspect. This management will depend on the quantity of ponds, but it seems adequate to have at least 3 ponds to ensure a quasi monthly harvest with fish of consumable size.

If one puts fry in different ponds at different times of the year, one will be able to harvest them at different periods also and, thus, a quantity not too important of fish at the same time. One will be able to fish all the year.

If there are 4 ponds and a good supply of fingerlings, it can be stocked in each pond at different month of the year and harvest the pond every 3 to 6 months later according to the size at which fish seem consumables (Table XXXVI, p. 169). Indeed, depending on location, fish of 60 to 80 g will be consumed and a tilapia can reach this size in 3 months. The duration and the time of growth will also depend on the follow-up of growth.

By estimating 4 ponds of 400 m2, which can produce up to 50 kg per month by pond, one will be able to produce up to 500 kg per year. In a country where the fish is sold to 5 US$/kg, that will make

Example: A pond (312 m²) have been stocking with 680 fish of an initial biomass of 5.6 kg. At the end of the cycle of production (149 days), the harvest was of 43.8 kg for 450 fish. So:

Pond production = 43.8 - 5.6 = 38.2 kg

Yield = 38.2 / 312 = 12.24 kg/100 m2

Production rate = 38.2 / 149 = 0.26 kg/day

Equivalent production rate = (12.24 x 365) / 149 = 30 kg/100 m2/year

Survival rate = [(450 x 100) / 680] = 66%

Mortality rate = 100 – 66 = 34%

Initial average weight of the fish was of 5600 / 680 = 8.2 g,

and final average weight of 43800 / 450 = 97.3 g.

So, it is:

Average growth during the cycle of production = 97.3 – 8.2 = 89.1 g

Daily groqth rate = 89.1 / 149 = 0.6 g/day.

Page 187: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 6 9

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMING

Stocking fishMaintenance of ponds

GrowingPond not in use

Drain and harvest

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Month

1st exemple 2nd exemple

Pond 1 Pond 2 Pond 3 Pond 4 Harvest Pond 1 Pond 2 Pond 3 Pond 4 Harvest

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

1st  yea

r2n

d yea

rTable XXXVI. Examples of management for 4 ponds.

Harvest after 3 months (on left); After 4 months (on right). The color are related to the diffe-rent steps described in the general frework of setting the ponds.

Page 188: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa170 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

it possible to obtain for the groups the equivalent of 2500 US$ per year, that is to say approximately 200 US$ per month.

The distribution of harvests between the beneficiaries will be based according to the type of associations and grouping which was adopted. This can vary according to the countries, the ethnic groups and social structures present in the places where the various projects will be implemented.

III.4. SEVERAL KINDS OF PRODUCTION COSTSAn owner of pond must first of all pay the fixedfactorsofproduction (capital equipment at

lifespan higher than a cycle of production (ground, water, ponds, nets…)) and variables (articles of operation (consumable, labor)). Any expenditure devoted to the exploitation of the fish farm belongs to the costs of this type, and is generally called costs of exploitation. They are thus described as:

9 The fixedoperatingcosts remain the same whatever the amount of fish produced in a given farm. They are related to the fixed factors of production. The most important of these are the depreciation and interest costs associated with the investment and the costs of annual water rights, lease on land, licences and other fixed payments such as interest on loans.

9 The variable operating costs or running costs are those costs that are directly related to the production of the farm.

A part from the fixed cost of pond construction (often built through the farmer’s own labour), costs are very low and almost negligible for subsistence farmers. However, it is important to identify the costs as realistically as possible, to avoid wasting time, money or other resources on inefficient or unprofitable operations.

As time goes on, long-lasting factors of production such as ponds, buildings, equipment and vehicles wear out.

In the short term, they are kept in serviceable condition through maintenance, including the pur-chase of materials and spares, and labour required for repairs.

After a certain number of years they have to be replaced or re-novated. This period is called the useful life. Useful life varies, as shown in Table XXXVII (opposite). Some factors such as buildings and ponds have a very long use-ful life, while other factors such as wheelbarrows or nets may wear out within only a few years.

III.5. RECORD KEEPING AND ACCOUNTING

Fish farmers need only keep simple records, which should enable them to know, month by month:

9The total amount of money spent on fish farming and per each pond;

9The total number (and weight) offishstockinginitially;

9The total number (and weight) offishharvested;

9Numberoffishgiveneither to family for consumption or in ex-change of casual labour;

Structure / equipement Years

Pond, earthen 30

Channels, earthen 20

Pond structures

Hard wood, treated 10

Masonry 20

Concrete 20

PVC pipes 10

Reinforced, concrete pipes 20

Buildings

Wood / thatch roof 4

Sundried clay bricks 6

Fired bricks or concrete blocks 20

Boat wooden 8

Fence, wire / treated wooden posts 10

Fishing net 5

Hapas 2

Cast nets, dip nets 2

Wheelbarrow 3

Workshop tools (saw, hammer…) 5

Pick, shovel, axe 2

Buckets, barrel 1

Table XXXVII. Usefullifeoffishfarmstructures and equipment (in years, assuming correct utilization).

Page 189: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 7 1

5. END OF THE CYCLE 3. PONDS, 4. FISH FARMING 9 The total number (and weight) ofdeadfish; 9 The total number (and if possible weight) ofanyfishsoldforcash(cash income) and/or

bartered for other commodities (equivalent value as income).

At the end of the year, the above records will provide information on: Ö The total value of the fish given away; Ö The total value of all fish harvested; Ö The amount gained (net profit) or lost (net loss) through fish farming.

A simple form can be used day by day to record for one month all activities around the fish farm, every amount of money spent and all the details of fish production (Appendix 01, p. 189). This is called the daily record form. You may prepare a form similar to the example below in a small school copy-book, using two facing pages per form.

Any activity, such as work done on the fish farm and items of equipment purchased for it, should be immediately noted down together with such relevant data as money spent, number of fish har-vested, and number of fish given or sold. It is important to note these details as soon as they are available. At the end of the month, one will just have to sum the different columns to get the monthly totals.

In the same way, one will be able with the end of the year, by making the total of the months, to make an annual statement of account.

III.6. THE FORMATIONIn order to promote and to ensure the continuity of the project correctly, trainings are necessary

for the beneficiaries and future operators of the ponds. The topics approached will be: Ö Importanceoffishinthefood

The animal proteins are essential for a good growth of the children as well as the health of the parents.

Ö Importance of the rivers: water and healthWater is one of the major fields for the development of the human diseases. Several parasites

and diseases pass through the water and the lack of hygiene: malaria, cholera, schistosomiasis, to name just a few of them. We will return in the next chapter on health and the ponds. One will not detail here these two topics which are well developed in several books.

Ö How to build the pondsOne will be able to take the various stages listed in this handbook.

IV. PONDS AND HEALTHWater being the field in which several parasites and vectors of serious diseases pass through or

come from. The ponds being water points, it is appropriate to take care of certain rules to limit the problems of disease and health.

A mosquito species and several species of freshwater molluscs transmit diseases can be fatal. It is malaria (mosquito) and schistosomiasis (snail). If plants or grasses are too dense on the edges of ponds or in them and in the enclosure, snails and mosquitoes can live and proliferate very easily. Thereforeit will be necessary to periodically remove plants that are there and mow the dikes. Herbs edges should not hang in the water so that fish can effectively eliminate insects or others animals (Figure 149 and Figure 151, p. 172).

It is strongly advised not to use the ponds or enclosures as toilets (Figure 150, p. 172). It is to better use a latrine if it is present or to build one to at least 10 m of any edge of the ponds or enclosure and source of water supply. If one is taken of a pressing need during work close to the ponds or the en-closures, of the river which feeds them, of the supply channel or the inlet, a distance of at least 10 m is the minimum to satisfy this need. In the same way, it will be necessary to avoid making its needs on a heap for compost or in the vicinity. A pond is not either a place with a water for domestic use, like drink or washing. It is necessary to transmit to the people having access to the infrastructures these minimal rules of hygiene.

Page 190: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa172

yes

yes

yes

no

no

no

no

10 m

10 m

10 m

Figure 150. Several human behavior to avoid nearby the ponds.

Figure 149. Mosquito and snail. Figure 151. Cleaning of the dikes.

Page 191: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 7 3

All thestepstoachievetheproductionoffish forsubsistence isshown in thediagramnext page.

General summary

Thefishfarmingsystemchooseisthisofproduction, semi-intensive, of self-consump-tion to artisanal, using polyculture rather than monoculture that request external food input and a more important follow-up if one want an interesting production.

The goal being to have the elements to propose a solution allowing a good appropria-tion of the project by the populations,ifthevariouscomponentsmakeitpossibletoaffirmthatfishfarmingisasolutionforthezoneconsidered.

Thesourceoffish tobeusedand thedrainage basin where the action is underta-ken are of highest importance, this, because of the risks incurred by the introduction of fishandthenationalandinternationallegislativeaspectsconcerningthebiodiversityItisnot either because a species was already introduced into the zone of intervention, that it should necessarily be used.

The choice of the village must take into account:

Ö Vulnerability of the population;

Ö Logistics;

Ö Water resources;

Ö Motivation of the villagers.

The evaluation of the ecosystem in all its components, human beings included, is of a major importance in order to see which are the actions to propose to ensure a better “wellbeing”, mainly of food safety but also of health and water and sanitation. Preferably, two specialists will be necessary with priority for the biological aspects.

The whole of collected information will allow:

Ö To know the statement of the zone where the intervention must take place;

Ö To know the available resources usable and their current use;

Ö To know the communities and social structures.

Page 192: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa174 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Purchases of fishing nets

Purchases of the equipment

Building of cages or hapas

Ponds

Cleaning of the site

Laying out plan

Water supply channel

Draining channel

Staking out the pond

Building of the dikes

Pond bottom drain laying out

Ponds inlet

Ponds outlet

Other structures laying out

Completion and filling in water

Outside composter

Fish farming

Maintenance and follow-up of the 

ponds

Collection in natural water or production of 

juvenils of tilapia

Collection in natural water of predators Stocking with tilapia

Stocking with predators

Fertilization

« Green water »

Follow-up of the fishes

Draining of the pond and harvest

Sale and\or transformation of the fish

Storage of fishes

Intermediate harvest of fishes

Resum

ption of a cycle

End of the cycle

Maintenance and repair of ponds after 

draining

Sites selectionVillages selectionSelection

EnvironnementalEcology - Ichthyology

Socio-economyEthnology

AssessmentTime

0

3 months

6 - 9 months

61/4 - 91/4 months

7 - 10 months

11 - 22 months

Duration:0.5 to 1 month

Duration:4 to 12 months

Duration:3 to 6 months

Duration:3 months

Page 193: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 7 5

The choice will go to diversion ponds supplied with water by gravity. rectangular, ar-ranged en parallel, of a size of 100 to 400 m2.

Emphasis on:

Ö The cleaning of the site that must be done well;

Ö The picketing which must be precise for the slopes;

Ö The control and management of the water by channels;

Ö The importance of dykes, their strength and their size and although compacted;

Ö The choice of a monk for draining ponds;

Ö The total isolation of the ponds from the outside for better control;

Ö The soil conservation upstream.

Ö For the fertilisation, the preparation of aerobic and anaerobic compost is important.

Ö The expectation of a « green water » indicate that the pond is ready for ensemense-ment.

After fertilization, the steps are:

Ö The collectofspecimensinthewildorbyproductionoffingerlingsoftilapia;

Ö The stocking of ponds with tilapia;

Ö The growth monitoring;

Ö The collect of predators in the wild;

Ö The stocking with predators;

Ö The monitoring and partial harvest offish;

Ö Then, after several weeks, the draining and the complete harvest offish.

Thesiteselectionisthemostimportantstepforafishpond.Ithavetotakeintoac-count:

Ö The water: quantity and quality;

Ö The soil: impermeable;

Ö The topography: Weak slope and zone of emergence of sources.

Page 194: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa176

Africanfreshwaterfishspeciesarenumerousandmanymaybeusedinfishfarming.The choice of the species will be done regarding the geographic location of the ponds (ichthyoregions). However, in case of subsistence, one will choose:

Ö A tilapia forthemainproduction.Strongfish,highlyplasticandadaptabletoenviron-mental conditions with elaborated parental care, which are opportunistic about feeding, with:

Ö A piscivorous species which will be the predator for the reproduction control of tilapia;

Ö One will also used other species in the pond as omnivorous and/or herbivorous spe-cies.

For the predator, the proportion must be approximately 13 % of the weight of put ti-lapia.Globally,tenfishofapproximately7/8cmforahundredtilapiahavingreached6/7cm are enough. The stocking of predators will be done approximately one month after stocking the pond in tilapia.

The density of tilapia have to be of 0.5 ind/m2

One of the main principles will be to use only non-destructive gear for the local wildlife.

Careshouldbetakentorespectthelawsrelatingtofishing.Whereappropriate,per-mits have to be requested from the local authorities.

Emphasis on:

Ö Fishing methodsandprecautionstokeepfishingoodconditionandavoidproblemsand local legislation;

Ö The biology of the species and they provide for good production, breeding, feeding, behavior, both for good growth and in the choice of density;

Ö The transport offishandtoprovidecareinordertoavoidalossoffishwhichmaybethecompletenumberoffish.

To insure a good production, emphasis on:

Ö The daily visits for maintenance;

Ö The followingofthefish;

Ö Thecontroloffishbehaviorandactionstobetaken(ventilation,autopsy…);

Ö The complementary nutrition only if necessary;

Ö Maintenance of pondswiththecleaningandthefightagainstpredators.

Ö Thefishcanbekeptalive.

Ö Tosellthefish,itmustbeprepared.Ifitisnotsellfresh,itcanbesmoked,saltedordried.

We thushaveamasterplanofasystemallowing toproduceconsumabl)fishes in theshortest possible time and at a lower cost to compensate a lack of animal proteins.

Page 195: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 7 7

Quoted here are only a few references. This list is not, of course, exhausitive. The reader may also find on the website of the FAO (www.fao.org) various documents relating to fisheries and aqua-culture.

Arrignon J., 1993. Aménagement piscicole des eaux douces, 4ème édition. Technique & documen-tation - Lavoisier - Paris. 631 p.

Bard J., de Kimpe P., Lemasson J. & Lessent P., 1974. Manuel de pisciculture tropicale, CTFT, PARIS.

Billard R. (ed), 1980. La pisciculture en étang, Paris, France : INRA, 434 p.

Coche A.G. & Van der Wal H., 1983. Méthode simple pour l’aquaculture Pisciculture continentale : l’EAU. FAO collection formation, 1 volumes 112 p.

Délincé G., 1992. The ecology of the fish pond ecosystem with special reference to Africa. Kluwer Academic (Publ.), Dordrecht, Netherlands : 230 p.

Egna H.S. & Boyd C.E., 1997. Dynamics of pond aquaculture, Boca Raton, USA : CRC Press, 437 p.

FAO, 1997. Review of the state of world aquaculture. FAO Fisheries Circular. N°886, Rev. 1. Rome, Italy. FAO Inland water resources and aquaculture service, Fishery Resources Division.

FAO, 2000. Simple methods for aquaculture. FAO Training Series.

FAO, 2006. Aquaculture production 1986-1992. FAO/FIDI/C815 (Rev. 6), 216 p.

FAO, 2007. Situation mondiale des pêches et de l’aquaculture. (SOFIA).

Froese, R. and D. Pauly. (Eds). 2008. FishBase. World Wide Web electronic publication. www.fishbase.org, version (06/2008)

Jauncey K. & Ross B., 1982. A guide to tilapia feeds and feeding. Institute of Aquaculture, University of Stirling, Scotland, 111 p.

Lazard J., 1990. L’élevage du tilapia en Afrique. Données techniques sur sa pisciculture en étang. p. 5-22. In : Méthodes artisanales d’aquaculture du tilapia en Afrique, CTFT-CIRAD, 82 p.

Lazard J. & Legendre M., 1994. La pisciculture africaine : enjeux et problèmes de recherche. Cahiers Agricultures, 3 : 83-92.

Lazard J., Morissens P. & Parrel P., 1990. La pisciculture artisanale du tilapia en Afrique : analyse de différents systèmes d’élevage et de leur niveau de développement. p. 67-82. In : Méthodes artisanales d’aquaculture du tilapia en Afrique, CTFT-CIRAD, 82 p.

Lazard J., Morissens P., Parrel P., Aglinglo C., Ali I. & Roche P., 1990. Méthodes artisanales d’aqua-culture du tilapia en Afrique, Nogent sur Marne, France : CTFT-CIRAD, 82 p.

References

Page 196: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa178

Legendre M. & Jalabert B., 1988. Physiologie de la reproduction. In : C. Lévêque, M.N. Bruton & G.W. Ssentongo (eds). Biologie et écologie des poissons africains d’eau douce. ORSTOM, Travaux et Documents, 216 : 153-187.

Oswald M., 1996. Les aménagements piscicoles du Centre-Ouest de la Côte d’Ivoire. p 383-400 In LavigneDelville P. et Boucher L., 1996. Les bas-fonds en Afrique Tropicale Humide, GRET-CTA Coop. Française. 413 p.

Oswald M., Glasser F. & Sanchez F., 1997. Reconsidering rural fishfarming development in Africa. p 499-511 vol II In Tilapia Aquaculture, Proceedings from the Fourth International Symposium on Tilapia in Aquaculture Orlando (Floride- USA, ed Fitzsimmons K. Nraes, New York, USA.

Otémé J. Z., Hem S. & Legendre M., 1996. Nouvelles espèces de poissons chats pour le développe-ment de la pisciculture africaine. In : M. Legendre & J. P. Proteau (eds). The biology and culture of catfishes. Aquat. Living Resour., 9, Hors série, 207-217.

Paugy P. & Lévêque D., 2006. Les poissons des eaux continentales africaines. Diversité, écologie, utilisation par l’homme. 2nd édition. IRD. 521 p.

Pouomogne V., 1998. Pisciculture en milieu tropical africain : comment produire du poisson à coût modéré (des exemples du Cameroun). Presse universitaire d’Afrique, Yaoundé . 235 p.

Pullin R.S.V. & Lowe-McConnell R. H., 1982. The Biology and Culture of tilapia. Proceedings of the International Conference Held 2-5 September 1980 at the Study and Conference Center of the Rockefeller Foundation, Bellagio, Italy, Sponsored by the International Center for Living Aquatic Resources Management, Manila .

Pullin R.S.V., Lazard J., Legendre M., Amonkothias J.B. & Pauly D., 1996. Le troisième symposium international sur le tilapia en aquaculture, Manila, Philippines : ICLARM/CIRAD-EMVT/ORSTOM/CRO. Proceedings of the international symposium on tilapia in aquaculture, 630 pp.

Sclumberger O., 1997. Mémento de pisciculture d’étangs. 3ème édition, CEMAGREF, France, 238 p.

Wilson R. P. & Moreau Y., 1996. Nutrien requirements of catfishes (Siluroidei). In : M. Legendre & J. P. Proteau (eds). The biology and culture of catfishes. Aquat. Living Resour., 9, Hors série, 103-111.

Wolfarth G. W. & Hulata G. I., 1981. Applied genetics of tilapias. ICLARM Studies and Reviews, 6, 26 p.

Useful web sites:

www.fao.org

www.fishbase.org

www.ird.fr/poissons-afrique/faunafri/

Page 197: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 7 9

AAbiotic: Physical factor that influences the de-

velopment and / or survival of an organism.

Abundance: Quantitative parameter used to describe a population. The enumeration of a plant or animal population, is generally impossible, hence the use of indicators. By extension, abundance means a num-ber of individuals reported to a unit of time or area, within a given population, recruit-ment, stock, reported to a unit of time or area.

Amino acid: Class of organic components containing carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, associated in large numbers, they are pro-teins, some of them play an essential role in fish production.

Aerobic: Condition or process in which ga-seous oxygen is present or necessary. Aerobic organisms obtain their energy for growth of aerobic respiration.

Anaerobic: Sayd for conditions or processes where gas oxygen is not present or are not necessary.

Anoxic: Characterized by the absence of oxy-gen. In a anoxic environment, the mainte-nance of aerobic respiration is impossible, consequently, the life is limited to the pre-sence of organizations whose metabolism is ensured by other mechanisms (fermen-tation, anaerobic breathing like the sulfato-reduction, bacterial photosynthesis…).

Aquaculture: Commonly termed ‘fish farming’ but broadly the commercial growing of marine or freshwater animals and plants in water. The farming of aquatic organisms, including fish, mollusks and aquatic plants, i.e., some form of intervention in the rearing process, such as stocking, feeding, pro-tection from predators, fertilizing of water, etc. Farming implies individual or corporate ownership of the farmed organisms.

Aufwuchs: German term indicating the layer of algae adhering on rocks.

BBacteria: Very small unicellular organism

growing in colonies often large and unable to produce components of carbon through photosynthesis; mainly responsible of rot-ting vegetable matter and dead animals.

Benchmark: see Point, reference

Benthos: Groups of vegetable and animals or-ganisms in or on the surface layer of the bottom of a pond. Associated term: ben-thic. Opposite: pelagos.

Bicarbonates: Acid salts of carbonic acid (see carbonate) solution in water, they contain the ion HCO3 as calcium bicarbonate Ca(HCO3)2 for example.

Bioaccumulation: Catch of substances - e.g. heavy metals or chlorinated hydrocarbons - resulting in high concentrations of these substances in aquatic organisms.

Biocenose: Group plants and animal forming a natural community, which is determined by the environment or the local ecosystem.

Biodiversity: Variation among living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terres-trial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part: this includes diversity within species, between species and ecosystem.

Bioethics: Part of morality concerning research on life and its uses.

Biomass: (a) Total live weight of a group (or stock) of living organisms (e.g. fish, plan-kton) or of a definite part of this group (e.g. breeders) present in a water surface, at a given time. [Syn.: stock present]. (b) Quantitative estimate of the mass of the organisms constituting whole or part of a population, or another unit given, or contai-ned in a surface given for a given period. Expressed in terms of volume, mass (live weight, dead weight, dry weight or ashes-off weight), or of energy (joules, calories). [Syn.: charge].

Glossary

Page 198: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa180 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Biotic: In relation to the life and the living matter.

Biotope: Zone or habitat of a particular type, defined by the organisms (plants, animals, micro-organisms) which live typically there, e.g meadow, wood, etc; or, with more small scales, a microhabitat.

Breeders or brood fish: Adult animal being used to ensure the reproduction.

Broodstock: (Stock of) Stock of fish intended for the reproduction, preferably being the subject of a special management in distinct ponds.

CCalcium carbonate limestone or Limestone:

Natural rock made up mainly of carbonate calcium CaCO3.

Carbohydrate: Composed organic constituted of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, such as sugars, starch and the cellulose; The energy food generally least expensive, in particular for omnivorous and herbivorous fish.

Carbonate: Carbon salt of dioxide, a compound formed of carbonic gas (CO2) in contact with water; for example calcium carbonate, CaCO3 .

Cellulose: Organic component which consti-tutes the essential part of the solid structure of the plants; it is also present in the animal body.

Charge: Level at which the water is kept or may be high, allowing for example to flow to lower levels or browse pipes.

Colloid: Particle of very small dimension (from 0.5 to 1 micron), either mineral (for example colloidal clay), or organics (for example hu-mus).

Conductivity: Measuring the concentration of ions or salts in water in direct relation to the facility with which it conducts electricity. Generally water with high conductivity has a good buffering capacity. It varies with tem-perature and is expressed in Siemens (S) per meter at 25°C.

Conflictofuse:Emerging conflict between dif-ferent users of the same environment which may have the same interests or competitors.

Contour line: (a) Imaginary line connecting all the points of the identical level of altitude. (b) Line which joint all the of the same points dimensions on a plan or a chart; it repre-

sents the course of a level line such as it exists on the ground.

Cyst: (a) Phase of very resistant, not-mobile, deshydrated, inactive for free or parasitic organisms, in response to unfavourable en-vironmental conditions. (b) Not-alive mem-brane surrounding a cell or a group of cells.

DDemersal: Animal living near the bottom but not

permanently.

Dimension or elevation: Vertical or height dis-tance above a “horizontal” plane of given reference; See Elevation/level and Level/Reference plan.

Digestibility: Relative speed and degree to which a food is digested and absorbed.

EEcology: Connect sciences concerned with the

relations existing between organisms and their environment.

Ecosystem: Set (or system) with natural struc-tures and distincts relations which link biotic communities (of plants and animals) to one another and to their abiotic environment. The study of an ecosystem provides the methodological basis for a synthesis of the complex relationships between organisms and their environment.

Elevation or level: General terms indicating the vertical distance or height above a reference plan, such as the mean level of the seas (see altitude) or an arbitrarily selected horizontal plan (see dimension); calculated according to topographic data.

Embankment: (a) Zone of which it is necessary to raise the level of the ground to a necessa-ry height while bringing ground. (b) Ground itself thus brought back.

Endemic: Specific or indigenous in an area. Qualify disease-causing agents and di-seases which, at all times, are present or generally prévalents in a population or a geographical area.

Energy: In aquaculture: Usually relate to the food needs for the aquatic organisms, ex-pressed by a quantity of joules/calories per day necessary to ensure the essential pro-cesses of life, i.e. the growth and the repro-duction.

Page 199: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 8 1

Equidistance of the level lines: Difference in rise between two close level lines.

Ethology: Animal behavior science.

Eutrophic: Rich in nutrients, phosynthetic pro-ductive and often deficient in oxygen under warm weather.

Eutrophication: The enrichment of a water body in nutritive elements, in a natural or artificial way, characterized by wide plank-tonique blooms and a subsequent reduction in the dissolved oxygen content.

Extrusion: Process of transformation of food material is subjected for a very short time (20 to 60 s) at high temperatures (100 to 200°C) at high pressures (50 to 150 bars), and a very intense shear .

FFatty-acid: Formed lipid of a more or less long

hydrocarbon chain comprising a carboxyl group (-COOH) at an end and a methyl group (-CH3) at the other end.

Fecundity: In general, potential reproductive capacity of an organism or population, ex-pressed by the number of eggs (or offspring) produced during each reproductive cycle.

Relative fecundity: Number of eggs per unit fresh weight.

Absolute fecundity: Total number of eggs in a female.

Feedingstuff, supplementary: Food distribu-ted in addition to food presents naturally.

Feedingstuff, composed: Food with several ingredients of vegetable or animal origin in their natural, fresh or preserved state, or of derivative products of their industrial transformation, or of organic or inorganic substances, containing or not additives, intended for an oral food in the shape of a complete feedingstuff.

Fermentation: The anaerobic degradation of or-ganic substances under enzymatic control.

Fingerling: Term without rigorous definition; says for young fish starting from advanced fry until the one year age starting from the hatching (independently of the size). [Syn.: juvenile].

Food chain: Simplistic concept referring to the sequential series of organisms, pertaining to successive trophic levels of a commu-

nity, through which energy is transferred by food way. Energy enters the food chain by the fixation by the primary producers (green plants for the major part). It passes then to the herbivores (primary consumers) then to the carnivores (secondaries and tertiary consumers). The nutritive elements are then recycled towards the primary production by the detritivores.

Fry: A young fish at the post-larval stage. May include all fish stages from hatching to fin-gerling. An advanced fry is any young fish from the start of exogenous feeding after the yolk is absorbed while a sac fry is from hatching to yolk sac absorption.

GGauge: Model of wood being used to give the

wanted form, for example with a channel or a dike.

Gamete: Reproductive cell of a male or female living organism.

Gene: ÉlémentBasic element of the genetic in-heritance contained in the chromosomes.

Genetics: Science for the purpose of studying issues concerning the transmission of traits from parents to offspring in living beings.

Genotype: Genetic structure of an organism at the locus or loci controlling a given pheno-type. An organism is homozygote or hetero-zygote at each of the loci.

Gonado-somatic ratio: Ratio of the weight of the gonades to the total live weight (or of the total live weight to the weight of the go-nades), usually expressed like a percentage.

HHalieutic: Science of the exploitation of the

aquatic alive resources.

Herbivore: Animal which feed mainly on plants.

Hormone: Chemical substance produced in part of an organism and generally conveyed by blood in another part of this organism, where it has a specific effect.

Humus: Decomposed organic matter present in organic manures, composts or grounds, in which the majority of the nutritive elements are available for fertilization.

Hybridization: Fecundation of a female of a species by the male of a different species.

Page 200: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa182 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Hydraulics: Relating to water, the action or the energy utilization related to its movements.

IIchtyology: The study of fish.

Ichtyophagous: Animal feeding mainly on fish. [Syn.: piscivorous].

Indigenous: Native of a country or a place. [Syn.: native].

Irrigation sluice: Work derivation placed on a feeder canal to divert its flow into two (type in T) or in three (type in X) parts, or to in-crease the water level in a section of the channel, or to control the water supply with height of the water supply of a pond.

JJuvenile: Stage of the young organism before

the adult state. [Syn.: fingerling].

K

LLarva, larvae: Specific stage to various ani-

mals, which is between the time of hatching and the passage at the juvenile/adult form by metamorphosis.

Level: see Elevation.

Level or reference plan: Level or plan used on several occasions during a particular topo-graphical survey and by report to which the raised lines or points are defined.

Levelling: Operation consisting in measuring differences in level in various points in the ground with topographical survey.

Life cycle: The sequence of the stages of the development of an individual, since the stage egg until death.

Line of saturation: Upper limit of the wetland in an earthen dike partially submerged.

Line of sight: Imaginary line from the eye of the observer and directed towards a fixed point, it is always a straight line, also called «line of sight.»

Limnology: The study of the lakes, ponds and other plans of stagnant fresh water and their biotic associations.

Lipid: One of the main categories of organic

components (fats and similar substances) largely present in the living organisms; the lipids have two principal functions: energy source and source of certain food compo-nents (fatty-acids) essential to the growth and survival.

MMacrophagous: Living organism which feeds

on preys having a size larger than that of its mouth. Opposite: microphagous.

Macrophyte: Relatively large vascular plant by comparison with the microscopic phy-toplankton and the filamentous algae. The basic structure of a aquatic macrophyte is visible with the eye.

Maturation: Process of evolution of the go-nades towards maturity.

Metamorphosis: All changes characterizing the passage of the larval state in a juve-nile or adult state for some animals. These changes concern at the same time the form and physiology and is often accompanied by a change of the type of habitat.

Mesocosme: Ecosystem isolated in a more or less large enclosure from a volume from wa-ter from one to 10 000 m3. Mainly used for the production of alive preys in earthenware jars, basins, pockets plastic, ponds and en-closure.

Metabolism: Physical and chemical processes by which the food is transformed into com-plex matter, the complex substances are decomposed into simple substances and energy which is available for the organism.

Milt: Mass genital products. Said also for the sperm of fish.

Monoculture: Farming or culture of only one species of organisms at the same time.

Mulch: Made non-dense cover organic residues (for example cut grass, straw, sheets) which one spreads on the surface of the ground, mainly to preserve moisture and to prevent bad grasses from pushing.

Mulching: Placement of a layer of vegetable matter, in order to protect young plantations (see Mulch).

NNekton: Animal whose swim actively in a pond;

Page 201: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 8 3

Capable of a constant and directed mobility, such as for example the insects and fish.

Niche: Ecological role of a species in a com-munity; conceptualized as the multidimen-sional space whose coordinates are the va-rious parameters representing the condition of existence of the species and to which this one is limited by the presence of competi-tors species. Used sometimes improperly like the equivalent of microhabitat, referring to the physical space occupied by a spe-cies.

Food niche: Role of a fish in a system of farming with regard to the consumption of food.

Ecological niche: Concept of the space occupied by a species which includes not only physical space but also the functional part played by the species. A given spe-cies can occupy various niches at different stages of its development.

Nitrate: Final product of the aerobic stabiliza-tion of organic nitrogen; Its presence in wa-ter is indicative of an organic enrichment of agricultural or industrial origin. Often used as manure in culture of pond.

Nitrite: First stage in the oxidation of the am-monium excreted by the aquatic organisms as final product of metabolic degradation. The nitrite inhibits the fixing of oxygen by hemoglobin and becomes thus toxic for fish. The shellfish are less affected because haemocyanin only is partially inhibited. For a given concentration, the nitrite is however more toxic in freshwater than in marine or brackish water.

Nitrogenize: Gas element, without odor which constitutes 78% of the terrestrial atmos-phere; Present in all living tissue. In gas form, it is almost inert.

Nitrogen, ammoniacal: Special term referring to the total weight of nitrogen in ionized form NH4+.

Nursery: Protected place for the rearing of young after metamorphosis in the hatchery and conducted before passage from the ex-ternal environment.

Nycthemeral: Succession of the day and the night of 24 hours which rhythm periodic va-riation of the physiology of the plants and the animals.

Nutrition: All processes by which an animal (or a plant) absorbs and uses the nutritive food or elements; The act or the process by which the organism is feed.

OOligotrophic: Qualify an environment where the

concentration in nutritive elements (= nu-trients) is low.

Omnivore: Animal which feed at the same time on vegetable and animal matters.

Ontogeny: The early life history of an organism, i.e., the subsequent stages it passes from the zygote to the mature adult. Associated term: ontogenetic.

Oxidation: Chemical reaction by which, for example, there is an oxygen contribution.

PParthenogenesis: Reproduction from a female

gamete, without fertilization by a male ga-mete (e.g. at the rotifers).

Pelagos: It is the whole of the aquatic orga-nisms which occupy a “water column”. It thus includes the nekton and the plankton. Associated term: pelagic. Opposite: ben-thos.

Perennial: It is said terrestrial vegetation which growths and survives more than one year and which has usually leaves all the year.

Periphyton: Associated Microalgues and mi-cro-organisms living attached to any immer-sed surface.

pH: Coefficient used to characterize the acti-vity of the hydrogen ions in a solution or a soil. The pH of pure water is equal to 7 and characterizes a neutral solution. A solution having a pH lower than 7 is known as acid, while a solution with pH higher than 7 is known as alkaline.

Phenotype: Physical or external appearance of an organism in contrast with its genetic constitution. Characters of an individual which can be measured and observed.

Photoperiod: Period lit, naturally or artificially, and considered from the point of view of the biological phenomena associated with the light.

Page 202: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa184 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Photosynthesis: (a) Process by which the green plants containing chlorophyl transform solar energy into chemical energy, by producing organic matters starting from minerals. (b) Mainly production of composed of carbon starting from carbonic gas CO2 and water, with oxygen release.

Phylogeny: Characterize the evolutionary his-tory of the groups of living organisms, in opposition to ontogeny which characterizes the history of the development of the indivi-dual. Associated term: phylogenetic.

Phytobenthos: Benthic flora.

Phytoplankton: Unicellular algae living in sus-pension in the water mass. Vegetable com-ponent of the plankton.

Piscivorous: Animal feeding mainly on fish.[Syn.: ichthyophagous].

Plan: Imaginary plane surface; any straight line connecting two unspecified points of a plan is located entirely in this plan.

Plankton: All organisms of very small size, ei-ther plants (phytoplankton), or animals (zoo-plankton), which live in suspension in water.

Planktivorous: Animal feeding on phyto- and/or of zooplankton.

Plasticity: (a) Capacity which has a soil to be-come deformed without breaking and to remain deformed even when the deforming force does not act any more. (b) Ability of a trait in an organism to adapt to a given environment.

Point, lost: Temporary topographic point of reference which one carries out the survey between two definite points; It is not used any more when the statements necessary were made.

Point, reference: Point usually fixes identified on the ground by a reference mark placed at the end of a line of sight. (see Benchmark).

Polyculture: The farming of at least two non-competitive species in the same unit of far-ming.

Porosity: Free space between the particles or the lumps ones in the soil.

Post-larva: Stage which follows that of the larva immediately and presents some characters of the juveniles one.

Pressure loss: The pressure loss is due for example to the friction or the shifting

of speed appearing when water moves through a pipe or any other hydraulic work.

Probiotic: All the bacteria, yeasts or algae added to some food products and which help with the digestion of fibers, stimulate the immune system and prevent or treat gastro-enteritis.

Protein: Composed organic whose molecule is of important size and of which the structure complex, made by one or more chains of amino-acids; essential to the organism and the functioning of all the living organisms; The food proteins are essential for all the animals, playing a part of reconstituting tis-sue or energy source.

Protozoa: Very small unicellular animal orga-nisms, living sometimes in colonies.

Q

RRaceway: Basin with the shape of circuit used

for the farming in eclosery.

Ration: Total quantity of food provided to an animal during one 24 hours period.

Recruitment: Process of integration of one new generation to the global population. By ex-tension, the new class of juveniles itself.

Repopulation: Action to released in large num-ber in the natural environment of the orga-nisms produced in eclosery, with an aim of reconstitution of impoverished stocks.

Resilience: Refer to the aptitude of an ecologi-cal system or a system of subsistence to be restored after tensions and shocks.

Respiration: Process by which a living orga-nism, plants or animal, combines oxygen and organic matter, releasing from energy, carbonic gas (CO2) and other products. [Syn.: breathing].

Rhizome: Thick and horizontal stem, generally underground, which emits growths to the top and of the roots downwards.

SScrubbing: In-depth migration of the soluble

substances or colloids in the interstices of the ground.

Sedentary: Who moves little and remains in his habitat.

Page 203: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 8 5

Selection (genetic): Action to choose the in-dividuals presenting interesting properties and use it as breeder.

Size, commercial: Minimal size that the orga-nism must reach to have the right to be sold.

Size, portion: Size of a consumable fish by only one person.

Slaked lime: Lime paste obtained by addition of water to quicklime.

Spawning: General term to indicate of ovules, fertilized or in front of being fertilized; also used for eggs fertilized, as well as very young fish of the same class of recruitment, generally many.

Swim bladder: Organ filled with a gas mixture rich in oxygen and allowing the stabiliza-tion of osseous fish in water. This organ is connected to the esophagus. The cartila-ginous fish (group of the selacians like the rays and the sharks) do not have any.

TTaxonomy: Classification of the fossil and alive

organisms according to their evolutionary relations.

Tenure: Socially defined agreements, often des-cribed in terms “of whole of rights” held by individuals or groups (recognized either le-gally, or customary), concerning the rights of access and the rules of use of grounds or resources which are associated there, such as individual trees, plant species, water or animals.

Thermocline: Zone of a water level thermically stratified (e.g sea, lake, reserve of water) located under the surfacing, where the va-riation in temperature increases abruptly (i.e where the temperature decreases quickly with the increase depth). A thermocline constitutes usually an ecological barrier and its oscillations influence considerably the distribution and the productivity of stocks.

Trace element: Metal or metalloid, present in small quantity (= with the state of trace) in living tissue and necessary to the metabo-lism of these tissues.

Traceability: Ability to trace the whole course of a product or an organism since its farming until its sale.

Trophic: Who rerers to the nutrition of the or-gans and tissues.

Turbidity: Disturbance or reduction of the pene-tration of the light in water resulting from the presence of suspended matter, colloidal or dissolved, or of the presence of planktonic organisms.

U

VVitamin: Substance necessary in very small

amount for the good development of the body and its vital functions.

Vitelline: Nutritive cells, substances or stuc-tures being used as endogenous food of eggs or larvae.

Vitellus: Total of the nutritive reserves built-in the cytoplasm of an egg.

W

x

Y

ZZoobenthos: Benthic fauna.

Zooplankton: Microscopic animals living in suspension in the water mass. Animal com-ponent of the plankton.

Zoosanitary: Who deals with animal health.

Zootechnical: Technological knowledge to en-sure the success of an animal farming.

Page 204: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa186

Page 205: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 8 7

Appendix

Contents

• Examples of files

• Table of data

• Some elements of the biology of the species

• Biogeographic data

• File of species

Page 206: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa188

CONTENTS - APPENDIxAppendix 01 - ExAMPLES OF FILES 189I. FILES FOR MONITORING THE PONDS 189II. FILES FOR THE FOLLOW-UP OF THE FISH 191

Appendix 02 - TABLE OF DATA 193

Appendix 03 - SOME ELEMENTS OF THE BIOLOGY OF THE SPECIES 207I. THE MORPHOLOGY AND THE SYSTEMATIC 207II. THE BIOLOGY OF CICHLIDAE 216

II.1. The taxonomy 216II.2. The feeding habits 217II.3. The reproduction and parental care 218

III. THE BIOLOGY OF SILURIFORMES OR CATFISH 226III.1. The Clariidae 226III.2. The Claroteidae and Auchenoglanididae 231III.3. The Schilbeidae 233III.4. The Mochokidae 233

IV. THE OTHER FAMILIES 234IV.1. The Cyprinidae 234IV.2. The Citharinidae 234IV.3. The Distichodontidae 236IV.4. The Channidae 236IV.5. The Latidae 237IV.6. The Arapaimidae 237

Appendix 04 - BIOGEOGRAPHIC DATA 239

Appendix 05 - FILE OF SPECIES 255

Cover photo: Ö Cichlidae, Hemichromis fasciatus in the wild, Liberia, ASUR, 2006 - © Yves Fermon, Claire Gsegner

Page 207: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 8 9

Are given here some models of:1. Files to monitor ponds as a whole. These files can be used for all ponds, or separately for

each pond. It will then be enough to make a synthesis of the individual record files of the ponds.

2. Files for the follow-up of fish. Again, this can be done by species, pond, for all the ponds…

These are examples and should be changed according to the operation implementation. Thereis,however,theinformationnecessaryforpropermanagementofpondsandfishstocks.

I. FILES FOR MONITORING THE PONDS

Appendix 01ExAMPLES OF FILES

Fish soldFish givenDead fish Workers Family Quantity Income

Money spentDate Activities and remarks

Daily fish per pond

Month YearPond n°

Total of the month

Page 208: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa190 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

9 Date: Date of the observation; 9 Activities and remarks: The activities made on the ponds (Feeding, cleaning the dikes…) and

the remarks (water colour, flow…); 9 Money spent: Money spent for one activity (manpower…) 9 Dead fish: Number, weight, species of dead and removed fish; 9 Given fish: Fish given to the workers of for familial consumption; 9 Sales fish: Fish sold at the market or at the exterior to obtain money.

At the end of the year or at the end of the cycle, then it is possible to make a general assess-ment of activities, income and consumption in general, where appropriate, to improve the operating system for the other cycles.

Fish soldFish givenDead fish To workers To family Total Quantity Income

Money spentMonth

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

Annual balance per pond

YearsPond n°

Total 

Page 209: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 9 1

II. FILES FOR THE FOLLOW-UP OF THE FISHHere are two types of files to follow-up the fish:1. The first two correspond to the quantitative aspects of production. They allow to know by

pond and all ponds, the fish production.

2. The third file is by species and fish or batch of fish to estimate growth and evolution of the relationship weight / size of fish.

All this information will provide elements to improve production for the next cycle (density by species, additional food, cycle time…).

Fish stockPond n°Date Surface or volume (V)

Species

Introduction date

End date

Duration (days)

Di

Df

Df - Di

Initial number

Initial biomass (g)

Initial mean weight (g)

Initial density

Initial mean size (cm)

Final mean size (cm)

Dead fish

Final number

Final biomass (g)

Final mean weight (g)

Total ration (g)

Total production (g)

Day growth (g)

Day growth (cm)

Survival (%)

Conversion rate

Ni

Bi

Pmi

Tmi

Tmf

Ni / V

Nf

Bf

Pmf

RT

Bf - Bi

(Pmf - Pmi) / days

(Tmf - Tmi) / days

(Nf - Ni) x 100

RT / (Bf - Bi)

Page 210: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa192

Evaluation sheet for growth and production

Pond

Date

Surface or volume

Controle n°

Beginning date

End date

Duration (days)

Di

Df

Df - Di

Initial numbers

Initial biomass (g)

Initial mean weight (g)

Dead fish

Final number

Final biomass (g)

Final mean weight (g)

Total ration (g)

Total production (g)

Day growth (g)

Survival (%)

Conversion rate

Ni

Bi

Pmi

Nf

Bf

Pmf

RT

Bf - Bi

(Pmf - Pmi) / jours

(Nf - Ni) x 100

RT / (Bf - Bi)

 Standard length (cm) Weight (g) RemarksNomber SexSpecies

Monitoring of fish - Size / Weight - individual or mean

DatePond n°

Page 211: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 9 3

Are presented here ici a series of tables given informations on:

Table XXXVIII. The tonnage of halieutic products by African countries.

Table XXXIX. The checklist of freshwater species which have been the subject of an in-troduction in Africa.

Table XL. The list of freshwater species introduced by African countries.

Table XLI. The list of freshwater species used for aquaculture in Africa.

Appendix 02TABLES OF DATA

Page 212: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa194 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xxxVIII. The tonnage of halieutic products in 2005 per African countries (FAO, 2006).

CountryFish, crustaceans, molluscs Aquatic plants

Capture Aquaculture Total Capture Aquaculture Total

South Africa 817608 3142 820750 6619 3000 9619Algeria 126259 368 F 126627 F - - -Angola 240000 F - 240000 F - - -Benin 38035 372 38407 - - -Botswana 132 - 132 - - -Burkina Faso 9000 6 F 9006 F - - -Burundi 14000 F 200 F 14200 F - - -Cameroon 142345 337 142682 - - -Central African Republic 15000 F 0 15000 F - - -Congo 58368 80 58448 - - -Congo DR / Zaïre 220000 F 2965 F 222965 F - - -Côte d’Ivoire 55000 F 866 F 55866 F - - -Djibouti 260 F - 260 F - - -Egypt 349553 539748 889301 - - -Erythrea 4027 - 4027 - - -Ethiopia 9450 0 9450 - - -Gabon 43863 78 43941 - - -Gambia 32000 F 0 32000 F - - -Ghana 392274 1154 393428 - - -Guinea 96571 F 0 96571 F - - -Equatorial Guinea 3500 F - 4027 - - -Guinea-Bissau 6200 F - 6200 F - - -Kenya 148124 1047 149171 - - -Lesotho 45 1 46 - - -Liberia 10000 F 0 10000 F - - -Libya 46073 F 266 F 46339 F - - -Madagascar 136400 8500 F 144900 F - - -Malawi 58783 812 59595 - - -Mali 100000 F 1008 F 101008 F - 90 F 90 FMorocco 932704 2257 934961 12813 - 12813Mauritania 247577 - 247577 - - -Mozambique 42473 1222 43695 - 56 56Namibia 552695 50 F 552745 F 0 67 F 67 FNiger 50018 40 50058 - - -Nigeria 523182 56355 579537 - - -Uganda 416758 10817 427575 - - -Rwanda 7800 F 386 F 8186 F - - -Senegal 405070 193 F 405263 F 0 1 1Sierra Leone 145993 0 145993 - - -Somalia 30000 F - 30000 F - - -Sudan 62000 1600 F 63600 F 0 - 0Swaziland 70 F 0 70 F - - -Tanzania 347800 F 11 F 347811 F 240 F 6000 F 6240 FChad 70000 F - 70000 F - - -Togo 27732 1535 29267 - - -Tunisia 109117 2665 111782 - - -Zambia 65000 F 5125 F 70125 F - - -Zimbabwe 13000 F 2452 15452 F - - -

Total 93253346 48149792 141403138 1305803 14789972 16095775

Page 213: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 9 5

TABLE xxxIx. The checklist of freshwater species which have been the subject of an introduction in Africa (FAO, 2006; Fishbase, 2006).Environment (E): Found in: m = marines, s = brackishMaximal size (T): SL = Standard Length - FL = Fork Length - TL = Total Length;m = male; f = female; ns = non sexAquaculture (A): 1 = used for consumption

Order Family Species Author E T A

Osteoglossiformes (Bony tongues) Arapaimidae Heterotis niloticus (Cuvier, 1829) 100 SL m 1

Anguilliformes (Eels) Anguillidae Anguilla anguilla (Linnaeus, 1758) m-s 200 TL ns 1

Clupeiformes (Herrings, sardines) Clupeidae Limnothrissa miodon (Boulenger, 1906)

17.5 TL ns

Cypriniformes (Carps, minnows)

Cyprinidae Aristichthys nobilis (Richardson, 1845) 146 SL nsBarbus anoplus Weber, 1897 s 10.1 FL fBarbus barbus (Linnaeus, 1758) 90 SL nsCarassius auratus auratus (Linnaeus, 1758) 41 TL ns 1Carassius carassius (Linnaeus, 1758) 64 TL ns 1Catla catla (Hamilton, 1822) 120 TL nsCtenopharyngodon idella (Valenciennes, 1844) 150 TL ns 1Cyprinus carpio carpio Linnaeus, 1758 120 SL ns 1Gobio gobio gobio (Linnaeus, 1758) s 13 SL nsHypophthalmichthys molitrix (Valenciennes, 1844) 100 TL ns 1Labeo rohita (Hamilton, 1822) 96 TL nsLabeobarbus aeneus (Burchell, 1822) 50 FL mLabeobarbus natalensis (Castelnau, 1861) 68.3 TL mMylopharyngodon piceus (Richardson, 1846) 180 SL nsRutilus rubilio (Bonaparte, 1837) 25.8 FL fRutilus rutilus (Linnaeus, 1758) 45 SL nsScardinius erythrophthalmus (Linnaeus, 1758) s 35 SL ns 1Tanichthys albonubes Lin, 1932 2.2 SL ns

Tinca tinca (Linnaeus, 1758) s 64 TL ns

Characiformes (Tétra)

Citharinidae Distichodus niloticus (Hasselquist, 1762) s 83 TL mCharacidae Astyanax orthodus Eigenmann, 1907 10 TL m

Siluriformes (Catfish)

Bagridae Bagrus meridionalis Günther, 1894 97 TL fSchilbeidae Schilbe mystus (Linnaeus, 1758) s 34 SL ns

Clariidae Clarias gariepinus (Burchell, 1822) 150 SL ns 1Ictaluridae Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque, 1818) 100 SL nsSiluridae Silurus glanis Linnaeus, 1758 500 TL ns 1

Salmoniformes (Salmons)

Salmonidae Hucho hucho (Linnaeus, 1758) 165 SL nsOncorhynchus mykiss (Walbaum, 1792) m-s 100 SL ns 1Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill, 1814) 85 SL nsSalmo trutta fario Linnaeus, 1758 60 TL nsSalmo trutta trutta Linnaeus, 1758 140 TL ns 1

Esociformes (Pikes) Esocidae Esox lucius Linnaeus, 1758 s 150 TL ns 1

Cyprinodontiformes (Killis, mosquito fish)

Aplocheilidae Pachypanchax playfairii (Günther, 1866) s 10 SL mCyprinodontidae Aphanius fasciatus (Valenciennes, 1821) m-s 6 SL ns

Poeciliidae Gambusia affinis (Baird & Girard, 1853) s 4.2 SL nsGambusia holbrooki Girard, 1859 s 6 SL fPhalloceros caudimaculatus (Hensel, 1868) 5.2 TL nsPoecilia latipinna (Lesueur, 1821) 12 SL nsPoecilia reticulata Peters, 1859 s 5 SL f

Xiphophorus hellerii Heckel, 1848 s14 TL m 16 TL f

Xiphophorus maculatus (Günther, 1866) 4 SL m

Page 214: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa196 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Order Family Species Author E T A

Perciformes (Perch, gobies)

Moronidae Morone saxatilis (Walbaum, 1792) 200 TL mTerapontidae Terapon puta Cuvier, 1829 m-s 30 TL ns 1

Latidae Lates niloticus (Linnaeus, 1758) s 200 TL m 1

Centrarchidae Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque, 1819 31 TL mLepomis gibbosus (Linnaeus, 1758) 32 SL nsLepomis macrochirus Rafinesque, 1819 41 TL mLepomis microlophus (Günther, 1859) 43.2 TL mMicropterus dolomieu Lacepède, 1802 69 TL mMicropterus punctulatus (Rafinesque, 1819) 63.5 TL mMicropterus salmoides (Lacepède, 1802) 65 SL ns 1

Percidae Perca fluviatilis Linnaeus, 1758 s 60 SL nsSander lucioperca (Linnaeus, 1758) s 130 TL ns 1

Cichlidae Amatitiana nigrofasciata (Günther, 1867) 10 SLAstatoreochromis alluaudi Pellegrin, 1904 19 SL nsAstronotus ocellatus (Agassiz, 1831) 45.7 TL mOreochromis andersonii (Castelnau, 1861) s 61 TL m 1Oreochromis aureus (Steindachner, 1864) s 45.7 TL m 1Oreochromis esculentus (Graham, 1928) 50 SL mOreochromis karongae (Trewavas, 1941) 38 SL ns 1Oreochromis leucostictus (Trewavas, 1933) 32 TL nsOreochromis macrochir (Boulenger, 1912) 40.2 TL m 1Oreochromis mortimeri (Trewavas, 1966) 48 TL nsOreochromis mossambicus (Peters, 1852) s 39 TLns 1Oreochromis niloticus eduardianus (Boulenger, 1912) 49 TL nsOreochromis niloticus niloticus (Linnaeus, 1758) s 64 TL ns 1Oreochromis shiranus shiranus Boulenger, 1897 s 39 SL ns 1

Oreochromis spilurus niger Günther, 189432 SL m 29 SL f

Oreochromis spilurus spilurus (Günther, 1894) s19.2 SL m 16.3 SL f

Oreochromis urolepis hornorum (Trewavas, 1966) s 24 SL mSerranochromis robustus jallae (Boulenger, 1896) 39.6 SL mSerranochromis robustus robustus (Günther, 1864) 56 TL m 1Tilapia guinasana Trewavas, 1936 14 TL mTilapia rendalli (Boulenger, 1897) s 45 TL ns 1Tilapia sparrmanii Smith, 1840 23.5 TL mTilapia zillii (Gervais, 1848) s 27 SL ns 1

Eleotridae Butis koilomatodon (Bleeker, 1849) m-s 10.7 TL mAnabantidae Microctenopoma ansorgii (Boulenger, 1912) 8 TL m

Osphronemidae Macropodus opercularis (Linnaeus, 1758) 5.3 SL nsOsphronemus goramy Lacepède, 1801 70 SL mTrichogaster trichopterus (Pallas, 1770) 15 SL m

Channidae Channa striata (Bloch, 1793) 91.5 nsChanna maculata (Lacepède, 1801) 25 SL ns

Lepidosireniformes (Lung fish) Protopteridae

Protopterus aethiopicus aethiopicus Heckel, 1851 200 TL ns

TABLE xxxIx (next). The checklist of freshwater species which have been the subject of an introduction in Africa (FAO, 2006; Fishbase, 2006).

Environment (E): Found in: m = marines, s = brackishMaximal size (T): SL = Standard Length - FL = Fork Length - TL = Total Length;m = male; f = female; ns = non sexAquaculture (A): 1 = used for consumption

Page 215: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 9 7

TABLE xL. List of species introduced by African countries.N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I = introduce - E = endemico=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverified

Family

Country

Species

Sou

th A

fric

a

Alg

eria

Ang

ola

Ben

in

Bot

swan

a

Bur

kina

Fas

o

Bur

und

i

Cam

eroo

n

Cap

e Ve

rde

Cen

tral

Afr

ica

Com

oros

Con

go

Con

go D

R

Côt

e d

’Ivoi

re

Djib

outi

Egy

pt

Ery

thre

a

Eth

iop

ia

Arapaimidae Heterotis niloticus N N N I I I N

Anguillidae Anguilla anguilla N o

Clupeidae Limnothrissa miodon N NI

Cyprinidae Aristichthys nobilis I o

Barbus anoplus N

Barbus barbus

Carassius auratus auratus I I

Carassius carassius I

Catla catla

Ctenopharyngodon idella I I I I I

Cyprinus carpio carpio I o I I I I I I

Gobio gobio gobio

Hypophthalmichthys molitrix I I o I

Labeo rohita

Labeobarbus aeneus N

Labeobarbus natalensis N

Mylopharyngodon piceus

Rutilus rubilio

Rutilus rutilus

Scardinius erythrophthalmus

Tanichthys albonubes

Tinca tinca I

Citharinidae Distichodus niloticus N I N N

Characidae Astyanax orthodus

Bagridae Bagrus meridionalis

Schilbeidae Schilbe mystus N N N N I N N N

Clariidae Clarias gariepinus N N N N N N N I N N N N

Ictaluridae Ictalurus punctatus

Siluridae Silurus glanis I

Salmonidae Hucho hucho

Oncorhynchus mykiss I I I

Salmo trutta fario I

Salmo trutta trutta I I

Salvelinus fontinalis o

Esocidae Esox lucius I I

Aplocheilidae Pachypanchax playfairii

Cyprinodontidae Aphanius fasciatus N N

Poeciliidae Gambusia affinis I I I I I

Gambusia holbrooki I

Phalloceros caudimaculatus

Poecilia latipinna

Poecilia reticulata I I

Xiphophorus hellerii I

Xiphophorus maculatus

Page 216: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa198 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xL (next ). List of species introduced by African countries.N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I = introduce - E = endemico=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverified

Family

Country

Species

Sou

th A

fric

a

Alg

eria

Ang

ola

Ben

in

Bot

swan

a

Bur

kina

Fas

o

Bur

und

i

Cam

eroo

n

Cap

e Ve

rde

Cen

tral

Afr

ica

Com

oros

Con

go

Con

go D

R

Côt

e d

’Ivoi

re

Djib

outi

Egy

pt

Ery

thre

a

Eth

iop

ia

Moronidae Morone saxatilis I

Terapontidae Terapon puta I

Latidae Lates niloticus N N I N N N

Centrarchidae Lepomis cyanellus I I

Lepomis gibbosus I

Lepomis macrochirus I I

Lepomis microlophus

Micropterus dolomieu I

Micropterus punctulatus I

Micropterus salmoides I I I o o o

Percidae Perca fluviatilis I

Sander lucioperca I

Cichlidae Amatitiana nigrofasciata

Astatoreochromis alluaudi I I I I

Astronotus ocellatus I

Oreochromis andersonii I N N I

Oreochromis aureus I N N

Oreochromis esculentus

Oreochromis karongae

Oreochromis leucostictus I N

Oreochromis macrochir o I N o N I I I I o N I I

Oreochromis mortimeri I

Oreochromis mossambicus I I I N I I o I

Oreochromis niloticus eduardianus N N

Oreochromis niloticus niloticus I I I I I I I I

Oreochromis shiranus shiranus

Oreochromis spilurus niger N

Oreochromis spilurus spilurus I N

Oreochromis urolepis hornorum I

Serranochromis robustus jallae I N N N

Serranochromis robustus robustus

Tilapia guinasana I

Tilapia rendalli N N N I N N N I

Tilapia sparrmanii N N N

Tilapia zillii N N N N N N I I

Eleotridae Butis koilomatodon

Anabantidae Microctenopoma ansorgii N N

Osphronemidae Macropodus opercularis

Osphronemus goramy o o

Trichogaster trichopterus

Channidae Channa maculata

Channa striata

Protopteridae Protopterus aethiopicus aethiopicus N N N N

Number of introductions 24 11 1 2 4 1 4 4 0 6 3 12 8 9 0 9 4 11

Page 217: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 1 9 9

TABLE xL (next ). List of species introduced by African countries.N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I = introduce - E = endemico=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverified

Family

Country

Species

Gab

on

Gam

bia

Gha

na

Gui

nea

Gui

nea

Eq

uato

rial

Gui

née-

Bis

sau

Ken

ya

Leso

tho

Lib

eria

Lib

ya

Mad

agas

car

Mal

awi

Mal

i

Mor

occo

Mau

ritiu

s

Mau

ritan

ia

Moz

amb

ique

Nam

ibia

Arapaimidae Heterotis niloticus I N N I

Anguillidae Anguilla anguilla I N N

Clupeidae Limnothrissa miodon I

Cyprinidae Aristichthys nobilis I o

Barbus anoplus N I

Barbus barbus I

Carassius auratus auratus I I I

Carassius carassius I

Catla catla I

Ctenopharyngodon idella I I I o

Cyprinus carpio carpio I I I I o I I I I

Gobio gobio gobio I

Hypophthalmichthys molitrix o o I I o

Labeo rohita I I

Labeobarbus aeneus N N

Labeobarbus natalensis

Mylopharyngodon piceus I

Rutilus rubilio

Rutilus rutilus o I

Scardinius erythrophthalmus o I

Tanichthys albonubes I

Tinca tinca o I

Citharinidae Distichodus niloticus N

Characidae Astyanax orthodus I

Bagridae Bagrus meridionalis N N

Schilbeidae Schilbe mystus N N N N N N N

Clariidae Clarias gariepinus I N N N N N N N

Ictaluridae Ictalurus punctatus

Siluridae Silurus glanis

Salmonidae Hucho hucho I

Oncorhynchus mykiss I I I I I o

Salmo trutta fario I I

Salmo trutta trutta I I I I o

Salvelinus fontinalis I o

Esocidae Esox lucius o I

Aplocheilidae Pachypanchax playfairii q

Cyprinodontidae Aphanius fasciatus N I

Poeciliidae Gambusia affinis I I I I I

Gambusia holbrooki I I I

Phalloceros caudimaculatus I

Poecilia latipinna I

Poecilia reticulata I I I I

Xiphophorus hellerii I I I

Xiphophorus maculatus I I

Page 218: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa200 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xL. (next ). List of species introduced by African countries.N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I = introduce - E = endemico=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverified

Family

Country

Species

Gab

on

Gam

bia

Gha

na

Gui

nea

Gui

nea

Eq

uato

rial

Gui

née-

Bis

sau

Ken

ya

Leso

tho

Lib

eria

Lib

ya

Mad

agas

car

Mal

awi

Mal

i

Mor

occo

Mau

ritiu

s

Mau

ritan

ia

Moz

amb

ique

Nam

ibia

Moronidae Morone saxatilis

Terapontidae Terapon puta N

Latidae Lates niloticus N N NI N N o N

Centrarchidae Lepomis cyanellus q o I I

Lepomis gibbosus I

Lepomis macrochirus q I I I I

Lepomis microlophus I I

Micropterus dolomieu I

Micropterus punctulatus

Micropterus salmoides I I I I I I o I I

Percidae Perca fluviatilis I

Sander lucioperca I

Cichlidae Amatitiana nigrofasciata

Astatoreochromis alluaudi N

Astronotus ocellatus

Oreochromis andersonii I N

Oreochromis aureus o o I N

Oreochromis esculentus N

Oreochromis karongae NI N

Oreochromis leucostictus I

Oreochromis macrochir I I I I I I N

Oreochromis mortimeri q

Oreochromis mossambicus I N I I

Oreochromis niloticus eduardianus I

Oreochromis niloticus niloticus I N I I I

Oreochromis shiranus shiranus o N

Oreochromis spilurus niger N I I

Oreochromis spilurus spilurus N

Oreochromis urolepis hornorum

Serranochromis robustus jallae N N

Serranochromis robustus robustus N N

Tilapia guinasana E

Tilapia rendalli N I I I N

Tilapia sparrmanii I N N N

Tilapia zillii N N N N N I N N I N

Eleotridae Butis koilomatodon N N

Anabantidae Microctenopoma ansorgii I

Osphronemidae Macropodus opercularis I

Osphronemus goramy I I

Trichogaster trichopterus I

Channidae Channa maculata I

Channa striata I I

Protopteridae Protopterus aethiopicus aethiopicus N

Number of introductions 4 0 3 0 0 0 22 4 1 1 35 8 0 25 23 1 7 9

Page 219: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 0 1

TABLE xL. (next ). List of species introduced by African countries.N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I = introduce - E = endemico=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverified

Family

Country

Species

Nig

er

Nig

eria

Uga

nda

Reu

nion

La

Rw

and

a

Sao

Tom

e &

Prin

cip

e

Sen

egal

Sey

chel

les

Sie

rra

Leon

e

Som

alia

Sud

an

Sw

azila

nd

Tanz

ania

Cha

d

Togo

Tuni

sia

Zam

bia

Zim

bab

we

Num

ber

of i

ntro

duc

ed

Num

ber

of n

ativ

e

Arapaimidae Heterotis niloticus N N N N I 6 10

Anguillidae Anguilla anguilla 2 3

Clupeidae Limnothrissa miodon I N NI I 5 2

Cyprinidae Aristichthys nobilis 4 0

Barbus anoplus N 1 3

Barbus barbus 1 0

Carassius auratus auratus I I 7 0

Carassius carassius 2 0

Catla catla I 2 0

Ctenopharyngodon idella I I I I I I 15 0

Cyprinus carpio carpio I I I I o I I I I o I 28 0

Gobio gobio gobio 1 0

Hypophthalmichthys molitrix I 10 0

Labeo rohita o I 4 0

Labeobarbus aeneus I 1 3

Labeobarbus natalensis I 1 1

Mylopharyngodon piceus 1 0

Rutilus rubilio I 1 0

Rutilus rutilus 2 0

Scardinius erythrophthalmus I 3 0

Tanichthys albonubes 1 0

Tinca tinca o o I 6 0

Citharinidae Distichodus niloticus N N 1 6

Characidae Astyanax orthodus 1 0

Bagridae Bagrus meridionalis N I 1 3

Schilbeidae Schilbe mystus N N N N N N N N N 1 23

Clariidae Clarias gariepinus N N N N N N N N 2 26

Ictaluridae Ictalurus punctatus I 1 0

Siluridae Silurus glanis I 2 0

Salmonidae Hucho hucho 1 0

Oncorhynchus mykiss I I I I o o I 16 0

Salmo trutta fario 3 0

Salmo trutta trutta I I I 10 0

Salvelinus fontinalis I 4 0

Esocidae Esox lucius I I 6 0

Aplocheilidae Pachypanchax playfairii E I 1 0

Cyprinodontidae Aphanius fasciatus N 1 4

Poeciliidae Gambusia affinis I o I 13 0

Gambusia holbrooki I 5 0

Phalloceros caudimaculatus 1 0

Poecilia latipinna 1 0

Poecilia reticulata I I I I I 11 0

Xiphophorus hellerii I o 6 0

Xiphophorus maculatus I I 4 0

Page 220: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa202 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xL (next ). List of species introduced by African countries.N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I = introduce - E = endemico=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverified

Family

Country

Species

Nig

er

Nig

eria

Uga

nda

Reu

nion

La

Rw

and

a

Sao

Tom

e &

Prin

cip

e

Sen

egal

Sey

chel

les

Sie

rra

Leon

e

Som

alia

Sud

an

Sw

azila

nd

Tanz

ania

Cha

d

Togo

Tuni

sia

Zam

bia

Zim

bab

we

Num

ber

of i

ntro

duc

ed

Num

ber

of n

ativ

e

Moronidae Morone saxatilis 1 0

Terapontidae Terapon puta N N 1 3

Latidae Lates niloticus N NI N N I N 5 14

Centrarchidae Lepomis cyanellus I I o 8 0

Lepomis gibbosus 2 0

Lepomis macrochirus I o I 9 0

Lepomis microlophus 2 0

Micropterus dolomieu o I o o 6 0

Micropterus punctulatus I I 3 0

Micropterus salmoides o I I I I I 21 0

Percidae Perca fluviatilis 2 0

Sander lucioperca I 3 0

Cichlidae Amatitiana nigrofasciata I 1 0

Astatoreochromis alluaudi N N N 4 4

Astronotus ocellatus 1 0

Oreochromis andersonii I o 5 3

Oreochromis aureus N N o N N I o 7 7

Oreochromis esculentus N I NI 2 2

Oreochromis karongae N 1 2

Oreochromis leucostictus N I I 4 2

Oreochromis macrochir I I I I N 20 5

Oreochromis mortimeri N N 1 2

Oreochromis mossambicus I I I I I 15 2

Oreochromis niloticus eduardianus N N I N 2 5

Oreochromis niloticus niloticus I I I N I I I 18 2

Oreochromis shiranus shiranus N 1 2

Oreochromis spilurus niger I 3 2

Oreochromis spilurus spilurus I N N 2 4

Oreochromis urolepis hornorum N N 1 2

Serranochromis robustus jallae I N N 2 7

Serranochromis robustus robustus I N N 1 4

Tilapia guinasana 1 0

Tilapia rendalli N I I N N N 7 12

Tilapia sparrmanii N N N N 1 10

Tilapia zillii N N N N N I N N N 5 22

Eleotridae Butis koilomatodon I N N 1 4

Anabantidae Microctenopoma ansorgii 1 2

Osphronemidae Macropodus opercularis 1 0

Osphronemus goramy o I 6 0

Trichogaster trichopterus I I 3 0

Channidae Channa maculata 1 0

Channa striata 2 0

Protopteridae Protopterus aethiopicus aethiopicus N I N N N 1 9

Number of introductions 0 8 9 10 11 0 0 5 0 0 5 10 16 0 3 12 14 21 381 217

Page 221: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 0 3

TABLE xLI. Listoffreshwaterfishusedinaquaculturebycountry(FAO,2006;Fish-base, 2008).

N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I=introduce-E=endemic-o=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverifiedA = Commercial production - X = Experimental

Family

Country

Species

Sou

th A

fric

a

Alg

eria

Ang

ola

Ben

in

Bot

swan

a

Bur

kina

Fas

o

Bur

und

i

Cam

eroo

n

Cap

e Ve

rde

Cen

tral

Afr

ica

Com

oros

Con

go

Con

go D

R

Côt

e d

’Ivoi

re

Djib

outi

Egy

pt

Ery

thre

a

Eth

iop

ia

Gab

on

Gam

bia

Arapaimidae Heterotis niloticus N N N IA IA IA A N IA AAnguillidae Anguilla anguilla A N o

Cyprinidae Carassius auratus auratus IA ICarassius carassius IACirrhinus cirrhosusCtenopharyngodon idella I IA I IA ICyprinus carpio carpio IA oA I IA I I IA IHypophthalmichthys molitrix I I oA IScardinius erythrophthalmus

Alestidae Brycinus lateralis N N N NBagridae Bagrus bajad N N N N N

Claroteidae Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus N N N A N NSchilbeidae Schilbe intermedius N N N N N

Clariidae Clarias anguillaris N N A N N A N NClarias gariepinus A N N N N N N A A N A I N N N N IA NClarias ngamensis N N NHeterobranchus bidorsalis N N N N NHeterobranchus longifilis N N N N N N N NX N N N

Siluridae Silurus glanis IMochokidae Synodontis nigromaculata N N N N N

Salmonidae Oncorhynchus mykiss IA I ISalmo trutta trutta I I

Esocidae Esox lucius I I

Mugilidae Liza ramado N NMugil cephalus N N N N N N N A N N

Moronidae Dicentrarchus labrax A ATerapontidae Terapon puta IA

Latidae Lates niloticus N N I N N NCentrarchidae Micropterus salmoides IA I I o o o

Percidae Sander lucioperca IA

Cichlidae Oreochromis andersonii I N N IOreochromis aureus I N A NOreochromis karongaeOreochromis macrochir o I N o N I I I I o N I I IOreochromis mossambicus A I I I N I I o IOreochromis niloticus niloticus IA I A IA A IA I IA IA A A I IA NOreochromis shiranus shiranusSargochromis carlottae N NSargochromis giardi N NSarotherodo galileus galileus N N N N N N N NSarotherodon melanotheron melanotheron N N N X NSerranochromis robustus robustusTilapia cameronensis EATilapia rendalli N N N I N N N I NTilapia zillii N N N N N N I I N

Number of species used in aquaculture 7 5 0 0 0 2 1 4 0 3 0 2 3 6 0 8 0 1 3 1Number of species introduced for aquaculture 5 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 2 0 2 2 0 0 4 0 1 3 0

Number of species introduced 11 8 1 2 3 1 3 3 0 4 1 6 4 5 0 7 4 10 4 0Number of species natives 6 4 12 11 11 5 3 14 1 2 1 3 8 6 1 10 1 9 3 10

Page 222: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa204 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xLI (next). List of freshwater fish used in aquaculture by country (FAO,2006; Fishbase, 2008).

N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I=introduce-E=endemic-o=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverifiedA = Commercial production - X = Experimental

Family

Country

Species

Gha

na

Gui

nea

Gui

nea

Eq

uato

rial

Gui

nea-

Bis

sau

Ken

ya

Leso

tho

Lib

eria

Lib

ya

Mad

agas

car

Mal

awi

Mal

i

Mor

occo

Mau

ritiu

s

Mau

ritan

ia

Moz

amb

ique

Nam

ibie

Nig

er

Nig

eria

Uga

nda

Reu

nion

La

Arapaimidae Heterotis niloticus A A N N IA A N AAnguillidae Anguilla anguilla I N A N

Cyprinidae Carassius auratus auratus I I ICarassius carassius ICirrhinus cirrhosus ACtenopharyngodon idella I IA I oA I IACyprinus carpio carpio I IA IA IA oA IA I IA I I IA IAHypophthalmichthys molitrix o o IA I oScardinius erythrophthalmus o I

Alestidae Brycinus lateralis N ABagridae Bagrus bajad N N N N N

Claroteidae Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus A N N N A ASchilbeidae Schilbe intermedius N N N N A N

Clariidae Clarias anguillaris A N N N N NClarias gariepinus A A N N A A N N A A N N A N A NClarias ngamensis N N AHeterobranchus bidorsalis A N A N N NHeterobranchus longifilis A N N A N N N N

Siluridae Silurus glanisMochokidae Synodontis nigromaculata N A

Salmonidae Oncorhynchus mykiss IA IA IA IA IA o IASalmo trutta trutta IA I I I o

Esocidae Esox lucius o IA IA

Mugilidae Liza ramado q N NMugil cephalus N N N N N N N N N N N

Moronidae Dicentrarchus labrax A A NTerapontidae Terapon puta N

Latidae Lates niloticus A N N NI N N o N N A NICentrarchidae Micropterus salmoides I I I I IA I o IA I o

Percidae Sander lucioperca I

Cichlidae Oreochromis andersonii I N AOreochromis aureus o o I N N N oOreochromis karongae NIA NOreochromis macrochir IA I IA I I N AOreochromis mossambicus I N I A A IA I IAOreochromis niloticus niloticus A A IA A I A I A A A A IAOreochromis shiranus shiranus o A NSargochromis carlottae ASargochromis giardi ASarotherodo galileus galileus N N N N A N N N N N NSarotherodon melanotheron melanotheron A N N N N NSerranochromis robustus robustus N NTilapia cameronensisTilapia rendalli I IA A I N A N A ITilapia zillii N N N N A I N N I N N N A

Number of species used in aquaculture 10 3 0 0 5 3 6 1 4 7 3 8 1 1 5 11 1 6 4 5Number of species introduced for aquaculture 1 0 0 0 4 2 1 0 4 3 0 6 0 0 3 1 0 0 2 5

Number of species introduced 2 0 0 0 13 4 1 1 16 5 0 10 10 1 4 4 0 3 5 5Number of species natives 5 8 2 9 8 1 4 4 1 4 6 4 1 9 13 2 11 9 4 0

Page 223: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 0 5

TABLE xLI (next). List of freshwater fish used in aquaculture by country (FAO,2006; Fishbase, 2008).

N = native (if the number is null, the species is coming from another continent)I=introduce-E=endemic-o=introducebutnotestablished-q=tobeverifiedA = Commercial production - X = Experimental

Family

Country

Species

Rw

and

a

Sao

Tom

e &

Prin

cip

e

Sen

egal

Sey

chel

les

Sie

rra

Leon

e

Som

alia

Sud

an

Sw

azila

nd

Tanz

ania

Cha

d

Togo

Tuni

sia

Zam

bia

Zim

bab

we

Num

ber

of t

imes

use

d

in a

qua

cultu

re

Num

ber

of i

ntro

dui

ced

fo

r aq

uacu

lture

Num

ber

of t

imes

in

trod

uice

Num

ber

of t

imes

na

tive

Arapaimidae Heterotis niloticus N N N I 11 5 6 10Anguillidae Anguilla anguilla A 3 0 2 3

Cyprinidae Carassius auratus auratus I I 1 1 7 0Carassius carassius 1 1 2 0Cirrhinus cirrhosus 1 0 0 0Ctenopharyngodon idella I I I I 5 5 15 0Cyprinus carpio carpio IA o IA I I IA oA I 16 16 27 0Hypophthalmichthys molitrix I 2 2 10 0Scardinius erythrophthalmus IA 1 1 3 0

Alestidae Brycinus lateralis N N 1 0 0 7Bagridae Bagrus bajad N A N 1 0 0 12

Claroteidae Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus N N N 4 0 0 11Schilbeidae Schilbe intermedius N N N N N N N N 1 0 0 18

Clariidae Clarias anguillaris N N N N N 3 0 0 16Clarias gariepinus A N N N N A A N N A A 18 1 2 26Clarias ngamensis N N N 1 0 0 8Heterobranchus bidorsalis N N N N 2 0 0 13Heterobranchus longifilis N N N N N N N N 3 0 0 24

Siluridae Silurus glanis IA 1 1 2 0Mochokidae Synodontis nigromaculata N N N 1 0 0 9

Salmonidae Oncorhynchus mykiss I I IA o o IA 9 9 16 0Salmo trutta trutta I I I 1 1 10 0

Esocidae Esox lucius I 2 2 6 0

Mugilidae Liza ramado A 1 0 0 4Mugil cephalus N N N N N N A 2 0 0 26

Moronidae Dicentrarchus labrax N A 5 0 0 2Terapontidae Terapon puta N N 1 1 1 3

Latidae Lates niloticus N N A I N A 4 0 3 16Centrarchidae Micropterus salmoides I I I I I 3 3 21 0

Percidae Sander lucioperca IA 2 2 3 0

Cichlidae Oreochromis andersonii IA A oA 4 2 5 3Oreochromis aureus N N I o 1 0 7 7Oreochromis karongae N 1 1 0 3Oreochromis macrochir I I IA I A N 5 3 20 5Oreochromis mossambicus I A I I A 7 2 15 2Oreochromis niloticus niloticus IA A A A IA N A I IA I 27 11 18 2Oreochromis shiranus shiranus N 1 0 1 2Sargochromis carlottae N N 1 0 0 4Sargochromis giardi N N 1 0 0 4Sarotherodo galileus galileus N N N N 1 0 0 22Sarotherodon melanotheron melanotheron A N N 3 0 0 11Serranochromis robustus robustus IA N N 1 1 1 4Tilapia cameronensis 1 0 0 1Tilapia rendalli I N A A N A N 7 1 7 12Tilapia zillii N N N I N N N 2 0 5 22

Number of species used in aquaculture 0 3 2 0 1 0 3 5 6 0 2 8 6 4 170Number of species introduced for aquaculture 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 0 4 2 2 72

Number of species introduced 0 6 0 2 0 0 4 5 11 0 3 10 5 8 215Number of species natives 1 1 14 1 9 3 8 0 9 13 9 1 8 9 317

Page 224: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa206

Page 225: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 0 7

Some general information of the biology of the some species used in aquaculture is presented here. The biogeographic aspects were approached in the chapter III p. 21.

I. THE MORPHOLOGY AND THE SYSTEMATICThe morphology of fish is one of the elements which allow to determine them. It is very variable

and is to be connected to the way of living, with the behaviors and habitus. One will find the main anatomical external terms of a fish on Figure 152 below. Will be given here the morphological cha-racters allowing to distinguish the various species. The drawings and part of the text come from the Fauna of the freshwater and brackish fish of West Africa (IRD, 2004).

9 Ratio body length/body depth ( (L/H) (Figure 153 below)

Appendix 03SOME ELEMENTS OF THE BIOLOGY OF THE SPECIES

Dorsal fin

Lateral line

Caudal peduncle

Caudal fin

Anal fin

Pelvic finsPectoral fins

BellyChest

Thoat

Chin

Head

Opercle

Back

Figure 152. Principaltermspertinenttotheexternalmorphologyofafish.

Anguilliform, SerpentiformL / H = 12 - 18

Strongly elongateL / H = 7 - 10

ElongateL / H = 4 - 6

Short or mediumL / H = 3 - 4

DeepL / H = 2 - 3

Very deepL / H < 2

Figure 153. Different body shapes.

Page 226: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa208 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

9 Body shape in cross-section (Figure 154 ci-dessous)

9 The head ¾ The jaws (Figure 143 below)

The premaxilla(e), the maxilla(e) and in certain families, the supramaxilla(e) of the upper jaw are normally distinguished from the mandible(s) of the lower jaw (A). Depending on species or families, the jaws may be equally long and normally developed (Alestidae, certain Cyprinidae) (B) or strongly elongate, forming a beak (rostrum) (Belonidae) (C); In both cases, the mouth is called «terminal». The jaws may also be unequal, the mouth then being either superior (Cyprinodontidae, Centropomidae)(D), subinferior (certain Mormyridae) (E) or inferior (Mochokidae (F). Finally, some species have a protrusible or protractile mouth (Serranidae, Gerreidae) (G). In certain genera, e.g., Labeo , Garra and Chiloglanis , the mouth has strongly developed lips sometimes forming (e.g., in Chiloglanis ) a sucking disk (H) which allows the fish to cling to rocks and live in rather turbulent waters.

Figure 154. Cross-section of body. A: Laterally compressed; B: More or less rounded; C: Dor-so-ventrallydepressed;D:Stronglydepressedordorso-ventrallyflattened.

A B C D

Figure 155. Jaws. A: Premaxilla (pmx), maxilla (mx), mandible (md); B: Jaws equal, prolonged into a beak; C: Jaws equal, normally developed; D: Mouth superior;

E: Mouth subinferior; F: Mouth protrusible; G: Mouth inferior; H: Mouth inferior, forming a sucking disk.

A

BD

C

E G

Retracted

pmx

mx

md

Protrused

HF

Page 227: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 0 9

¾ Les dents (Figure 156 ci-dessous)

These are inserted on the rim of the jaws, i.e., premaxilla, maxilla, and dentary (mandibular bone), on the longitudinal axis of the roof of mouth (vomer and parasphaenoid(s), on both sides of the mouth roof (palatines and ectopterygoids), and on the upper and lower pharyngeal bones. Finally, certain species have lingual teeth. Evidently, not all of these types of teeth are always present. The different kinds of teeth are distinguished here by the number of cusps they bear.

Thus, there are: monocuspid teeth that may be straight (certain Marcusenius species) (A), conical or caniniform (certain Alestidae and Cichlidae) (B and C), cutting (Hydrocynus species, Sphyraeni-dae) (D) or recurved (Synodontis species) (E); bicuspid teeth (Petrocephalus , Distichodus) (F and G); polycuspid teeth with cusps set in a single plane (certain Alestidae and Cichlidae) (H), and molari-form polycuspid teeth with cusps forming a crown (certain Alestidae) (I). There are also other, less common kinds of teeth.

¾ The eyes

Depending on families, the eyes may be located in different positions. They are usually lateral, but may be placed dorsally, particularly in the Batoidea and the Pleuronectiformes (where they are furthermore both located on the same side of the head). Finally, they may be protruding as in Pe-riophthalmus. In some species, the eyes are partially covered by an adipose eyelid, a nictitating fold or a nictitating membrane.

¾ The fontanellae (Figure 157 opposite)

The cranial fontanellae are sometimes used as a genus- or species-diagnostic criterion for identification; the fronto-parietal fontanellae in some Alestidae (A), and the frontal and occipital fonta-nellae in some Clariidae (B).

Figure 157. Fontanellae. A: Alestes sp.; B: Clarias sp.: frontal (1) and occipital (2).

Figure 156. Tooth shapes. Monocuspid straight (A: Marcusenius sp.), conical (B: Brycinus sp. and C: Chromidotilapia sp.), cutting (D: Hydrocynus sp.) and recurved (E: Synodontis sp.).Bicuspid (F: Petrocephalus sp. and G: Distichodus sp.).Polycuspid in one plan (H: Micralestes sp.) and molariform (I: Brycinus sp.).

A B C F G

ED H I

A B

1 2

Page 228: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa210 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

¾ The barbels (Figure 158 below)

there may be three types of barbels. A pair of nasal barbels just behind the posterior nostrils (Ba-gridae, Clariidae) (A); a pair of maxillary barbels provided with a basal membrane (some Mochokidae) (B), or without basal membrane (some Cyprinidae and Mochokidae); and one (some Cyprinidae) or two (Siluriformes) pairs of mandibular barbels. In certain groups, the maxillary (some Synodontis) and mandibular (all Synodontis) may be branched (C). Finally, the mandibular barbels may be sometimes enclosed in the lips as in Chiloglanis (D).

¾ The gill cover

A bony lid that covers the gill slits in the Osteichthyes. Depending on the group, the branchios-tegal membrane that covers the opercular bone may or not be fused to the isthmus of the throat. This is used as an identification criterion in certain Siluriformes. In most cases it is widely open, but in some others, the aperture may be rather small, or strongly reduced. In the Chondrichthyes, the gill slits are not covered by an opercle.

¾ The gill arch (Figure 159 below)

It is formed by three bones bearing externally the gill filaments and internally, the gill rakers. The upper bone is the epibranchial, the lower ones are the ceratobranchial and the hypobranchial (E). In some species (Polypteridae), the juveniles have a pair of external gills (F) which are later reab-sorbed. This is also the case in the embryos of Protopterus, which have three or four pairs of external gills.

¾ Accessory aerial breathing organs (Figure 160, p. 211)

Some forms have the possibility, thanks to the possession of specialized organs, to survive for some time outside the water without suffe-ring major damage. There are several types of such organs: the branched organ of the Clarii-dae (A), the lungs of the Protopteridae and Po-lypteridae (B), the labyrinthiform organ of the Anabantidae (C), the pharyngeal diverticulum of the Channidae (D), the swim bladder of Gymnar-chus (E) and Heterotis.

Figure 158. Barbels. A: The types: Nasal (1), maxillary (2), outer mandibular (3) and inner (4).

B: Membranous maxillary barbels (Synodontis sp.); C: Branched maxillary barbels (Synodontis sp.);

D: Mandibular barbels enclosed in the lips (Chiloglanis sp.).

A B C D

1

23

4

Figure 159. Gill slits without opercule (A: Sharks); gill arch formed by: ceratobranchial (1), gill rakers (2), hypobranchial and epibran-chial(3),gillfilaments(4)(B);externalgillofa

young Polypterus sp. (C).

A

12

3 4

B

C

Page 229: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 1 1

9 The body

The forms and constitutions of fins, the types of scales and other features make possible to diferenciate species.

¾ The fins

The fins may be paired (pelvics or ventrals and pectorals) that are equivalent to the members of Tetrapods or unpaired (dorsal, caudal and anal):

The paired fins are the pelvics (ventrals) and the pectorals (Figure 161 below).In the Gobiidae, the pelvics are either fused into a ventral disk (A), or united by a transverse mem-

brane. In Periophthalmus, they are also united, while the pectorals allow these fishes to move rather quickly on dry land. In the Siluriformes, the first pectoral-fin ray is often ossified, forming a spine that may be denticulate on one or both margins (B). In the Polypteridae, the pectoral fins are real paddles attached to the trunk by a peduncle (C) that allow the fish to effect a wide range of movements.

The unpaired fin are the dorsal, caudal and anal fins.there are three types of dorsal fin (Figure 162, p. 212): one is supported by simple spinous rays,

another with soft, usually branched, rays, and the so-called adipose dorsal fin. The latter is usually placed behind the soft-rayed dorsal (A). Many fishes have two dorsal fins, the first spinous (anterior) and the second soft; or a single dorsal fin with anterior spinous rays followed by soft rays (B). In some species (the majority of Siluriformes), the first ray is represented by a strong, more or less denticulate, spine. Depending on species, the dorsal fin may have different shapes, i.e., outer margin straight, concave or rounded, filamentous. (C). Finally, some species lack dorsal fins (certain Schilbeidae).

Figure 160. Accessory aerial breathing organs. Branched breathing organs (A: Clarias sp.), branches (1), gills (2), branchial valves (3); position of the swim bladder (1) and the lungs (2 and 3; plates of the labyrinth in an Anabantidae (C), principal plates (1-3), stylet (4); pharyn-geal diverticula (D: Parachanna sp.), anterior chamber (1), posterior chamber (2), communi-cation with pharynx (3); digestive tract and swim bladder (E: Gymnarchus sp.), swim bladder

(1), opening of pneumatic duct (2).

A

B1

2 2

2

2

2

33

3

3

3

4

411

1

1

1

B2 C D E

A B CFigure 161. Pairfins.CoalescedpairofpelvicfinsinaGobiidspecies(A);

firstpectoral-finraydenticulatedononemargin(1)oronbothmargins(2)(B:Clarias sp.); paddle-shapedpectoralfin(C:Polypterus sp.).

Page 230: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa212 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Depending on the relative length of its upper and lower lobes, the caudal fin is termed (Figure 163 below) homocercal, when the lobes are symmetrical (A); heterocercal: when the lobes are ex-ternally and internally asymmetrical, with either the upper (Carcharhinidae) (B1), or the lower lobe (some Amphiliidae) (B2) better developed. The shape of the caudal fin may vary with species from rounded to forked, notched, emarginate. (C): In the Cyprinodontidae, caudal-fin shapes are manifold.

The morphological diversity of the anal fin may be used for the identification of certain species, especially within the Cyprinodontidae. In some Alestidae, its shape differs between males and adult females. In the Perciformes, the first simple rays are modified into real spines. In some Siluriformes (Schilbeidae, Clariidae), this fin is very well developed while in other families (Gymnarchidae), it is absent.

Figure 162. Dorsalfin.Softdorsal(2)precededbyastrongspinousray(1)andfollowedbyanadiposedorsal(3)(A).Twodorsalfins:spinyrays(1),andsimpleorbranchedrays(2),

separate(B1)andcontiguous(B2).Finmarginstraight(1),concave(2),rounded(3)andfila-mentous (4) (C).

A

B

C

1 2

3 4 1 1

Figure 163. Caudalfin. Homocercal (A: Citharinus sp.). Heterocercal (B1: Carcharhinus sp.) and (B2: Amphiliidae).

Caudal shapes (C): rounded (1), truncate or emarginate (2), concave (3), lunate(4),forked(5),pointedandseparatedfromdorsalandanalfins(6),

absentorcoalescedwithdorsalandanalfins(7).

A B1 B2

C1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Page 231: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 1 3

¾ The scales

Two principal types of scales can be distinguished on the basis of their structure (Figure 164 be-low). The first of these groups is represented by the ganoid scales, characteristic of the Polypteridae, which are thick and rhombic and covered by a shiny outer layer of ganoine (A). The second group comprises two different kinds: the cycloid scales which are thin and smooth (Clupeidae, Alestidae) (B); and the ctenoid scales which bear small spines on their posterior margin (Distichodontidae, Lut-janidae) (C). In the Tetraodontidae, the scales are modified into spicules (D), and in the Syngnathidae they are modified into bony plates separated by areas of naked skin (sutures). The Siluriformes lack scales altogether, except certain Amphiliidae which have bony plates covering the body. Finally, in the Chondrichthyes there are the so-called placoid scales which can be considered as small teeth, also called dermal denticles, which give the skin of these fishes a particularly rough surface (E). In some families there is a midventral crest formed by hardened scales appearing as shields (scutes), i.e., in the Clupeidae (F).

¾ The lateral line (Figure 165 below)

In scaled fishes, this line is communicated with the surrounding water by a longitudinal series of pores which frequently open on the pored lateral-line scales. There are four types of lateral lines: complete, with perforations on all lateral-line scales (Mormyridae and some Alestidae) (A); interrup-ted, with pored scales on two levels (Cichlidae, Anabantidae) (B); incomplete, with only the anterior scales perforated (some Alestidae and Mugilidae) (C), and absent (some Mugilidae and Nandidae).

¾ Electric organs

Some families have electric organs variable in shape, power and function, located in different parts of the body. The electric organs of the Gymnarchus species, as well as those of the Family Mormyridae, produce rather weak discharges and seem to serve mainly for the recognition of conge-ners and obstacles (A and B). Those of the Malapterurus species are capable of much stronger discharges and are used for purposes of defence and attack (C).

Figure 164. Different types of scales. A: Ganoid; B: Cycloid; C: Ctenoid; D:DermicsclerificationinTetraodontidae;E:Placoid(denticules).

A B C D E

Figure 165. Lateral line. A: Complete; B: Interrupted on two levels; C: Incomplete.

CBA

Figure 166. Location of electric organs. Gymnarchus (A); Mormyridae (B); Malapterurus (C). The arrows indicate the direction and sense of the electric current inside the organs.

The plane is that of the electric plates.

A B C

Page 232: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa214 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

9 Principal measurements and counts

These measures are important to determine the species but also to monitor the fish in a pond. The measurements are presented Figure 153 p. 175. The numbers in parentheses correspond to those indicated on the figures.

¾ Total length (1): horizontal distance from front tip of snout to hind tip of caudal fin.

¾ Standard length (2): horizontal distance from front tip of snout to base (or articulation) of caudal fin.

¾ Body depth (3): maximum vertical depth of fish, excluding fins.

¾ Head length (4): depending on families, either the horizontal distance from front tip of snout to hind margin of gill cover, or the horizontal distance from front tip of snout to hind tip of occiput or to the bony rim of the notch formed by the scapular girdle behind the head.

¾ Snout length (5): horizontal distance from front tip of upper jaw to anterior margin of eye.

¾ Eye diameter (6): horizontal diameter of eye.

¾ Interorbital width: minimum width between the orbits.

¾ Predorsal length (7): horizontal distance from front tip of snout to the articulation of first dorsal-fin ray.

¾ Preanal length (8): horizontal distance from front tip of snout to the articulation of first anal-fin ray.

¾ Prepectoral length (9): horizontal distance from front tip of snout to the articulation of first pec-toral-fin ray.

¾ Prepelvic (preventral) length (10): horizontal distance from front tip of snout to the articulation of first pelvic (ventral) - fin ray.

¾ Lengthofdorsal-finbase (11): maximal horizontal distance measured between both ends.

¾ Lengthofanal-finbase (12): see dorsal-fin base.

¾ Pectoral-finlength(13): length from articulation of first ray to tip of longest ray.

¾ Pelvic(ventral)-finlength(14): see pectoral-fin length.

¾ Caudal-peduncle length (15): horizontal distance from hind margin of anal fin (or from that of dorsal fin if this extends further backwards than anal) to base of caudal fin.

¾ Depth of caudal peduncle (16): minimum vertical depth of caudal peduncle.

One proceed also to a number of counts. ¾ Fin formula: the number of spines or simple rays in Roman numerals and that of soft bifurcate

(branched) rays, in Arabic numerals (example: III-7).

¾ Number of scales in lateral line and/or in a longitudinal series.

¾ Number of scales on a transverse series.

¾ Number of predorsal scales.

¾ Number of scales around caudal peduncle.

¾ Numberofgillrakersonfirstgillarch.

¾ Number of teeth in the outer and inner rows of upper and lower jaws.

Ö All these features are important to determine which family, genus, species are far-med species.

Page 233: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 1 5

Figure 167. Principalmeasurementsthatmaybetakenonafish.A:Characiforme;B:Perci-forme; C: Siluriforme. For explanation of numbers, please refer to text.

C

B

A

1

2

3

4

56

7

8

9

10

11

12

15

16

13

14

12

3

4

56

7

8

9

10

11

12

15

16

13

14

12

3

45

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

15

16

14

Page 234: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa216 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

II. THE BIOLOGY OF CICHLIDAEThis perciform freshwater family fish, which occasionally occurs also in brackish waters, is dis-

tributed predominantly in tropical areas of America and Africa, but also in Asia minor, tropical Asia, Madagascar and Sri Lanka. The Cichlidae have a single nostril on either side of head (Figure 168 below). Body shape variable, but never very elongate, more or less compressed and covered with cycloid or ctenoid scales. All fins are present. Lower pharyngeal bones fused together, forming a toothed triangle. The reader may find several files on Cichlidae species in Appendix 05 p. 255.

The family is very widely distributed in Africa, where some of the species are of great interest to fish culture. Over a hundred genera have been described for that continent. As was seen before (Chapter 03, paragraph II, p. 21), three genera represent the main species for African aquaculture. Other species, predators, are used for the control of reproduction.

II.1. THE TAxONOMYWe can generally separate the Tilapiines from the other African Cichlidae by the presence of the

tilapiine mark on the dorsal fin, well visible in juveniles, and by the cycloids scales (Figure 154 above).Trewavas (1983) has subdivised the tilapia sensu lato in three main genera, Sarotherodon, Oreo-

chromis and Tilapia sensu stricto. One of the criteria of differentiation was the mode of reproduction. Sometimes in conjunction, other criteria were used.

9 The genus Tilapia comprises exclusively species that attach their eggs to the substrate, unlike all others, which are mouth-breeders. Apart from this ethological character, the Tilapia species differ from those in the other two genera by the following features: lower pharyngeal bone as long as broad and with an anterior part shorter than the toothed part; posterior pharyngeal teeth bicuspid or tricuspid (sometimes quadricuspid) and lower limb of first gill arch with at most 17 gill rakers (against 28 in the other genera).

9 Most species of Oreochromis have been described under the genus Tilapia. On the basis of ethological characters, Trewavas (1983) has included in this genus all species in which mouth breeding is practised exclusively by females. Other diagnostic features of the genus Oreochromis are the small size of scales on belly as compared to those on sides; the genital papilla, well developed in both sexes, the shape of the lower pharyngeal bone (longer than broad or as long as broad, its toothed part as long as, or somewhat longer, than anterior part); and the posterior pharyngeal teeth

Figure 168. External features of the Cichlidae. A: Tilapia zillii; B: Haplochromis spp. Familycharacteristics:1:Asinglepairofnostril;2:Dorsalfinintwocontinuousparts,hard

and soft rays; 3: Lateral line interrupted. Intra-familycharacteristics:+:Tilapiinemarkwellvisibleinjuveniles;

*: Cycloid scales; **: Ctenoid scales.

* **

***+

A B

33

11

2

Page 235: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 1 7

which are either bicuspid, have their lower cusps reduced, or lack distinct cusps altogether. 9 As in the genus Oreochromis, the majority of species placed today in the genus Sarothe-

rodon were originally described under the genus Tilapia. Based on ethological features, Trewavas (1983) has transferred to the genus Sarotherodon those species in which both, males and females, practise mouth breeding. Apart from this ethogical character, the genus Sarotherodon is charac-terized by the following features: scales on belly almost as large as those on sides; genital papilla smaller in males than in females; lower pharyngeal bone longer than broad, its toothed part shorter than anterior part; posterior pharyngeal teeth either bicuspid, with a reduced lower cusp, or without distinct cusps.

II.2. THE FEEDING HABITSAmong the many examples of food diets and the trophic adaptations which are associated, the

most remarkable are those observed at Cichlidae of the African Great Lakes. All the types of food existing in these lakes were used by these fish and often with morphological adaptations and ade-quate behaviors. There exists, for example, in the molluscivorous fish, some species are extractors and others crushing. In the same way, the eaters of epilithic algae have different strategies, some grazing the algae of the rocks, the others cutting them short-nap. One will note also certain particular adaptations like the scales eaters and the fish cleaner which feed on parasites of other fish.

The tilapia are, in general, microphagous and/or herbivorous (Table XLII, p. 217 below). However, as for the large majority of Cichlidae, they are the opportunistic, i.e. they are able to feed on a large variety of items. For example, Oreochromis niloticus is a phytoplanktonophagous, i.e. which feed mainly phytoplankton and which can also eat blue algae, zooplankton, sediments rich in bacteria and diatoms, as well as artificial food.

Tilapia guineensis has an inferior mouth (in low position). Its diet is not specialized with herbivo-rous tendency, i.e. he eats everything, especially grasses. Sarotherodon melanotheron is a micro-phagous, planktivorous and benthophagous, i.e. he eats mainly plankton and organizations living at the bottom (benthos).

SpeciesPhyto-

planktonZooplan-

ktonAlgae

Macro-phytes

Periphy-ton

DetritusInverte-brates

Eggs and lavaeoffish

O. aureus X X

O. esculentus X

O. jipe X

O. leucostictus X X

O mossambicus X X X X X X X

O. niloticus X

O. pangani X

O. shiranus X X X

O. variabilis X

S. galileus X

S. melanotheron X X X

T. guineensis X X X

T. kottae X X X

T. mariae X X

T. rendalli X X X

T. sparrmanii X

T. zillii X X

Table XLII. Diet of several species of tilapia in natural waters.

Page 236: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa218 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

II.3. THE REPRODUCTION AND PARENTAL CARECichlidae present elaborate courtship and which are in connection with their parental care. The

mode of care to the fry is one of the criteria of differentiation of the genera of tilapia. There are two principal for Cichlidae which are enumerated below.

II.3.1. SUBSTRATE SPAWNINGThe tilapia practicing this method of reproduction have been placed in the genus Tilapia. A

large part are monogamous. The adhesive eggs are deposited on a hard surface. According to the species, it can be a hidden substrate (crevices of rock, snail shells), or an open substrate (cups generally arranged on the muddy sand or movable soil) (Photo W, p. 219), then fertilized. The eggs are fertilized and hatch after a few days during which the two parents ensure a vigilant guard in general. When the larvae can swim freely, they remain in group close to the substrate under the monitoring of the parents.

The eggs are yellowish glue on a stone or piece of wood inside the nest in Tilapia zillii, as shown in Figure 169 below. The more there are cavities, the more there are spawning. One of the parents remains constantly above it nest, to supervise the egg laying and the alevins leave the nest when they reached 8 mm length.

AB

C D

E

Figure 169. Courtship and spawning in a substrate spawner Cichlidae, Tilapia zillii. The female is gray. A and B:Thefemaledepositsafirstsetofeggsonthesubs-

trate cleaned in advance. The male remains nearby; C: The female leaves the nesting site, the male passes over the eggs and fertilize them.The A to C sequence is repeated several times; D: Female, become darker, take care and aerates the eggs which have been gathered;

E: The female Tilapia zillii clean eggs.

Page 237: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 1 9

II.3.2. MOUTHBROODINGThe eggs are larger but relatively fewer than at the substrates spawners. Most of the time, the

spawn is carried out on a substrate, often prepared by the male. However, for some pelagic species, the spawn can take place in full water. In general, they are polygamous species. The males form a territory which the females come to visit. One distinguishes three main categories of oral incubation:

9 Maternal incubation is the most frequent system. The spawn takes place on a substrate, and the non-adhesive eggs, laid singy or by small groups, are taken quickly in the mouth by the female. The male deposits its sperm at the time when the female collects eggs or then fertilizes them in the mouth. Mouthbrooding continues until the juveniles are entirely independent. In certain cases, the female release them periodically to feed then takes them in the mouth. It is the case of all Haplochromines and the genus Oreochromis. The females can incubate at the same time eggs fertilized by several partners.

9 Paternal incubation is practiced by some species only. It is the case for Sarotherodon melanotheron.

9 Biparental incubation is also a rare case among Cichlidae. At the majority of Chromidotila-pines the two parents share the fry. There exist also species at which the female begins incubation then the male takes over: it is the case of Cichlidae gobies of lake Tanganyika.

At the oral incubators, often, the males stayed on a zone of nesting at a shallow depth and on a movable substrate (gravel, sand, clay). Each male showing a characteristic color patterns delimits and defends a territory and arranges a nest, where it will try to attract and retain a ripe female. The shape and the size of the nest vary according to the species and even according to the popula-tions within the same species (Figure 170 below). It is often about an arena social organization of reproduction. The females which live in band near the surface of reproduction come only for briefs stays on the arenas. Going from one territory to another, they are courted by successive males until the moment when, stopping above the cup of a nest, they form a transitory couple. After a parade of sexual synchronization (Figure 171, p. 220), the female deposits a batch of eggs, the male im-mediately fertilizes them by injecting its sperm on eggs in suspension in water, then the female is turned over and takes them in the mouth to incubate them. This very short operation can be started again, either with the same male, or with another male in a nearby territory. At Haplo-chromines, the anal fins present a spot mimicry an egg to lure the females. It is about succes-sive polygyny and polyandry. Finally, the female moves away from the arena where the males re-main confined and carries in mouth the fertilized eggs which it will incubate in sheltered zones.

A B

Figure 170. Nest of A: Oreochromis niloticus; B: Oreochromis macrochir.

Photo W. Nests of Tilapia zillii (Liberia) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 238: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa220 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

The hatching takes place in the mouth of female 4 to 5 days after fecundation, and the vitelline vesicle is completely resolved at the age from 11 to 12 days (Figure 174, p. 222). The duration of this phase depends mainly on the temperature. As soon as the vitelline vesicle is resolved and that the alevins are able to take exogenic food, the female lets escape from the mouth a cloud of juveniles which is directed compared to the mother and takes refuge in its mouth with the least danger and the call of its movements (Figure 172, p. 220).

Figure 171. Courtship and spawning in a mouthbrooder Cichlidae, Haplochromis burtoni from Lake Tanganyika. The male is gray. A and B: The female lays eggs while the male remains close to; C: After laying a few eggs, the female quickly turns; D: The female is preparing to

collect the eggs before the male has had time to fertilizers; E: Collection of eggs per female, F:Themalespreadshisanalfintothefemaleanditshowstheocelli;GandH:Thefemaleegginthemouth,tryingtocollecttheseocelliandclosertotheorificeofthemalegenital

ejaculates at the time; I: The female begins to lay a new string of eggs. The entire sequence is repeated several times.

A B C

D E F

G H I

Figure 172. Mouthbrooding. A: The juveniles come in the mouth of their mother when any danger. B: The juveniles in the mouth of their mother.

A B

Page 239: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 2 1

When the alevins reach a size of 9 - 10 mm, they are freed definitively from their mother. This one releases them out of not very deep water, on the edges, where they are organized in group and continue their growth. The whole of the cycle is summarized in Figure 173, p. 221.

A female in good condition can reproduce at intervals from 30 to 40 days when the temperature is of 25 with 28°C. The same female can produce 7 to 8 spawn per year, but all the females of a batch are far from also frequently reproducing.

Figure 173. Example of the life cycle of a maternal mouthbrooding tilapia.

Separation of fish and habitat selection

They seek later sandy and muddy 

areas

sandmud

Non breeding adults live in open water

In breeding season, males build their nest

Females visit the nests to lay their eggs

Mouthbrooding incubation by females

First fry live in group near the mother

Light backgroundThen, they live alone in group

and down deeper and deeper as they grow

Page 240: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa222 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

The number of eggs and alevins which a female can contain in its mouth varies according to its size and the species. The record is undoubtedly held by Oreochromis mossambicus which reached the size of 35 cm with 4 000 eggs.

For Sarotherodon melanotheron, the eggs of ocher yellow color and slightly pear shaped, reach 3 mm in diameter. They are incubated by the male. The alevins at hatching are 5 mm long and 9 mm when the vitelline vesicle are resorbed.

II.3.3. THE GROWTHThe mode of reproduction and parental care has an influence on the size of the embryos and

their development. In general, from the physical constraint, the mouthbrooders can accommodate only one limited number of eggs in the oral cavity (Figure 175 above).

According to the species, one can note that the maximum size and the size at sexual maturation vary: the fish of the great lakes mature with a larger length and grow until a size more important than those of the lagoons, ponds or rivers (Table XLIII, p. 223, Figure 176 and Figure 177, p. 224). In lake, the size of maturation and the maximum length of the males and females do not differ. On the other hand, in the small over-populated fields or stretches of water, the males grow more quickly than the females whose size of maturation is lower than that of the males. This sexual dimorphism of growth can be connected to the mode of parental care. As soon as the individuals reach the age of maturity (1 to 3 years according to the sex and the field), the male individuals present a growth de-finitely faster than the females and reach a definitely higher size. That can be understood insofar as the males must establish a territory of reproduction and defend it. For the substrate spawners, this difference is, as that gets along, less important. For the mouthbrooders, the male is generally more dominating that its length is large. Each time one introduces a new male into the field, the males keep a hierarchical basis and preserved this hierarchy until the arrival of the new intruder. What makes the dominant? It takes the territory best placed and supervises it highly, attacking any male passing in the vicinity and courting the females. It will thus invest energy in the defense of its territory at the expense of its growth compared to the other males. However, the growth of the males will remain higher than that of the females.

The fish in poor environmental condition mature with a size smaller than those which are in good condition. If one finds individuals in a state of reproduction all the year, there exist nevertheless peaks of reproduction which coincide with the two rainy seasons in equatorial region or at the single rainy season under other latitudes. Moreover, the growth of Oreochromis niloticus is extremely va-riable from one field to another, which suggests that the maximum size is more dependant on the environmental conditions than of possible genetic differences. For example in the lake Chad in

Figure 174. Different stages in mouthbrooders.

1 mm

3 days

5 days

7 days

8 days

10 days

4 days after fertilization

Figure 175. Comparison between fry of substrate spawners and mouthbrooders.

Embryo

Mouthbrooders

Larvae

Juveniles

1 mm

Substrat spawners

Page 241: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 2 3

Species LocationTypical / Dwarf

Size at maturation

(mm)

Maximale size (mm)

Longevity (years)

Alcolapia grahami Lake Magadi D 25 100Oreochromis aureus Lake Kinneret T 190 315 5

Oreochromis esculentus Lake Victoria T 230 375 10Lake Victoria, Kavirondo

GulfT 230 330 7

Lake Victoria, Jinja T 225 340 7Lake Victoria, Mwanza T 240 325 7

Aquarium D 105Pond D 164

Oreochromis leucostictus Lake Naivasha T 180 250Lake Edward T 210 240Lake George T 140 280Lake Albert T 260 280

Lagon, Lake Albert D 100Pond in Ouganda D 120

Pond in Kenya D 70Oreochromis lidole Lake Malawi T 285 390 5

Oreochromis mortimeri Lake Kariba T 300 390 8Lower Malolo T 180Upper Malolo D 90

Oreochromis mossambicus Egypte T 300 7Lake Sibaya D 100South Africa T 390 11

Aquarium D 45

Oreochromis niloticus Egypt T 200 330 9Lake George T 400Lake Rudolf T 390 640

Crater, Lake Rudolf D 250Lake Edward T 170Lake Baringo T 260 360Lake Albert T 280 500

Lagon, Lake Albert D 100Oreochromis rukwaensis Lake Rukwa D 280Oreochromis saka Lake Malawi T 275 340 5Oreochromis shiranus shiranus Lake Malawi T 220 290 5Oreochromis shiranus chilwae Lake Chilwa T 200 290 5Oreochromis squamipinnis Lake Malawi T 240 330 5Oreochromis variabilis Lake Victoria T 220 300 7

Sarotherodon galileus Lake Kinneret T 220 345 7River Sokoto D 110

Tilapia mariae Nigeria, river Osse T 165 300River Jamieson D 100

Lake Kariba T 450 5

Tilapia zillii Lake Kinneret T 135 270 7Pond in Egypt T 130 250Lake Naivasha D 90

Aquarium D 70

Table XLIII. Size at sexual maturation, maximale size and longevity of different species of tilapia.

Page 242: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa224 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Figure 176. Relationshiptheweightoffishof20cmandthesizeofmaturation for Oreochromis niloticus for several geographic location. R: Lake Turkana;

A: Lake Albert; G: Lake George; E: Lake Edward; D: Lake Katinda; C: Lake Chanagwora; K: Lake Kijanebalola; T: Lagoon Tonya of lake Albert; B: Lagoon Buhuku of lake Albert.

20 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

Mea

n weight (g

) for fis

h less tha

n 20

 cm leng

th

Maturation size (cm)

B

T

K

C

ADE

GR

Figure 177. Size class of Oreochromis niloticus according several geographic location.

x x

● ●

Maturation size

20 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 660

5

10

15

20

0

5

10

15

20

0

5

10

15

20

0

5

10

0

5

10

15

25

30

35

Fréq

uenc

y

Total length (cm)

Lake Turkana

Lake George

Lake Kijanebalola

Lagoon Buhuku

Pond Kijansi

Page 243: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 2 5

Figure 179. Comparisonofgrowthratefordifferentspeciesinnaturalfieldbyspecies. A: Oreochromis mossambicus; B: O. niloticus; C: O. macrochir;

D: Tilapia rendalli; E: T. zillii; F: Sarotherodon galileus.

Figure 178. Comparisonofgrowthratefordifferentspeciesinnaturalfieldbylocality. Oa: Oreochromis andersonii; Oau: O. aureus; Oe: O. esculentus; Ol: O. lidole;

Oma: O. macrochir; Omo: O. mossambicus; On: O. niloticus; Osa: O. saka; Osh: O. shiranus; Ov: O. variabilis; Sg: Sarotherodon galileus; Tr: Tilapia rendalli; Tz: T. zillii.

0

10

20

30

40

0

10

20

30

40

0

10

20

30

40

0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10

Total len

gth (c

m)

Age (years)

ChadMariout (Egypt)Lake Kinneret

Kafue (2)Kafue (1)Barotse

Plover Cove

Lac Sibaya

Lake VictoriaLake Malawi

OaOaOa

TrTrOma Oma

Omo

Os

Ov

OlOsa

Osh

Oma

TzTz

Tz

Oau

Oau

Tg OnOn

TgTg

f

f

f

f

m

m

m

m

1: Incomati, Limpopo2: Dam of Doordraai3: Dam of Dam4: Lake Sibaya

A

1: Lake Albert2: Lake Itasy3: Lake Chad4: Lake Montasoa5: Lake Mariout6: Lake AloatraB C

1: Lake Itasy2: Kafue3: Lake Aloatra

0

10

20

30

40

35

25

15

5

0

10

20

30

35

25

15

5

Stand

ard leng

th (c

m)

Age (years)

1: Kafue2: Lake Montasoa3: Lake Itasy4: Lake Liambezi5: Lake Kariba6: Lake AlaotraD

1: Lake Victoria2: Lake Chad3: Niger4: Lake Mariout

E

0 2 4 6 7531 0 2 4 6 7531 0 2 4 6 7531

1

23

4

1

2

3

5

6

412

3

12

3456

1 23

4

123

1: Lake Chad 19782: Lake Chad 19803: Lake Mariout

F

Page 244: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa226 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Uganda, O. niloticus reaches 30 cm at the end of 3 years whereas in the lake Mariout in Egypt, 5 years are necessary to arrive at the same size. It is noted that, in the same field, the growth of O. ni-loticus is generally higher than that of other species of tilapia for long time (Figure 178 and Figure 179, p. 225). It reaches 300 to 500 g in 8 months, O. leucostictus 300 g, Tilapia zillii 250 to 400 g. It is of a maximum of 3 g/day under optimal conditions.

There exist other piscivorous species of Cichlidae, which are used in polyculture for the control of the populations of tilapia.

Ö The group of “green” Hemichromis. It is about a complex of species with two major species: H. elongatus and H. fasciatus. The other species of the genus belongs to the group of Hemichromis “red” were also tested but without success because of their rather omnivorous then piscivorous.

Ö The fish of the genus Serranochromis, which are the large predatory ones of Southern and East Africa.

III. THE BIOLOGY OF SILURIFORMES OR CATFISHMore known under the name of catfishes, Siluriformes (Siluroidei more precisely) are an impor-

tant group for fishfarming. Their worldwide production (more than 300 000 tons/year) is currently at the fourth rank of the species cultivated out of fresh water after carps and other Cyprinidae, Salmo-nidae and the tilapia. With their great diversity of forms and biological characteristics, Siluriformes, represented by more than 2500 described species, can contribute to the valorization of the aquatic resources through diversified systems of production. Today, if the farming of some species of Siluri-formes already emerged on a level economically significant of fishfarming production, the potential offered by the biological diversity of this group for the aquaculture remains still largely ignored and needs a constant research effort. In Africa, only few species were used, mainly of the family of Cla-riidae. However, knowledge of the biology of these species remains still scattered for the majority. But, several can be used as species of supplements and/or control of the populations while bringing some more weight produced in the ponds.

III.1. THE CLARIIDAEFew studies was undertaken on biology Clariidae African used in fishfarming. The data thus

remain scattered.

III.1.1. THE TAxONOMYThe Clariidae are distinguished from other Siluriformes by the absence of a dorsal-fin spine, the

very long dorsal and anal fins, the eel-shaped body, and the presence of four pairs of barbels as well as of a suprabranchial organ, formed by outgrowths of the second and fourth gill arches, which enable these fishes to practice aerial respiration.

Several species, in particular those of the genera Clarias and Heterobranchus, play an important role in fishery and fishfarm. Two species are presented in Appendix 05 p. 272.

The genus Clarias is characterized by the presence of asingle,longdorsalfin that extends to caudal-fin base. The adipose fin is absent (except in one species with a reduced adipose fin). Vertical fins are not confluent. Body is more or less elongate. Head is flattened. Lateral cephalic bones are

Ö The tilapia are:

Ö Robustfish,

Ö Highly plastic and adapt to environnemental conditions,

Ö With elaborated parental care,

Ö They are opportunistic in terms of diet.

Page 245: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 2 7

contiguous. Eyes are small, with a free margin. More than 35 described species of Clarias are found in Africa.

The genus Heterobranchus is characterized by the presence, between the rayed dorsal and the caudal fin, of alargeadiposefin supported by prolonged neural spines. Head is flattened. Lateral cephalic bones are contiguous. Eyes are small, with a free margin. Only, 5 species are known.

III.1.2. THE FEEDING HABITFew studies have focused on the nutritional needs of Clariidae, in particular for Clarias gariepinus

and to a lesser extent still of Heterobranchus longifilis in natural environment. The rare studies car-ried out show a similarity in the cover of the general needs for the two species.

Clarias gariepinus feeds on the bottom and are omnivorous. He eats insects, crabs, plankton, snails and fish but also of young birds, dead bodies, plants and fruits, the diet is variable according to the size.

Other Clariidae are all, generally, according to knowledge on their food, omnivores. Several spe-cies have, however, a tendency to feed on fish mainly.

For Heterobranchus longifilis, the first food catch of alevins is carried out as of the 2 days age, whereas the vitelline vesicle is not yet entirely resorbed. At this stage, the alevins, whose width of the mouth is from approximately 1 mm, are already able to eat planktonique preys of big size. The diet, primarily zooplanktonophagous until the age of 5-6 days, tends thereafter to diversify gradually with the incorporation of insects of increasing size, mainly of larvae of chironomids. At this stage, one also finds, in the stomach contents, shells of gastropods, organic detritus, remains of plants, and seeds, who represent the evolution of the diet into that of the adult, considered like an omnivore with carnivorous tendency. The alevins are feed continuously day and night, without an unspecified rhythm in the food catch not being highlighted.

Clariidae are primarily night fish.

30

20

FR

ET°

P

Mois

Hatch

ing and

 relative fecu

ndity (%

)Rainfall (cm

) and Tem

perature (°C

)

J F M A M J J A S O N D

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10

0

Figure 180. Relative Fecundity (% of total weight), % of hatching (% total eggs) of Clarias gariepinus, monthly average rainfall and average temperature. Brazzaville.

Page 246: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa228 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

III.1.3. THE REPRODUCTIONThe size of the first maturation ranges between 40 and 45 cm for the females and between 35

and 40 cm for the males for Clarias gariepinus. The eggs are greenish. Incubation is approximately 33 hours at 25°C.

Oviparous animals, the reproduction ocurs during the rainy season (Figure 180 below). The fish make lateral migrations in the flooded plains to reproduce then return in the lakes or major beds of the rivers.

In the majority of the African countries, the cycle of reproduction of the catfish begins at the beginning of the rainy season. The final stimulus of the spawning time seems to be associated with the rise of water and the flood of the marginal zones. During the spawning time, large groups of male and female catfishes adult concentrate at the same place, in water at depth often lower than 10 cm, in edge of lakes or calm water. The African catfish spawns in captivity on a large variety of substrates, including fibers of sisal, sheets of palm tree and stones.

Figure 181. Courtship in Clarias gariepinus. A: The male (in gray) approach the female;BandC:Themalesurroundedtheheadofthefemaleandkeepitfirmly;

D: The sperm and egg cells are released into the environment and the females scatters them by movements of tail; E: The couple rests.

AB

C

D

E

Page 247: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 2 9

Figure 183. Several stages of larval development until 17 days. A: Clarias gariepinus; B: Heterobranchus longifilis.

aa:adiposefinstart;bp:burgeonofthepectoral;bpe:burgeonofthepelvic; ea: start of the anal rays; ed: start of the dorsal rays;

ra: anal rays; rc: caudal rays; rd: dorsal rays; v: vesicles.

J6

J3 J4

J5J6

J7

J8

5 mm

J10

J14

J17

v

rc

ed

eard

bp

bpe

ra

J3 J4

J5

J7J8

5 mm

J10

J14

J17

v

rc

ed

aaea

rd

bp

ra

bpe

A B

Figure 182. First stages of development for Clarias gariepinus.

Incubation1 mm

1 mm

1 mm

1 mm

1 mm

1 mm

1 mm

1 mm

Hatching

12 h

24 h

9 - 12 j

6 j

48 h

36 h

Page 248: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa230 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

During the parade, which can last several hours, the female of the catfish deposits its eggs by small groups. The courtship is preceded by fighting of males. The couples are isolated. The male puts itself in U around the head of the female. The eggs and sperm are released; then, followed by movements of its tail, the female scatters eggs on an important surface. The couple rests several minutes after the spawning (Figure 181, p. 228). The partner fertilizes at the same time each group of eggs by releasing a cloud of milt above eggs. The eggs adhere finally to the submerged vegetation. In captivity, much of eggs are destroyed by the violence of the blows of tail. After the spawning time, the group of catfishes turns over out of deeper water. There is no parental protection for eggs. After a few weeks, the catfish produces a group of eggs again and prepares with a new spawning time.

One second spawning time will be caused by the rains or a new flood. Several spawning times can follow one another thus the same year. The eggs hatch after 24 to 36 hours, according to the temperature of water. The larvae, destined for this stage vesicled larvae, hide in the vegetation. The fry and fingerlings of African catfish are difficult to find in nature. It is probably due to the strong mortality of eggs and the larvae.

There is no parental care except the choice of the site of spawning. The development of eggs and the larvae is fast and the fingerlings are free 48 to 72 hours after fecundation (Figure 182 and Figure 183, p. 229). The fingerlings remain in the flooded zones and will migrate when they reach 1.5 to 2.5 cm length.

For Heterobranchus longifilis, the eggs are with a broad adhesive disc. Their incubation is car-ried out in stagnant water and with the darkness. To 27 - 29°C, the hatching occurs 24 to 28h after fecundation.

III.1.4. THE GROWTHGrowth rates appeared very promising. Thus all the studies on large Clarias and Heterobranchus

give almost linear growth beyond the age of one year (Figure 184 below).

For Heterobranchus longifilis,thefishreachedonaverage900gin6monthsstartingfroman average weight of 25 g, during tests in freshwater ponds. Between 100 and 500 g, the rate of growth exceed 5 g/day.

For Clarias gariepinus,thefishreached500to1000gin8months.

Figure 184. ComparedgrowthofseveralAfricanfishspecies. A: According the size; B: According the weight.

Cs: Clarias senegalensis; Cg: Clarias gariepinus; Hl: Heterobranchus longifilis; Ln: Lates niloticus.

Stand

ard or total len

gth (c

m)

Age (years)0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

Cs

Cg

Cg

Ln

Hl

0

50

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

10 28 56 84 112 140 168 196 224 254

Body weitgh (g)

Days

Hl

Cg

Page 249: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 3 1

III.2. THE CLAROTEIDAE AND AUCHENOGLANIDIDAEThese catfishes are characterized by the presence of two to four pairs of barbels, well developed

pectoral-fin spines, a moderately or strongly developed adipose fin, and a medium-sized anal fin. Mouth is supported dorsally by the premaxilla and part of the maxilla

Other catfish used in fish farming, we may note the fish of the genus Chrysichthys and the spe-cies Auchenoglanis occidentalis (Photo X, p. 232). Before under the same family, these genera have been put in two distincts families.

III.2.1. THE GENUS CHRYSICHTHYSFrom the family of Claroteidae, the genus Chrysichthys is characterized by the presence of four

barbels; 6 (rarely 5 or 7) branched dorsal-fin rays preceded by a very short first spine and a well developed second spine, weakly denticulate along posterior margin; a small or medium-sized, never ossified, adipose fin (its base shorter than head width); pectoral fins with 8-11 branched rays pre-ceded by a strong spine which is distinctly denticulate along posterior margin; pelvic fins inserted at about mid-length of body, with 1 spine and 5 soft rays; a medium-sized anal fin with 3 to 6 spines and 6-12 branched rays; and a deeply forked caudal fin. Eyes are large, positioned laterally, their margin free. Body is moderately elongate, 4-6 times longer than deep.

Chrysichthys, more known under the local name of “mâchoiron”, is a fish very appreciated in Côte d’Ivoire and West Africa in general. The many traditional receipts based on “mâchoiron” in the local restaurants (maquis) illustrate the attachment to the festive character of these species. It is easy besides to observe that the largest sales take place the day before the great festivals. The name of “mâchoiron” includes three species of the genus Chrysichthys: C. maurus, C. nigrodigitatus and C. auratus. The distinction between Chrysichthys maurus and C. auratus is not always easy because, for individuals of comparable size, the interspecific morphological differences are tiny whereas in-traspecific variability can be very large in particular according to the seasons. On the other hand, the distinction of these two species with C. nigrodigitatus is easy because of its larger size and its rather silver gray coloring, whereas its yellowish for C. maurus and C. auratus.

The “mâchoirons”, benthic fish, feed mainly, at the adult stage, of organic detritus and inver-tebrates: larvae of insects (chironomids, dipters), planktonic crustaceans, molluscs. On the other hand the fingerlings, until the size of 15 cm, seem to feed on zooplankton primarily. Chrysichthys are robust species resisting well to handling and able to temporarily support weak partial oxygen levels.

■ CHRYSICHTHYS MAURUS In wild, C. maurus has a relatively slow growth, it reaches approximately 12 cm (more or less

25 g) in one year. When it is rise in pond with a density of 3 fish per m2 and feed with an artificial food to 33% of proteins, C. maurus passes from 11 g to 200 g in 12 months.

C. maurus can reproduce from 10 months age. The size of small mature individuals is from 9 to 11 cm in the rivers of Côte d’Ivoire.

In wild, the reproduction of C. maurus is seasonal. Ovocytes of small diameter (100 - 150 µm) can be observed at the beginning of the great rainy season (either in April - May). The arrival of conti-nental freshwater and the fall of the temperature of water (passing then to 26 - 29°C) seem to have an influence on the beginning of the process of reproduction of this species. The activity of spawning begins in June and is spread until November - December. During the dry season, as from January, the couples still in reproduction are rare. For the mating and the deposit of eggs, this species seeks crevices (rocks, deadwood, bamboos…). The parents generally remain in the nest with alevins until the resorbtion of their vitelline vesicle. The sexual dimorphism is very marked: the mature male is recognized by a broader head and the female by a plumpness of the abdomen and a bulge of the urogenital papilla. Relative fecundity is about 15 to 20 ovocytes per g of weight of female. The same female produces only one clutch each year.

Page 250: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa232 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

■ CHRYSICHTHYS AURATUS The biology of C. auratus seems very close to that of C. maurus but with a definitely lower

growth. This species is not of thus any fishfarming interest.

■ CHRYSICHTHYS NIGRODIGITATUS In wild, C. nigrodigitatus reaches 18 cm (fork length) in one year, 24 cm in two years and 30 cm

in three years. Studies showed that raised out of basin, it spent eleven months to pass from 15 g (11 cm) to 250 g (26 cm). In a wild state, C. nigrodigitatus in general reproduces from the size of 33 cm (3 years old) with a behavior similar to that of C. maurus (search for receptacle of spawn by the pair). The relative fecundity of this species is close to that of C. maurus. It is given, on mean, a value of 15 ovocytes per g of weight of female, with extreme values of 6 and 24.

The hatching intervenes 4 to 5 days after at the temperature of 29 - 30°C by giving larvae from 25 to 30 mg equipped with an important vitelline bag which reabsorbs gradually in ten days. They reach 350 - 400 g into 8 to 10 months.

There exists in the adult females a progressive and synchronous development of the gonads cor-responding to the reproductive season well marked. The spawning begin at the end of August and their frequency is maximum between September and October (more than 50%). One observes then a fall around at the end of November and the activity of spawning is completed in December. Howe-ver, it should be noted that if the majority of the spawnings is located regularly between September and November, the annual maximum moves appreciably according to the years.

Photo X. Claroteidae. A: Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus [©PlanetCatfish];B: C. maurus [© Teigler - Fishbase];

Auchenoglanididae. C: Auchenoglanis occidentalis[©PlanetCatfish].

A

B

C

Page 251: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 3 3

III.2.2. THE GENUS AUCHENOGLANISFrom the family of the Auchenoglanididae, the genus Auchenoglanis is characterized by its

slightly elongate body, three pairs of barbels (one maxillary and two mandibular) and the position of the anterior nostril on upper lip. Dorsal fin with 7 branched rays preceded by 2 spines, the first small, the second strong and denticulate; adipose fin originating shortly behind the dorsal; pectoral fins with 9 branched rays preceded by a strong spine; pelvic fins well developed, with 6 rays, 5 of them branched; anal fin medium-sized, with 6-8 branched rays; caudal fin emarginate.

This species has been tested in Côte d’Ivoire at Bouaké. Growth rates have been quite low and the test was not renewed.

III.3. THE SCHILBEIDAEThe Schilbeidae (a catfish family found in Africa and Asia) are characterized by a dorso-ventrally

flattened head, a rather short abdomen, a laterally compressed caudal region, and an elongate anal fin (Photo Y below). Dorsal fin is short, sometimes absent. Pectoral fins are provided with a spine (as also the dorsal fin of most species). Three or four (depending on species) pairs of barbels are found around mouth. The Schilbeidae are moderately good swimmers with laterally compressed bodies, as opposed to the majority of bottom-living siluriform fishes which are anguilliform or dorso-ventrally flattened. Five genera have so far been recognized in Africa: Parailia, Siluranodon, Irvineia, Schilbe and Pareutropius. The three first genera have only a low economic value because of their small size. However, some species of the genera Irvineia and Schilbe may reach large size (50 cm or more) are very appreciated.

For Schilbe mandibularis, the size of the first sexual maturity presents a variation along the river (upstream, lake and downstream) for the two sexes. It is slightly weaker in the males than in the females (12.3 cm compared with 14.8 upstream and 14.8 against 18.1 cm downstream). The relative data with the evolution of sexual maturity and the gonado-somatic ratio reveal a seasonal cycle of reproduction distinct. The species reproduces in rainy season from April to June then from August to October. The maximum activity of reproduction occurs from April to June, corresponding to the peak of pluviometry. The sexual rest occurs during the dry season, from December to March. Ave-rage relative fecundity reaches 163600 ovocytes per kg of body weight, with a minimum of 15308 ovocytes and a maximum of 584593. The diameter of the ovocyte at the spawn is approximately of 1 mm. A negative effect of the lake environment on certain biological indicators of the reproduction (size of the first sexual maturity, sex-ratio, average body weight and fecundity) was highlighted. This influence of the lake could be due to the strong pressure of fishing which is exerted there.

The fish of the genus Schilbe become piscivorous towards 13 - 14 cm TL. They are fish usable for the control of the populations of tilapia.

III.4. THE MOCHOKIDAEAll representatives of this family have a scaleless body and three pairs of barbels, one maxillary

and two mandibular pairs, except in some rheophilic forms in which the lips are modified into a suc-king disk. Nasal barbels are absent. First dorsal fin have an anterior spinous ray, adipose fin is large and sometimes rayed. First pectoral-fin ray is spinous and denticulate. A strong buckler present on head-nape region. Eleven genera and nearby 180 species are known (Photo Z, p. 234).

Several species of the genus Synodontis can reach a large size (more than 72 cm) and represent a clear commercial interest. Some could be used as species of complements for polyculture.

Photo Y. Schilbeidae. Schilbe intermedius [© Luc De Vos].

Page 252: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa234 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

IV. THE OTHER FAMILIESOther fish have been tested and needs tests in fishfarming.

IV.1. THE CYPRINIDAEIt is the family of the Carps which are usually used in fishfarming. The fish of the family Cyprinidae have a body covered with cycloid scales and a head naked. All

rayed fins are well developed, but adipose fin is absent. Mouth is protrusible, lacking teeth. Some-times one or two pairs of more or less well developed barbels are present. Lower pharyngeal bones very well developed, are bearing a few teeth aligned in 1-3 rows.

In spite of fish of large size observed in Africa, such as for example of the genera Labeo, Va-ricorhinus and Barbus, few of them were used in fishfarming. It is the case of Labeo victorianus in East Africa and Labeo coubie in Côte d’Ivoire. The major part of the large species are, however, from running water (Photo AA, p. 235).

IV.2. THE CITHARINIDAE The Citharinidae comprise large, deep-bodied and compressed fishes. Following genera, scales

are cycloids (Citharinops and Citharinus) or ctenoids (Citharidium). The lips have tiny monocuspid teeth and the mouth is terminal. On the other hand, the very tiny maxillary is toothless. All species have two dorsal fins. The first has 16 to 24 branched rays. The second adipose is quite large. Dorsal fin has 19-24 branched rays. Lateral line is straight, median and complete (47-92 scales). Finally, as a common characteristic of African Characoids, pelvic fins are provided with a scaly process. All species are very high specialised microphagous. They have numerous thin and dense gill rakers. The most remarkable particularity is the presence of a complex suprabranchial organ, which acts like a suction-force pump to concentrate and spin foods before swallowing them. The Citharinidae are not very abundant but they are of great economic importance. All species show a large size. In Chad basin the maximum reported size for Citharinops distichodoides is 840 mm SL and 18 kg weight. The farming of Citharinus citharus was tested but without continuation. It is a herbivore. (Photo AB, p. 235).

Photo Z. Mochokidae. A: Synodontis batensoda [© Mody - Fishbase]B: Synodontis schall [© Payne - Fishbase].

A

B

Page 253: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 3 5

Photo AA. Cyprinidae. A: Barbus altianalis; B: Labeo victorianus [© Luc De Vos, © FAO (drawings)].

A

B

Photo AB. Citharinidae. A: Citharinus gibbosus; B: C. citharus [© Luc De Vos].

A

B

Page 254: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa236 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

IV.3. THE DISTICHODONTIDAEThe Distichodontidae belong to the order of the Characiformes. This family, which is endemic to

Africa, can be identified by the following characters: body elongate (deeper in Distichodus), scales ctenoid, adipose fin generally present, lateral line in mid-lateral position, and teeth well developed.

The fish of the genus Distichodus can reach large size (80 cm SL). D. rostratus (76 cm TL, weight of 6 kg) have been tested for fishfarming (Photo AC above). They are mainly herbivorous species.

IV.4. THE CHANNIDAEThe Channidae (formerly Ophicephalidae) are a freshwater fish family occurring in Africa and

Asia. The body is elongate and cylindrical in cross-section, covered with cycloid scales. Unpaired fins are long, comprising soft rays but no spines. An accessory breathing organ present in the form of two suprabranchial pharyngeal cavities that permit direct breathing of atmospheric air, allowing the fish to survive for long periods outside the water.

A single genus, Parachanna, occurs in Africa; it comprises three species, two of which are found in the area considered here. Parachanna obscura may reach 34 cm SL and he is a piscivorous which is perfectly appropriate for the control of the populations of tilapia in the ponds (Photo AD, p. 236).

Photo AC. Distichodontidae. A: Distichodus rostratus; B: D. sexfasciatus [© Fishbase].

A

B

Photo AD. Channidae. Parachanna obscura (DRC) [© Y. Fermon].

Page 255: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 3 7

IV.5. THE LATIDAEThe Latidae is characterized by the possession of a scaly process at bases of pelvic fins. The

shape of the second suborbital bone which is not fused to the preopercle and bears a subocular blade extended backwards into a point. A strong notch is separating the two dorsal fins.

In this family, it is the famous Nile Perch called also «Capitaine» in West Africa, Lates niloticus, which was the subject of test in fishpond (Photo AE below). It is this species which have been intro-duced in lake Victoria in the Sixties. Problems appears, because the cannibalism and the tolerance to the oxygen level.

This species can reach 200 cm for a weight of 200 kg. Its growth is quite linear (Figure 184, p. 230 and Figure 185, p. 238).

Piscivorous, this species can be used for the control of tilapia in ponds.

IV.6. THE ARAPAIMIDAEThe Arapaimidae, a very ancient family, is characterized by its ovaries lacking oviducts. Today it

is represented by only four monospecific genera: one from Australia, Sumatra and Borneo (Sclero-pages), two from the Guyana and Brazil with the famous Arapaima gigas which can reach 200 cm for a weight of 200 kg, and one, Heterotis, from Africa.

Body is laterally compressed and covered with large bony scales of a somewhat horny consis-tence. Lateral line is complete. Fins is spineless. Maxillary and premaxillary teeth are present but pharyngeal teeth are absent.

Only one species occurs in Africa, Heterotis niloticus. A presentation file can be consulted in Appendix 05, p. 274.

Its main characteristics are: 9 A rapid growth: 3 g /fish/day or more. Large size, higher than 100 cm length (Figure 185, p. 238).

9 A delicate reproduction. It requires a low depth and herbaceous vegetation. He likes space. The nests of Heterotis niloticus are built in the herbaceous vegetation. They are comparable

Photo AE. Latidae. Lates niloticus [© Luc De Vos].

Page 256: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa238

with small basins measuring approximately 1.2 m in diameter, the center slightly excavated located at approximately 30 cm of depth. The bottom is naked and is generally well flattened. The compact edges are 20 cm thickness at the top and are slightly above water. It are built with the stems of the plants which were removed from the center of the nest. The parents remain near the nest when the eggs are laid.

The eggs are rather small (2.5 mms diameter) and orange. They hatch approximately two days after the spawning. The larvae have long branchial filaments, red dark, which are prolonged outside the opercle. They quickly form a swarm of approximately 30 cm in diameter occupying the center of the nest. The 5th or the 6th day, the alevins leave the nest, always in dense swarm, and under the protection of the parents.

The juveniles of Heterotis niloticus live in swarm, then in groups whose the number decrease progressively with the growth.

9 It is a microphage - planktivorous but with omnivorous tendency.

Ö TheAfricanspeciesarenumerousandmanymaybeusedinfishfarming.However,in the context of livelihoods, will be chosen:

Ö A tilapia for the main production; with

Ö A piscivorous species.

Ö We may also use other species in the pond as an omnivorous species and / or her-bivore species.

Ö The choice of species will depend on the geographic location of ponds (ichthyore-gions).

0

Stand

ard leng

th (c

m)

Age (years)

1

2

3

1: Nyong2: Niger3: Upper Niger

40

80

90

70

50

30

10

60

20

0 2 4 5310

40

80

90

100

70

50

30

10

60

20

0 2 4 5 6 7 8 931

Stand

ard leng

th (c

m)

Age (years)

1

23

4

56

7

8 - 9

10

  1: Delta of Nil  2: Niger  3: Chari  4: Nil at Khartoum  5: Lake Chad, south  6: Lake Chad, north  7: Lake Kyoga  8: Lake Turkana  9: Lake Albert10: Lake Nasser

A B

Figure 185. Growth of Heterotis niloticus (A) and of Lates niloticus (B).

Page 257: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 3 9

To complete the chapter 03 p. 21, the reader will found here informations on:

Table XLIV. Some characteristics of African countries;

Table XLV. Characteristics of ichthyoregions and lakes in Africa;

Figure 186. Repeat of the map of ichthyoregions and countries;

Table XLVI. The ichthyoregions and their repartition by country in Africa;

Table XLVII. The genera and species of tilapias recorded by countries in Africa.

The user on the field, therefore, by cross, know in each ichtyoregion he is and which species of tilapia is present in its area of intervention.

Appendix 04BIOGEOGRAPHIC DATA

Page 258: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa240 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Country Region Population Surface Density H HS

South Africa Austral 44187637 1219090 36.2 13386 1.1

Algeria North 33333216 2381741 14.0

Angola Austral 13115606 1246700 10.5 22976 1.8

Benin Sub-Sahara 7862944 112622 69.8 2958 2.6

Botswana Austral 1639833 581730 2.8 36390 6.3

Burkina Faso Sub-Sahara 13902972 274200 50.7 1901 0.7

Burundi Sub-Sahara 8691005 27834 312.2 2559 9.2

Cameroon Sub-Sahara 17340702 475442 36.5 19638 4.1

Cape Verde Sub-Sahara 455294 4033 112.9

Central Africa Sub-Sahara 4303356 622984 6.9 11771 1.9

Comoros Oriental 690948 1862 371.1

Congo Sub-Sahara 3702314 341999 10.8 59212 17.3

Congo (DR) / Zaïre Sub-Sahara 62660551 2344798 26.7 113724 4.9

Côte d’Ivoire Sub-Sahara 17654843 322461 54.8 4928 1.5

Djibouti Oriental 768900 23200 33.1

Egypt North 78887007 995450 79.2 20989 2.1

Erythrea Oriental 4786994 121320 39.5

Ethiopia Oriental 74777981 1127127 66.3 22048 2.0

Gabon Sub-Sahara 1424906 267667 5.3 8524 3.2

Gambia Sub-Sahara 1641564 11295 145.3 2290 20.3

Ghana Sub-Sahara 22409572 238538 93.9 13871 5.8

Guinea Sub-Sahara 9690222 245857 39.4 5090 2.1

Equatorial Guinea Sub-Sahara 540109 28051 19.3 222 0.8

Guinea-Bissau Sub-Sahara 1442029 36125 39.9 3756 10.4

Kenya Oriental 34707817 581787 59.7 30576 5.3

Lesotho Austral 2022331 30355 66.6 6 0.0

Liberia Sub-Sahara 3631318 111370 32.6 342 0.3

Libya North 5900754 1759540 3.4

TABLE xLIV. Some characteristics of African countries.Region: Region in which is the countryPopulation in inhabitants - Surface in km2 - Density in inhabitant / km2

H=PossibleHabitatsforfisheriesinkm2

HS = % of possible habitats / surface of the countryPM = Mean production between 2000 and 2004 in tonnesProd = ProductivityIcht = Number of ichtyoregions whose a part is included in the countryFamily,Genera,Species:Numberoffamiy,generaandspeciesoffishknownfromthecountry

Page 259: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 4 1

Country PM Prod Icht Families Genera Species

South Africa 900 0.7 3 47 113 224

Algeria 3 10 16 23

Angola 8800 3.8 3 42 112 294

Benin 28919 97.8 1 46 108 182

Botswana 141 0.0 2 13 37 96

Burkina Faso 8700 45.8 2 29 67 140

Burundi 13081 51.1 2 15 30 57

Cameroon 56500 28.8 3 55 163 498

Cape Verde 1 1 1

Central Afric 15000 12.7 2 31 98 320

Comoros 12 23 28

Congo 25765 4.4 2 50 160 409

Congo (DR) / Zaïre 212000 18.6 6 65 265 1104

Côte d’Ivoire 14366 29.2 2 49 113 241

Djibouti 1 5 5 5

Egypt 287387 136.9 4 46 146 230

Erythrea 2 8 9 10

Ethiopia 12518 5.7 3 3 3 3

Gabon 9493 11.1 1 43 106 249

Gambia 2500 10.9 1 36 57 86

Ghana 74700 53.9 2 56 137 262

Guinea 4000 7.9 3 35 91 266

Equatorial Guinea 1015 45.8 2 22 30 38

Guinea-Bissau 150 0.4 1 27 47 78

Kenya 147442 48.2 6 34 75 193

Lesotho 37 63.4 1 5 11 15

Liberia 4000 116.8 2 37 75 178

Libya 3 4 5 8

TABLE xLIV (next). Some characteristics of African countries.Region: Region in which is the countryPopulation in inhabitants - Surface in km2 - Density in inhabitant / km2

H=PossibleHabitatsforfisheriesinkm2

HS = % of possible habitats / surface of the countryPM = Mean production between 2000 and 2004 in tonnesProd = ProductivityIcht = Number of ichtyoregions whose a part is included in the countryFamily,Genera,Species:Numberoffamiy,generaandspeciesoffishknownfromthecountry

Page 260: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa242 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Country Region Population Surface Density H HS

Madagascar Oriental 18595469 587041 31.7 10555 1.8

Malawi Austral 13013926 118484 109.8 27526 23.2

Mali Sub-Sahara 11956788 1240198 9.6 54034 4.4

Morocco North 33757175 458730 73.6 4777 1.0

Mauritius Oriental 1248592 2040 612.1

Mauritania Sub-Sahara 3177388 1030700 3.1 21284 2.1

Mayotte (France) Oriental 201234 375 536.6

Mozambique Austral 19686505 799380 24.6 46763 5.8

Namibia Austral 2044147 825112 2.5 16353 2.0

Niger Sub-Sahara 12525094 1186408 10.6 44249 3.7

Nigeria Sub-Sahara 131859731 923768 142.7 58480 6.3

Uganda Oriental 30262610 241548 125.3 50078 20.7

Reunion La (France) Oriental 787584 2504 314.5

Rwanda Sub-Sahara 8648248 26338 328.4 2416 9.2

Western Sahara North 300905 266000 1.1

Saint-Helena Austral 7502 410 18.3

Sao Tome & Principe Sub-Sahara 193413 1001 193.2

Senegal Sub-Sahara 11987121 196722 60.9 13965 7.1

Seychelles Oriental 83688 455 183.9

Sierra Leone Sub-Sahara 6005250 71740 83.7 4771 6.7

Somalia Oriental 8863338 637657 13.9 12903 2.0

Sudan Oriental 41236378 2505810 16.5 71237 2.8

Swaziland Austral 1136334 17365 65.4 33 0.2

Tanzania Oriental 37979417 945088 40.2 101015 10.7

Chad Sub-Sahara 10542141 1284200 8.2 152252 11.9

Togo Sub-Sahara 5681519 56785 100.1 1401 2.5

Tunisia North 10175014 163610 62.2 10366 6.3

Zambia Austral 11502010 752612 15.3 73065 9.7

Zimbabwe Austral 12382920 390757 31.7 3927 1.0

TABLE xLIV (next). Some characteristics of African countries.Region: Region in which is the countryPopulation in inhabitants - Surface in km2 - Density in inhabitant / km2

H=PossibleHabitatsforfisheriesinkm2

HS = % of possible habitats / surface of the countryPM = Mean production between 2000 and 2004 in tonnesProd = ProductivityIcht = Number of ichtyoregions whose a part is included in the countryFamily,Genera,Species:Numberoffamiy,generaandspeciesoffishknownfromthecountry

Page 261: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 4 3

Country PM Prod Icht Families Genera Species

Madagascar 30000 28.4 1 24 39 52

Malawi 48391 17.6 5 17 99 402

Mali 101974 18.9 3 31 76 172

Morocco 1577 3.3 2 14 17 23

Mauritius 20 41 59

Mauritania 5000 2.3 3 35 68 109

Mayotte (France) 7 12 13

Mozambique 11792 2.5 5 38 117 229

Namibia 1500 0.9 5 14 38 82

Niger 33587 7.6 2 24 52 91

Nigeria 166193 28.4 1 57 147 362

Uganda 255116 50.9 5 20 54 226

Reunion La (France) 19 34 50

Rwanda 7071 29.3 3 10 24 68

Western Sahara 1 6 7 7

Saint-Helena 0 0 0

Sao Tome & Principe 5 6 6

Senegal 50431 36.1 2 49 98 175

Seychelles 18 26 33

Sierra Leone 14000 29.3 1 34 81 185

Somalia 200 0.2 2 12 20 33

Sudan 52200 7.3 3 27 60 116

Swaziland 70 21.4 1 10 18 35

Tanzania 287443 28.5 6 30 129 449

Chad 75640 5.0 2 31 67 139

Togo 5000 35.7 1 40 79 150

Tunisia 894 0.9 2 10 14 18

Zambia 65334 8.9 4 23 117 352

Zimbabwe 13023 33.2 1 18 42 91

TABLE xLIV (next). Some characteristics of African countries.Region: Region in which is the countryPopulation in inhabitants - Surface in km2 - Density in inhabitant / km2

H=PossibleHabitatsforfisheriesinkm2

HS = % of possible habitats / surface of the countryPM = Mean production between 2000 and 2004 in tonnesProd = ProductivityIcht = Number of ichtyoregions whose a part is included in the countryFamily,Genera,Species:Numberoffamily,generaandspeciesoffishknownfromthecountry

Page 262: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa244 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xLV. Characteristics of ichthyoregions and lakes in Africa.N°:Theselettersareonthefigure186nextpageDrainage basins: Number drainage basins which are in the ichthyoregionFamilies,Genera,species:Numberoffamilies,generaandspeciesoffishknownfromthe ichthyoregion

N° IchtyoregionSurface

area (km2)Drainage basins Families Genera Species

A Angolese 520 000 131 34 78 184

B Lower Guinea 622 000 116 56 176 511

C Cap 232 000 158 27 49 78

D Congolese 3 453 000 3 66 228 983

E Upper Guinea 261 000 116 43 105 286

F Karroid 1 087 000 77 32 64 107

G Maghreb 1 588 000 438 22 40 60

H Madagascar 596 000 364 24 39 52

I Nilo-soudanian 9 668 000 74 70 218 653

JNilo-soudanian

(Eburneo-ghanean)425 000 108 57 148 320

K Oriental 1 905 000 249 41 88 214

L Sherbro Island 1 900 24 7 7 9

M Zambezis 2 949 000 115 46 27 303

N Zanzibar Island 23 000 1 4 6 12

O Non defined 1 (Red sea) 61 000 48 15 34 46

P Non defined 2 (Abyssinia) 956 000 425 31 72 99

Q Non defined 3 (Namibia 1) 176 000 33 1 1 1

R Non defined 4 (Namibia 2) 71 000 23 0 0 0

S Non defined 5 (Sahara) 4 462 000 58 8 10 13

a Lake Amaramba 3 100 1 7 10 17

b Lake Chilwa / Lago Chiuta 9 800 1 10 23 39

c Lake Edward / Édouard 24 000 1 12 24 62

d Lake Georges 25 000 1 10 20 50

e Lake Kivu 7 300 1 7 12 38

f Lake Malombe 2 000 1 8 31 48

g Lake Naivasha 3 500 1 3 3 3

h Lake Natron 22 000 1 2 3 9

i Lake Nyasa / Malawi 128 000 1 13 88 375

j Lake Ruhondo 1 700 2 4 5 8

k Lake Rukwa 75 000 1 14 27 60

l Lake Tanganyika 233 000 1 25 112 371

m Lake Victoria 309 000 2 16 45 205

Page 263: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 4 5

Atlantic ocean

Indian ocean

Mediterranean sea

Red sea

I

G

S

B

L

JE

D

MH

A

K

ba

f

i

kl

hm

e

c d

j g

N

Q

RF

C

P

O

Figure 186. The ichthyoregions (limits in yellow-green) and the countries (limits in red) (Faunafri).

Page 264: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa246 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xLVI. The ichthyoregions and their repartition by country in Africa.

Ichthyoregions

Country

Num

ber

icht

hyo

reg

ion

Ang

oles

e

Low

er G

uine

a

Cap

Con

gole

se

Up

per

Gui

nea

Kar

roid

Mag

hreb

Mad

agas

car

Nilo

-Sou

dan

ian

Nilo

-sou

dan

ian

(Eb

urne

o-gh

anea

n)

Orie

ntal

She

rbro

Isla

nd

Zam

bes

is

Zan

zib

ar Is

land

South Africa 3 1 1 1Algeria 3 1 1Angola 3 1 1 1Benin 1 1Botswana 2 1 1Burkina Faso 2 1 1Burundi 2Cameroon 3 1 1 1Central Africa 2 1 1Congo 2 1 1Congo DR / Zaïre 6 1 1 1Côte d’Ivoire 2 1 1Djibouti 1Egypt 4 1Erythrea 2 1Ethiopia 3 1 1Gabon 1 1Gambia 1 1Ghana 2 1 1Guinea 3 1 1 1Equatoriale Guinea 2 1 1Guinea-Bissau 1 1Kenya 6 1 1 1Lesotho 1 1Liberia 2 1 1Libya 3 1 1Madagascar 1 1Malawi 5 1Mali 3 1 1Morocco 2 1Mauritania 3 1 1Mozambique 5 1 1Namibia 5 1 1 1Niger 2 1Nigeria 1 1Uganda 5 1Rwanda 3Western Sahara 1 1Senegal 2 1 1Sierra Leone 1 1Somalia 2 1Sudan 3 1Swaziland 1 1Tanzania 6 1Chad 2 1Togo 1 1Tunisia 2 1Zambia 4 1 1Zimbabwe 1 1

Number of country 48 2 5 1 6 5 4 6 2 23 6 5 1 9 1

Page 265: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 4 7

TABLE xLVI (next). The ichthyoregions and their repartition by country in Africa.

Ichthyoregions

Country

Non

defi

ned

1 (R

ed S

ea)

Non

defi

ned

2 (A

bys

sini

a)

Non

defi

ned

3 (N

amib

ia 1

)

Non

defi

ned

4 (N

amib

ia 2

)

Non

defi

ned

5 (S

ahar

a)

Lake

Am

aram

ba

Lake

Chi

lwa/

Lago

Chi

uta

Lake

Ed

war

d/É

dou

ard

Lake

Geo

rges

Lake

Kiv

u

Lake

Mal

omb

e

Lake

Nai

vash

a

Lake

Nat

ron

Lake

Mal

awi/N

yasa

Lake

Ruh

ond

o

Lake

Ruk

wa

Lake

Tan

gany

ika

Lake

Vic

toria

South AfricaAlgeria 1AngolaBeninBotswanaBurkina FasoBurundi 1 1CameroonCentral AfricaCongoCongo DR / Zaïre 1 1 1Côte d’IvoireDjibouti 1Egypt 1 1 1Erythrea 1Ethiopia 1GabonGambiaGhanaGuineaEquatoriale GuineaGuinea-BissauKenya 1 1 1LesothoLiberiaLibya 1MadagascarMalawi 1 1 1 1Mali 1Morocco 1Mauritania 1Mozambique 1 1 1Namibia 1 1Niger 1NigeriaUganda 1 1 1 1Rwanda 1 1 1Western SaharaSenegalSierra LeoneSomalia 1Sudan 1 1SwazilandTanzania 1 1 1 1 1Chad 1TogoTunisia 1Zambia 1 1Zimbabwe

Number of country 1 6 1 1 10 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 4 5

Page 266: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa248 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xLVII. The genera and species of tilapias recorded by countries.N:Native;E:Endemic;I:Introduiced;?:Notverified

Country

Species

Tota

l Len

gth

Num

ber

of

coun

try

Sou

th A

fric

aA

lger

iaA

ngol

aB

enin

Bot

swan

aB

urki

na F

aso

Bur

und

iC

amer

oon

Cen

tral

Afr

ica

Con

goC

ongo

DR

/ Z

aïre

Côt

e d

’Ivoi

reD

jibou

tiE

gyp

tE

ryth

rea

Eth

iop

iaG

abon

Gam

bia

Gha

naG

uine

aE

qua

toria

le G

uine

aG

uine

a-B

issa

uK

enya

Leso

tho

Number of species 106 48 7 2 13 7 8 3 6 30 3 11 27 18 0 8 2 10 10 7 11 12 3 10 22 1Oreochromis amphimelas 31 1Oreochromis andersonii 61 10 N N N I IOreochromis angolensis 23 1 EOreochromis aureus 46 11 I N I NOreochromis chungruruensis 23 1Oreochromis esculentus 50 4 NOreochromis hunteri 34 2 NOreochromis ismailiaensis - 1 EOreochromis jipe 54 2 NOreochromis karomo 30 2Oreochromis karongae 34 3Oreochromis korogwe 31 2 NOreochromis lepidurus 19 2 N NOreochromis leucostictus 32 6 I N IOreochromis lidole 38 3Oreochromis macrochir 40 25 I N I N I I I I I ? I I I I IOreochromis malagarasi 30 1Oreochromis mortimeri 48 4 I ?Oreochromis mossambicus 39 21 N I I I N I I I I I NOreochromis mweruensis 27 3 NOreochromis niloticus baringoensis 36 1 EOreochromis niloticus cancellatus 28 1 EOreochromis niloticus eduardianus 49 7 N N IOreochromis niloticus filoa 15 1 EOreochromis niloticus niloticus 64 34 I I N I N I I I N N I ? I N N N IOreochromis niloticus sugutae 20 1 EOreochromis niloticus tana 35 1 EOreochromis niloticus vulcani 28 2 N NOreochromis pangani girigan 33 1 EOreochromis pangani pangani 34 1Oreochromis placidus placidus 36 4 NOreochromis placidus ruvumae 27 2Oreochromis rukwaensis 36 1Oreochromis saka 40 3Oreochromis salinicola 10 1 EOreochromis schwebischi 33 4 N N N NOreochromis shiranus chilwae 20 2Oreochromis shiranus shiranus 42 4Oreochromis spilurus niger 35 4 N NOreochromis spilurus percevali 16 1 EOreochromis spilurus spilurus 19 6 I N NOreochromis squamipinnis 33 3Oreochromis tanganicae 45 4 N NOreochromis upembae 23 2 NOreochromis urolepis hornorum 27 3 IOreochromis urolepis urolepis 48 1Oreochromis variabilis 33 3 N

Page 267: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 4 9

TABLE xLVII (next). The genera and species of tilapias recorded by countries.N:Native;E:Endemic;I:Introduiced;?:Notverified

Country

Species

Tota

l Len

gth

Num

ber

of

coun

try

Lib

eria

Lib

yaM

adag

asca

rM

alaw

iM

ali

Mor

occo

Mau

ritan

iaM

ozam

biq

ueN

amib

iaN

iger

Nig

eria

Uga

nda

Rw

and

aS

eneg

alS

ierr

a Le

one

Som

alie

Sud

anS

waz

iland

Tanz

ania

Cha

dTo

goTu

nisi

aZ

amb

iaZ

imb

abw

e

Number of species 106 48 17 0 8 10 5 2 7 14 7 6 8 10 7 12 11 1 4 3 31 7 7 3 14 9Oreochromis amphimelas 31 1 EOreochromis andersonii 61 10 N N I N NOreochromis angolensis 23 1Oreochromis aureus 46 11 I N N N N N IOreochromis chungruruensis 23 1 EOreochromis esculentus 50 4 N I NOreochromis hunteri 34 2 NOreochromis ismailiaensis - 1Oreochromis jipe 54 2 NOreochromis karomo 30 2 N NOreochromis karongae 34 3 N N NOreochromis korogwe 31 2 NOreochromis lepidurus 19 2Oreochromis leucostictus 32 6 N I IOreochromis lidole 38 3 N N NOreochromis macrochir 40 25 I I ? N I I I I N NOreochromis malagarasi 30 1 EOreochromis mortimeri 48 4 N NOreochromis mossambicus 39 21 I N N I I ? N I I NOreochromis mweruensis 27 3 N NOreochromis niloticus baringoensis 36 1Oreochromis niloticus cancellatus 28 1Oreochromis niloticus eduardianus 49 7 N N I NOreochromis niloticus filoa 15 1Oreochromis niloticus niloticus 64 34 N I N ? N N N I N N N I N N I I IOreochromis niloticus sugutae 20 1Oreochromis niloticus tana 35 1Oreochromis niloticus vulcani 28 2Oreochromis pangani girigan 33 1Oreochromis pangani pangani 34 1 EOreochromis placidus placidus 36 4 N N NOreochromis placidus ruvumae 27 2 N NOreochromis rukwaensis 36 1 EOreochromis saka 40 3 N N NOreochromis salinicola 10 1Oreochromis schwebischi 33 4Oreochromis shiranus chilwae 20 2 N NOreochromis shiranus shiranus 42 4 I N N NOreochromis spilurus niger 35 4 I IOreochromis spilurus percevali 16 1Oreochromis spilurus spilurus 19 6 I N NOreochromis squamipinnis 33 3 N N NOreochromis tanganicae 45 4 N NOreochromis upembae 23 2 NOreochromis urolepis hornorum 27 3 N NOreochromis urolepis urolepis 48 1 EOreochromis variabilis 33 3 N N

Page 268: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa250 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xLVII (next). The genera and species of tilapias recorded by countries.N: NativeE: EndemicI: Introduiced?:Notverified

Country

Species

Tota

l Len

gth

Num

ber

of

coun

try

Sou

th A

fric

aA

lger

iaA

ngol

aB

enin

Bot

swan

aB

urki

na F

aso

Bur

und

iC

amer

oon

Cen

tral

Afr

ica

Con

goC

ongo

DR

/ Z

aïre

Côt

e d

’Ivoi

reD

jibou

tiE

gyp

tE

ryth

rea

Eth

iop

iaG

abon

Gam

bia

Gha

naG

uine

aE

qua

toria

le G

uine

aG

uine

a-B

issa

uK

enya

Leso

tho

Number of species 106 48 7 2 13 7 8 3 6 30 3 11 27 18 0 8 2 10 10 7 11 12 3 10 22 1Tilapia bakossiorum 9 1 ETilapia baloni 18 2 NTilapia bemini 9 1 ETilapia bilineata 18 1 ETilapia brevimanus 27 6 N N N NTilapia busumana 21 2 N NTilapia buttikoferi 41 4 N NTilapia bythobates 16 1 ETilapia cabrae 37 4 N N N NTilapia cameronensis 14 1 ETilapia cessiana 24 2 NTilapia coffea 19 1Tilapia congica 25 1 ETilapia dageti 40 10 N N N NTilapia deckerti 20 1 ETilapia discolor 23 2 N NTilapia flava 12 1 ETilapia guinasana 14 2 ITilapia guineensis 35 17 N N N N N N N N N N NTilapia gutturosa 9 1 ETilapia imbriferna 15 1 ETilapia ismailiaensis ? 1 ETilapia jallae 8 1Tilapia joka 11 2Tilapia kottae 15 1 ETilapia louka 25 4 N NTilapia margaritacea 18 1 ETilapia mariae 40 5 N N N NTilapia nyongana 21 2 N NTilapia rendalli 45 24 N N N I N N N I N ITilapia rheophila 10 1 ETilapia ruweti 11 6 N N NTilapia snyderae 5 1 ETilapia sparrmanii 24 10 N N NTilapia spongotroktis 15 1 ETilapia tholloni 22 4 N N N NTilapia thysi 9 1 ETilapia walteri 27 2 NTilapia zillii 27 28 N N N N N N I I N N N N N

Page 269: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 5 1

TABLE xLVII (next). The genera and species of tilapias recorded by countries.N: NativeE: EndemicI: Introduiced?:Notverified

Country

Species

Tota

l Len

gth

Num

ber

of

coun

try

Lib

eria

Lib

yaM

adag

asca

rM

alaw

iM

ali

Mor

occo

Mau

ritan

iaM

ozam

biq

ueN

amib

iaN

iger

Nig

eria

Uga

nda

Rw

and

aS

eneg

alS

ierr

a Le

one

Som

alie

Sud

anS

waz

iland

Tanz

ania

Cha

dTo

goTu

nisi

aZ

amb

iaZ

imb

abw

e

Number of species 106 24 17 0 8 10 5 2 7 14 7 6 8 10 7 12 11 1 4 3 31 7 7 3 14 9Tilapia bakossiorum 9 0Tilapia baloni 18 1 NTilapia bemini 9 0Tilapia bilineata 18 0Tilapia brevimanus 27 2 N NTilapia busumana 21 0Tilapia buttikoferi 41 2 N NTilapia bythobates 16 0Tilapia cabrae 37 0Tilapia cameronensis 14 0Tilapia cessiana 24 1 NTilapia coffea 19 1 ETilapia congica 25 0Tilapia dageti 40 6 N N N N N NTilapia deckerti 20 0Tilapia discolor 23 0Tilapia flava 12 0Tilapia guinasana 14 1 NTilapia guineensis 35 6 N ? N N N NTilapia gutturosa 9 0Tilapia imbriferna 15 0Tilapia ismailiaensis ? 0Tilapia jallae 8 1 ETilapia joka 11 2 N NTilapia kottae 15 0Tilapia louka 25 2 N NTilapia margaritacea 18 0Tilapia mariae 40 1 NTilapia nyongana 21 0Tilapia rendalli 45 14 I N ? N N N I I N N N N N NTilapia rheophila 10 0Tilapia ruweti 11 3 N N NTilapia snyderae 5 0Tilapia sparrmanii 24 7 I N N N N N NTilapia spongotroktis 15 0Tilapia tholloni 22 0Tilapia thysi 9 0Tilapia walteri 27 1 NTilapia zillii 27 15 N I N N N N N N N N N I N N N

Page 270: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa252 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

TABLE xLVII (next). The genera and species of tilapias recorded by countries.N: NativeE: EndemicI: Introduiced?:Notverified

Country

Species

Tota

l Len

gth

Num

ber

of

coun

try

Sou

th A

fric

aA

lger

iaA

ngol

aB

enin

Bot

swan

aB

urki

na F

aso

Bur

und

iC

amer

oon

Cen

tral

Afr

ica

Con

goC

ongo

DR

/ Z

aïre

Côt

e d

’Ivoi

reD

jibou

tiE

gyp

tE

ryth

rea

Eth

iop

iaG

abon

Gam

bia

Gha

naG

uine

aE

qua

toria

le G

uine

aG

uine

a-B

issa

uK

enya

Leso

tho

Number of species 106 48 7 2 13 7 8 3 6 30 3 11 27 18 0 8 2 10 10 7 11 12 3 10 22 1Sarotherodon caroli 22 1 ESarotherodon caudomarginatus 20 4 N NSarotherodon galilaeus galilaeus 41 20 N N N N N N N N N N NSarotherodon galilaeus multifasciatus 17 2 N NSarotherodon galileus borkuanus 16 1Sarotherodon galileus boulengeri 20 1 ESarotherodon galileus sanagaensis 16 2 N ESarotherodon linnellii 21 1 ESarotherodon lohbergeri 14 1 E

Sarotherodon melanotheron heudelotii 26 5 N N N

Sarotherodon melanotheron leonensis 20 2

Sarotherodon melanotheron melanotheron 26 14 N N N N N N N N

Sarotherodon melanotheron paludinosus 15 1Sarotherodon mvogoi 24 3 N N NSarotherodon nigripinnis dolloi 22 3 N N NSarotherodon nigripinnis nigripinnis 20 4 N N N NSarotherodon occidentalis 31 5 N NSarotherodon steinbachi 15 1 ESarotherodon tournieri liberiensis 20 1Sarotherodon tournieri tournieri 13 2 NAlcolapia alcalicus 10 2 NAlcolapia grahami 20 2 NAlcolapia latilabris 9 1Alcolapia ndalalani 8 1Danakilia franchettii 10 1 EKonia dikume 14 1 EKonia eisentrauti 10 1 EMyaka myaka 9 1 EPungu maclareni 14 1 EStomatepia mariae 15 1 EStomatepia mongo 14 1 EStomatepia pindu 13 1 E

Genera

Oreochromis 43 5 2 6 2 4 2 5 3 2 4 14 5 5 1 7 3 1 2 1 19 1Tilapia 43 2 6 3 4 1 1 19 1 3 8 9 2 1 2 5 3 6 6 2 5 2Sarotherodon 26 1 2 8 4 5 4 1 1 2 3 3 5 1 5 1Alcolapia 2 2Danakilia 1 1Konia 1 2Myaka 1 1Pungu 1 1Stomatepia 1 3

Page 271: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 5 3

TABLE xLVII (next). The genera and species of tilapias recorded by countries.N: NativeE: EndemicI: Introduiced?:Notverified

Country

Species

Tota

l Len

gth

Num

ber

of

coun

try

Lib

eria

Lib

yaM

adag

asca

rM

alaw

iM

ali

Mor

occo

Mau

ritan

iaM

ozam

biq

ueN

amib

iaN

iger

Nig

eria

Uga

nda

Rw

and

aS

eneg

alS

ierr

a Le

one

Som

alie

Sud

anS

waz

iland

Tanz

ania

Cha

dTo

goTu

nisi

aZ

amb

iaZ

imb

abw

e

Number of species 106 24 17 0 8 10 5 2 7 14 7 6 8 10 7 12 11 1 4 3 31 7 7 3 14 9Sarotherodon caroli 22 0Sarotherodon caudomarginatus 20 2 N NSarotherodon galilaeus galilaeus 41 9 N N N N N N N N NSarotherodon galilaeus multifasciatus 17 0Sarotherodon galileus borkuanus 16 1 ESarotherodon galileus boulengeri 20 0Sarotherodon galileus sanagaensis 16 0Sarotherodon linnellii 21 0Sarotherodon lohbergeri 14 0

Sarotherodon melanotheron heudelotii 26 2 N N

Sarotherodon melanotheron leonensis 20 2 N N

Sarotherodon melanotheron melanotheron 26 6 N N N N N N

Sarotherodon melanotheron paludinosus 15 1 ESarotherodon mvogoi 24 0Sarotherodon nigripinnis dolloi 22 0Sarotherodon nigripinnis nigripinnis 20 0Sarotherodon occidentalis 31 3 N N NSarotherodon steinbachi 15 0Sarotherodon tournieri liberiensis 20 1 ESarotherodon tournieri tournieri 13 1 NAlcolapia alcalicus 10 1 NAlcolapia grahami 20 1 NAlcolapia latilabris 9 1 EAlcolapia ndalalani 8 1 EDanakilia franchettii 10 0Konia dikume 14 0Konia eisentrauti 10 0Myaka myaka 9 0Pungu maclareni 14 0Stomatepia mariae 15 0Stomatepia mongo 14 0Stomatepia pindu 13 0

Genera

Oreochromis 43 9 3 2 2 1 3 2 4 3 4 2 1 4 6 1 2 3 3 3 1 4 3Tilapia 43 6 1 1 3 1 2 5 4 1 2 2Sarotherodon 26 4Alcolapia 2Danakilia 1Konia 1Myaka 1Pungu 1Stomatepia 1

Page 272: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa254

Page 273: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 5 5

Are presented here by files, different species more or less commonly in aquaculture. The reader will find the scientific Synonyms, common names french and english, size and maximum weight known in the literature, as well as distribution maps and elements of the biology of these species.

Appendix 05FILE OF SPECIES

File I. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis andersoni 256

File II. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis aureus 257

File III. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis esculentus 258

File IV. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis macrochir 259

File V. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis mossambicus 260

File VI. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis niloticus 261

File VII. Cichlidae. - Oreochromis shiranus 262

File VIII. Cichlidae. - Sarotherodon galileus 263

File IX. Cichlidae. - Sarotherodon melanotheron 264

File X. Cichlidae. - Tilapia guineensis 265

File XI. Cichlidae. - Tilapia mariae 266

File XII. Cichlidae. - Tilapia rendalli 267

File XIII. Cichlidae. - Tilapia zillii 268

File XIV. Cichlidae. - Hemichromis elongatus and Hemichromis fasciatus 269

File XV. Cichlidae. - Serranochromis angusticeps 270

File XVI. Cichlidae. - Serranochromis robustus 271

File XVII. Clariidae. - Clarias gariepinus 272

File XVIII. Clariidae. - Heterobranchus longifilis 273

File XIX. Arapaimidae. - Heterotis niloticus 274

Page 274: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa256 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

FILE I. CICHLIDAE.

Oreochromis andersoni (Castelnau, 1861)

Synonyms: Chromys andersoni Castelnau, 1861 - Oreochromis anulerson (Castelnau, 1861) - Sa-rotherodon andersoni (Castelnau, 1861) - Tilapia andersoni (Castelnau, 1861) - Tilapia kafuensis Boulenger, 1912 - Tilapia natalensis (non Weber)

English name: Three spotted tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial - sport Ornemental:

Max. size: 61 cm TL

Max. weight: 4.7 kg

Biology: Benthopelagic. May be found in brackish water. Oc-curs in both river and swamp habitats and is adapted to fairly fast-flowing rivers, preferring slow-flowing or standing wa-ter; juveniles remain inshore among vegetation. Forms scho-ols. Mainly diurnal; a detritivore which feeds on fine particulate matter, including algae, diatoms, detritus and zooplankton. Lar-ger individuals also take insects and other invertebrates. Female mouthbrooder. Several countries report adverse ecological impact after introduction.

Nom français:

Distribution: Know from Ngami basin, Okavango River; Cunene River and Mossamedes, Angola; upper Zambezi, Kafue River; middle Zambezi, Lake Kariba.

© K. Winnemiller

Page 275: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 5 7

FILE II. CICHLIDAE.

Oreochromis aureus (Steindachner, 1864)

Synonyms: Chromis aureus Steindachner, 1864 - Tilapia aurea (Steindachner, 1864): Trewavas, 1966 - Sarotherodon aureus (Steindachner, 1864): Trewavas, 1973 – Tilapia monodi Daget, 1954 - Tilapia lemassoni Blache & Miton, 1960

English name: Blue tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial - bait Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 50.8 cm TL – 37 SL

Max. weight: 2.0 kg

Biology: Benthopelagic. Maybe found in brackinsh water. Occu-ring at temperatures ranging from 8°-30°C. Considered as a pest. Forms schools; is sometimes ter-ritorial; inhabits warm ponds and impoundments as well as lakes and streams, in open water as well as among stones and vege-tation. Feeds on phytoplankton and small quantities of zooplank-ton. Juveniles have a more varied diet. Maternal mouthbrooder

French name: Tilapia bleu

Distribution: The natural distribution of this species include the Jordan Valley, Lower Nile, Chad Basin, Benue, middle and upper Niger, Senegal River.

© Fishbase

Page 276: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa258 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Oreochromis esculentus (Graham, 1928)

Synonyms: Tilapia esculenta Graham, 1928 - Sarotherodon esculentus (Graham, 1928) - Tilapia eduardiana (non Boulenger, 1912) - Tilapia galilaea (non Linnaeus, 1758) - Tilapia variabilis (non Boulenger, 1906)

English name: Singida tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial - experimental Ornemental:

Max. size: 50 cm LS

Max. weight: 2.5 kg

Biology: Benthopelagic. Occurs at temperatures ranging from 23.0-28.0°C. Tolerant of low oxy-gen concentrations. Filter feeder. Food consist almost entirely of phytoplankton but also small ani-mals such as insects and their larvae, crustaceans. Maternal moutbrooder.

French name:

Distribution: Known from Lake Victoria, Lake Nabugabo, Lakes Kyoga and Kwania, and the Vic-toria Nile above the Murchison Falls; the Malawa River (Uganda) and Lake Gangu, west of Lake Victoria. This species, which was originally endemic to Lake Victoria, is widely distributed in dams.

© Fishbase

FILE III. CICHLIDAE.

Page 277: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 5 9

Oreochromis macrochir (Boulenger, 1912)

Synonyms: Tilapia galilaea (non Linnaeus) - Tilapia nilotica (non Linnaeus, 1758) - Chromys chapmani Castel-nau, 1861 - Tilapia andersonii (non Castelnau, 1861) - Chromys chapmannii Castelnau, 1861 - Chromys spar-manni Castelnau, 1861 - Tilapia squamipinnis (non Günther, 1864) - Tilapia natalensis (non Weber, 1897) - Tila-pia macrochir Boulenger, 1912 - Loruwiala macrochir (Boulenger, 1912) - Sarotherodon macrochirus (Boulenger, 1912) - Oreochromis microchir (Boulenger, 1912) - Tilapia macrochir Boulenger, 1912 - Sarotherodon macrochir (Boulenger, 1912) - Tilapia kafuensis (non Boulenger, 1912) - Tilapia intermedia Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917 - Ti-lapia sheshekensis Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917 - Tilapia alleni Fowler, 1931

English name: Longfin, Greenhead tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial - sport Ornemental:

Max. size: 43.0 cm SL

Max. weight:

Biology: Benthopelagic. Mating territory having a central volca-no-shaped mound. Prefers quiet, deep water associated with aquatic vegetation. Occasionally forms schools, is mainly diurnal. Feeds mostly on detritus, (blue-green) algae and diatoms. Mater-nal mouthbrooder.

French name: Tilapia noir

Distribution: Known from Kafue, upper Zambezi, and Congo River systems; introduced elsewhere in Africa and in Hawaiian Islands. Also in the Okavango and Ngami region, Cunene basin, Cham-bezi and Bangweulu region.

© Luc De Vos

FILE IV. CICHLIDAE.

Page 278: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa260 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Oreochromis mossambicus (Peters, 1852)

Synonyms: Chromis mossambicus, Peters, 1852 - Tilapia arnoldi Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917 - Tilapia ka-fuensis (non Boulenger, 1912) - Chromis niloticus (non Linneaus, 1758) - Tilapia mossambica (Peters, 1852) - Sarotherodon mossambicus (Peters, 1852) - Chromis niloticus mossambicus Peters, 1855 - Chromis dumerilii Steindachner, 1864 - Tilapia dumerilii (Steindachner, 1864) - Chromis vorax Pfeffer, 1893 - Tilapia vorax (Pfeffer, 1893) - Chromis natalensis Weber, 1897 - Tilapia natalensis (Weber, 1897) - Sarotherodon mossambicus nata-lensis (Weber, 1897)

English name: Mozambic tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial - sport Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 39 cm SL

Max. weight: 1.1 kg

Biology: Benthopelagic. Highly euryhaline. Grows and repro-duces in fresh-, brackish and seawater. Tolerates low dissolved oxygen levels. Considered as a pest. Can be found in quite all kinds of habitat. Form schools. Omnivorous, feeds mainly on al-gae and phytoplankton but also takes some zooplankton, small insects and their larvae. Juvenile carnivorous/omnivorous, adult tends to be herbivorous or detri-tus feeder. Large specimen has been reported to prey on small fishes. Maternal mouthbrooder.

French name: Tilapia du Mozambique

Distribution: The natural distribution is of Lower Zambezi, Lower Shire and coastal plains from Zambezi delta to Algoa Bay. Occurs southwards to the Brak River in the eastern Cape and in the Transvaal in the Limpopo system. Widely introduced for aquaculture.

© A. Lamboj

FILE V. CICHLIDAE.

Page 279: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 6 1

Oreochromis niloticus (Linneaus, 1758)

Synonyms: Labrus niloticus Linnaeus, 1758 - Chromis niloticus Günther, 1862 - Tilapia nilotica (Linnaeus, 1758) - Sarotherodon niloticus (Linnaeus, 1758)

English name: Nile tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 74 cm TL – 39.5 SL

Max. weight: 4.3 kg

Biology: Benthopelagic. Consi-dered as a pest. Found in all kind of habitats. Diurnal. Feed on phy-toplankton and algae. Maternal mouthbrooder.

French name: Tilapia du Nil

Distribution: O. n. niloticus: coastal rivers of Israel; Nile from below Albert Nile to the delta; Jebel Marra; basins of the Niger, Benue, Volta, Gambia, Senegal and Chad. - O. n. baringoensis: en-demic to Lake Baringo, Kenya. O. n. cancellatus: Lakes of the Ethiopian Rift Valley, Lake Beseka and the Awash system. O. n. edouardianus: Albert Nile; Lakes Albert, Edward, George, Kivu; River Ruzizi and Lake Tanganyika. Introduced in Lake Victoria. O. n. filoa: Awash system. O. n. sugutae: river Suguta in Kenya. O. n. tana: Lake Tana. O. n. vulcani: Lake Turkana (Rudolf) and arround.

© Y. Fermon

8 sub-species of Oreochromis niloticus are recorded: O. n. baringoensis, O. n. cancel-latus, O. n. eduardianus, O. n. filoa, O. n. niloticus, O. n. sugu-tae, O. n. tana, O. n. vulcani.

FILE VI. CICHLIDAE.

Page 280: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa262 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Oreochromis shiranus Boulenger, 1897

Synonyms: Sarotherodon shiranus (Boulenger, 1897) - Sarotherodon shiranus subsp. shiranus (Boulenger, 1897) - Tilapia placida (non Trewavas, 1941) - Tilapia shirana (Boulenger, 1897) - Tilapia shirana subsp. chilwae Trewavas, 1966 - Tilapia shirana subsp. shirana (Boulenger, 1897)

English name:

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 39 cm SL

Max. weight:

Biology: Benthopelagic. Found mainly in densely vegetated shallow waters around the lake Malawi. Mainly diurnal; feeds on detritus and phytoplankton. Ma-ternal mouthbrooder.

French name:

Distribution: O. s. shiranus: Shire River above the Murchison rapids and its tributaries; Lake Ma-lawi and its tributary rivers, streams and lagoons; upper Shire.O. s. chilwae: Lake Chilwa and its basin in Malawi and Mozambique.

2 sub-species of Oreochromis shiranus are recorded: O. s. shiranus, O. s. chilwae

© Fishbase

FILE VII. CICHLIDAE.

Page 281: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 6 3

Sarotherodon galileus (Linneaus, 1758)

Synonyms: Sparus galilaeus Linnaeus, 1758 - Tilapia galilaea (Linnaeus, 1758) - Tilapia galilaea ga-lilaea (Linnaeus, 1758) - Tilapia pleuromelas Duméril, 1859 - Tilapia lateralis Duméril, 1859 - Tilapia macrocentra Duméril, 1859 - Chromis multifasciatus Günther, 1903 - Tilapia multifasciata (Günther, 1903) - Tilapia galilaea multifasciata (Günther, 1903)

English name: Mango tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial Ornemental:

Max. size: 41 cm TL – 34 SL

Max. weight: 1.6 kg

Biology: Demersal. Occasionally forms schools; territorial. Prefers open waters but juveniles and breeding adults are found ins-hore Feeds on algae and fine or-ganic debris. Bi-parental mouth-brooder.

French name:

Distribution: S. g. borkuanus: Saharian oases Borku, Ennedi and Tibesti in northern Chad. S. g. boulengeri: Lower Congo from Malebo (Stanley) Pool to Matadi. S. g. galileus: Jordan system, especially in lakes; coastal rivers of Israel; Nile system, including the delta lakes and Lake Albert and Turkana; central Congo basin, Uban-ghi and Uele Rivers; in West Africa in the Senegal, Gambia, Casamance, Géba, Konkouré, Niger, Volta, Mono, Ouémé, Ogun, Cross, Benue, Logone, Shari and Lake Chad. S. g. multifasciatus: Côte d’Ivoire (Sassandra, Bandama, and Comoé Rivers) to western Ghana (Tano River and Lake Bosumtwi). S. g. sanagaensis: known only from the Sanaga River system, Cameroon.

5 sub-species of Sarotherodon galileus are recorded: S. g. borkuanus, S. g. boulengeri, S. g. galileus, S. g. multifasciatus, S. g. sanagaensis.

© Fishbase

FILE VIII. CICHLIDAE.

Page 282: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa264 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Sarotherodon melanotheron Rüppel, 1852Synonyms: Tilapia heudelotii Duméril, 1859 - Tilapia heudelotii heudelotii Duméril, 1859 - Tilapia rangii Duméril, 1859 - Tilapia multifasciata macrostoma Pellegrin, 1941 - Sarotherodon melanothe-ron paludinosus Trewavas, 1983 - Tilapia melanotheron (Rüppell, 1852) - Chromis microcephalus Günther, 1862 - Tilapia microcephala (Günther, 1862) - Melanogenes macrocephalus Bleeker, 1862 - Tilapia macrocephala (Bleeker, 1862) - Tilapia leonensis Thys van den Audenaerde, 1971

English name: Blackchin tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 31 cm TL

Max. weight:

Biology: Demersal. Primarily in estuaries and lagoons. Abundant in mangrove areas. Potential pest. Forms schools; is mainly nocturnal with intermittent day-time feeding. Feeds on aufwuchs and detritus.

French name: Tilapia à gorge noire

Distribution: S. m. heudelotii: Lagoons and estuaries from Mauritania to Sierra Leone. S. m. melanotheron: Lagoons and estuaries from Côte d’Ivoire to Cameroon. S. m. leonensis: brackish areas and freshwaters near the coast of Sierra Leone and western Libe-ria. Sometimes found in sea.

3 sub-species of Sarotherodon melanotheron are recorded: S. m. heudelotii, S. m. melano-theron, S. m. leonensis.

© Y. Fermon

FILE Ix. CICHLIDAE.

Page 283: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 6 5

Tilapia guineensis (Bleeker in Günther, 1862)

Synonyms: Chromis guineensis Bleeker in Günther, 1862 - Haligenes guineensis Bleeker, 1863 - ?Tilapia affinis Duméril,1858 - ?Chromis latus Günther, 1862 - ?Tilapia lata (Günther, 1862) - ?Ti-lapia polycentra Duméril, 1858

English name: Guinea tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial Ornemental:

Max. size: 35 cm TL - 28.2 SL

Max. weight:

Biology: Found also in brackish waters. Benthopelagic. Feeds on shrimps, bivalves, plankton and detritus. Oviparous. Substrate spawner.

French name: Tilapia de Guinée, Carpe

Distribution: Known from coastal waters from mouth of Senegal River to mouth of the Cuanza River (Angola), sometimes ascending far up rivers.

© A. Lamboj

FILE x. CICHLIDAE.

Page 284: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa266 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Tilapia mariae Boulenger, 1899

Synonyms: Tilapia dubia Lönnberg, 1904 - Tilapia heudeloti (non Duméril, 1861) - Tilapia mariae dubia Lönnberg, 1904 - Tilapia meeki Pellegrin, 1911 - Tilapia melanopleura (non Duméril, 1861) - Tilapia microcephala (non Günther, 1862)

English name: Spotted tilapia

Aquaculture: Fishery: Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 39.4 cm TL - 23 SL

Max. weight: 1.4 kg

Biology: Demersal. May be found in brackish water. Considered as a pest. Live in still or flowing waters in rocky or mud-bottom areas. Consume plant matter. Reache sexual maturity at 10-15 centimeters length. Parents prepare nest site on logs, leaves and other debris. The eggs (600-3300 per female) are guarded by the parents and hatch in 1-3 days. Parental care of the brood continues until the fish are about 2.5-3.0 centimeters. Substrate spawner.

French name: Tilapia à 5 bandes

Distribution: Known from coastal lagoons and lower river courses from the Tabou River (Côte d’Ivoire) to the Kribi River (Cameroon), but absent from the area between the Pra River (Ghana) and Benin.

© Fishbase

FILE xI. CICHLIDAE.

Page 285: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 6 7

Tilapia rendalli (Boulenger, 1897)

Synonyms: Chromis rendallii Boulenger, 1896 – Tilapia sexfasciata Pellegrin, 1900 – Tilapia latifrons Boulenger, 1906 –Tilapia christyi Boulenger, 1915 – Tilapia druryi Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917 – Tilapia kirkhami Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917 – Tilapia mackeani Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917 – Tilapia sykesii Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917 – Tilapia swierstrae Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917 – Tilapia gefuensis Thys van den Audenaerde, 1964 –Tilapia zillii (non Gervais, 1848) - Tilapia melanopleura rendalli (Boulenger, 1897) - Tilapia melanopleura (non Duméril, 1861) - Tilapia lata (non Günther, 1862) - Tilapia melanopleura swierstrae Gilchrist & Thompson, 1917

English name: Redbreasted tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial - sport Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 45 cm TL

Max. weight: 2.5 kg

Biology: Demersal. Considered as a pest. Prefer quiet, well-ve-getated water along river littorals or backwaters, floodplains and swamps. Form schools; is mainly diurnal. Juveniles feed on plank-ton. Adults feed mainly on higher plants and also algae, insects and crustaceans. Tolerant of a wide range of temperature and salinity.

French name: Tilapia à poitrine rouge, carpe

Distribution: Know from Senegal and Niger River, Congo River system, Zambezi River system, Lake Tanganyika and Malagarazi. Also known from Shaba, upper Kasaï, Lualaba system, Lake Malawi, Natal, Okavango and Cunene. Introduced elsewhere.

© Fishbase © Fishbase

FILE xII. CICHLIDAE.

Page 286: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa268 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Tilapia zillii (Gervais, 1848)

Synonyms: Acerina zillii Gervais, 1848 - Haligenes tristrami Günther, 1859 - Tilapia melanopleura Duméril, 1859 - Chromis andreae Günther, 1864 - Chromis caeruleomaculatus de Rochebrune, 1880 - Chromis faidherbii de Rochebrune, 1880 - Chromis menzalensis Mitchell, 1895 - Tilapia sparrmani multiradiata Holly, 1928 - Tilapia shariensis Fowler, 1949

English name: Redbelly tilapia

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 49 cm TL - 21 SL

Max. weight:

Biology: Demersal. Occasionally form schools; mainly diurnal. Prefer shallow, vegetated areas. Fry are common in marginal ve-getation and juveniles are found in the seasonal floodplain. Herbi-vorous. Substrate spawner.

French name: Tilapia à ventre rouge

Distribution: Found is South Morocco, Sahara, Niger-Benue system, rivers Senegal, Sassandra, Bandama, Boubo, Mé, Comoé, Bia, Ogun and Oshun, Volta system, Chad-Shari system, Ubangi-Uele-Ituri Rivers (Democratic Republic of the Congo), Lakes Mobutu and Turkana, Nile system and the Jordan system. Introduced in several countries.

© A. Lamboj

FILE xIII. CICHLIDAE.

Page 287: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 6 9

Hemichromis « vert »: H. fasciatus Peters, 1852 - H. elongatus (Guichenot, 1861)

This group included several species but request more taxonomic investigations. Two main species which are regularly confused: H. fasciatus and H. elongatus.

English name: Banded jewelfish

Synonyms: H. fasciatus: H. leiguardii Capello, 1872 - ?Hemichromis desguezii de Rochebrune, 1880 - Hemichromis frempongi Loiselle, 1979. H. elongatus: Hemichromis auritus Gill, 1962

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: subsistence Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 25 cm TL - 20.4 SL

Max. weight: 0.3 kg

Biology: Benthopelagic. Pota-modromous. Found in savan-nah and forests. Feeds on fish, shrimp and aquatic insects; very aggressive and territorial. Subs-trate spawner.

French name: Hemichromis rayé

Distribution: H. fasciatus (in blue on the map). Found from the Nile basin to the East and in Central regions as Lake Chad. Widely distributed from Senegal to Congo.

H. elongatus (in red on the map). Found from Sierra Leone to Okavango and Zambezi basins.

© A. Lamboj

FILE xIV. CICHLIDAE.

Page 288: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa270 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Serranochromis angusticeps (Boulenger, 1907)

Synonyms: Chromys levaillantii Castelnau, 1861- Serranochromis levaillantii (Castelnau, 1861) - Tilapia levaillantii (Castelnau, 1861) - Paratilapia robusta (non Günther, 1864) - Paratilapia an-gusticeps Boulenger, 1907 - Paratilapia kafuensis Boulenger, 1908 - Serranochromis kafuensis (Boulenger, 1908)

English name: Thinface largemouth

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial - sport Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 41 SL

Max. weight: 2.5 kg

Biology: Demersal. Occurs in well-vegetated swamps and along the edges of rivers. Also occurs in fast-flowing reaches over sand and rocks. Feeds on small fish, shrimps and insects. A mouthbrooding species.

French name:

Distribution: Cunene River system, Okavango River, upper Zambezi, and Kafue Rivers, and Lua-pula-Moeru.

© K. Winnemiller

FILE xV. CICHLIDAE.

Page 289: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 7 1

French name: English name: Yellow-belly bream

Serranochromis robustus (Günther, 1864)

Synonyms: Chromys levaillantii Castelnau, 1861- Serranochromis levaillantii (Castelnau, 1861) - Tilapia levaillantii (Castelnau, 1861) - Paratilapia robusta (non Günther, 1864) - Paratilapia an-gusticeps Boulenger, 1907 - Paratilapia kafuensis Boulenger, 1908 - Serranochromis kafuensis (Boulenger, 1908)

Aquaculture: Fishery: commercial - sport Ornemental:

Max. size: 56 TL

Max. weight: 6.1 kg

Biology: Demersal. Found over sandy and vegetated areas as well as over rocky substrates. Feeds on fish and sand-dwel-ling invertebrates (Ref. 5595). Larger specimens prefer deep main channels and permanent lagoons, whereas smaller fishes occur mainly in lagoons and se-condary channels. Oviparous. Breeds in summer, nesting along vegetated fringes of mains-treams. Mouthbrooder.

Distribution: S. r. robustus: Found in Lake Malawi and the upper Shire River. Reported from Luongo River, Congo system, Zambia. Translocated to the upper Ruo River in Malawi and also to Swaziland.S. r. jallae: Found in Cunene River, Okovango River, upper Zambezi River, Kafue River, middle Zam-bezi River including the Luangwa River; Luapula-Moero, Lualaba and Kasai (Congo River system). Translocated to localities in Zimbabwe, to the Limpopo River and Natal, South Africa.

© K. Winnemiller

FILE xVI. CICHLIDAE.

2 sub-species of Serranochro-mis robustus are recorded:S. r. robustus, S. r. jallae.

Page 290: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa272 Subsistence fishfarming in Africa

Clarias (Clarias) gariepinus (Burchell, 1822)

Synonyms: Silurus (Heterobranchus) gariepinus Burchell, 1822 - Clarias syriacus Valenciennes, 1840 - Clarias capensis Valen-ciennes, 1840 - Clarias lazera Valenciennes, 1840 - Clarias mossambicus Peters, 1852 - Clarias xenodon Günther, 1864 - Clarias macracanthus Günther, 1864 - Clarias orontis Günther, 1864 - Clarias robecchii Vinciguerra, 1893 - Clarias microphthalmus Pfeffer, 1896 - Clarias smithii Günther, 1896 - Clarias guentheri Pfeffer, 1896 - Clarias micropthalmus Pfeffer, 1896 - Clarias longiceps Bou-lenger, 1899 - Clarias moorii Boulenger, 1901 - Clarias vinciguerrae Boulenger, 1902 - Clarias tsanensis Boulenger, 1902 - Clarias malaris Nichols & Griscom, 1917 - Clarias notozygurus Lönnberg & Rendahl, 1922 - Clarias depressus Myers, 1925 - Clarias muelleri Pietschmann, 1939

English name: North African catfish

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial minor Ornemental:

Max. size: 170 TL

Max. weight: 60 kg

Biology: Benthopelagic. OOc-curs mainly in quiet waters, but be found quite everywherer. Wi-dely tolerant of extreme environ-mental conditions. The presence of an accessory breathing organ enables this species to breath air, it can move from place to place with its pectoral fins. Fo-rages at night on a wide variety of prey. Feeds on insects, plan-kton, invertebrates and fish but also takes young birds, rotting flesh and plants. Migrates to ri-vers and temporary streams to spawn. It was noted to generate weak electric discharges.

French name: Silure, poisson-chat nord africain

Distribution: Almost Pan-Africa, absent from Maghreb, the upper and lower Guinea and the Cape province and probably also Nogal province. Asia: Jordan, Israel, Lebanon, Syria and southern Turkey. Widely introduced to other parts of Africa, Europe and Asia. Several countries report ad-verse ecological impact after introduction.

© Y. Fermon

FILE xVII. CLARIIDAE

Page 291: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 7 3

Synonyms: Heterobranchus laticeps Peters, 1852 - Clarias loangwensis Worthington, 1933 - He-terobranchus platycephalus Nichols & LaMonte, 1934

English name: Vundu French name: Silure, Vundu

Heterobranchus longifilis Valenciennes, 1840

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial minor Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 150 cm SL

Max. weight: 55 kg

Biology: Demersal. Occurs in large deep rivers within the mainstream or in deep pools and lakes. Most active at night, feeding on any available food, in-cluding invertebrates and insects when small, fish and other small vertebrates when large.

Distribution: Found from Nile, Niger, Senegal, Congo system, upper and middle Zambezi. Also from Lakes Tanganyika and Edward, Gambia and Benue River, Chad and Volta basins, and the coastal basins of Guinea to Nigeria.

© Y. Fermon

FILE xVIII. CLARIIDAE

Page 292: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa274

Heterotis niloticus (Cuvier, 1829)

Synonyms: Clupisudis niloticus (Cuvier, 1829) - Sudis niloticus Cuvier, 1829 - Sudis nilotica Cuvier, 1829 - Sudis adansonii Cuvier, 1829 - Heterotis nilotica (Cuvier, 1829) - Heterotis adansonii (Cuvier, 1829) - Heterotis ehrenbergii Valenciennes, 1847 - Heterotis adansoni Valenciennes, 1847

English name: African bonytongue, Heterotis

Aquaculture: commercial Fishery: commercial Ornemental: commercial

Max. size: 100 cm SL

Max. weight: 10.2 kg

Biology: Pelagic. Its auxiliary branchial air breathing organs enable it to survive in deoxyge-nated waters. It feeds mostly on plankton. During breeding, it creates a circular nest in swamps. The young leave the nest after a few days and are guarded by the male.

French name: Poissons sans nom, Heterotis

Distribution: In the case of this species, a distinction must be made between the present area of occurrence resulting from man-made introductions, and its original, natural geographical distribution area. It is generally accepted that the first introductions were made in the early fifties of this century. Original (natural) distribution: all water-basins of the Nilo-Sudanese region: rivers Corubal, Senegal, Gambia, Volta, Niger (as well as Benue), Chad, Nile, Omo and lake Turkana. Areas of successful introduction: artificial reservoirs of Côte d’Ivoire (Banda-ma and Bia basins), rivers Cross, Sanaga, Nyong, Ogowe, Lower and Middle Congo (the species was apparently unable to overcome the Kisangani falls), Ubangui and Kasaï. Attempts to implant the species in Madagascar have generally been fruitless, although it may occur in certain river basins along the eastern coast of the island.

© www.arowana.de

FILE xIx. ARAPAIMIDAE

Page 293: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

Subsistence fishfarming in Africa 2 7 5

Page 294: ACF Subsistence Fish Farming

A C F - I N T E R N A T I O N A L N E T W O R K

CANADA 7464 rue St-DenisMontréal, QC, H2R 2E4 CanadaE-mail: [email protected]: (514) 279-4876Fax: (514) 279-5136Web: www.actioncontrelafaim.ca

SPAIN C/Caracas 6, 1°28010 Madrid, EspañaE-mail: [email protected]: 34 91 391 53 00Fax: 34 91 391 53 01Web: www.accioncontraelhambre.org

UNITED STATES247 West 37th, Suite #1201New York, NY 10018 USAE-mail: [email protected]: 212-967-7800 Toll free: 877-777-1420Fax: 212-967-5480Web: www.actionagainsthunger.org

FRANCE4 rue Niepce75014 Paris, FranceE-mail: [email protected]: 33 1 43 35 88 88Fax: 33 1 43 35 88 00Web: www.actioncontrelafaim.org

UNITED KINGDOMFirst Floor, rear premises, 161-163 Greenwich High RoadLondon, SE10 8JA, UKE-mail: [email protected]: 44 208 293 6190Fax: 44 208 858 8372Web: www.aahuk.org